WO2023078824A1 - Spiro-(indane-fluorene) type compounds and their use in organic electronics - Google Patents

Spiro-(indane-fluorene) type compounds and their use in organic electronics Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023078824A1
WO2023078824A1 PCT/EP2022/080335 EP2022080335W WO2023078824A1 WO 2023078824 A1 WO2023078824 A1 WO 2023078824A1 EP 2022080335 W EP2022080335 W EP 2022080335W WO 2023078824 A1 WO2023078824 A1 WO 2023078824A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
alkyl
formula
groups
hydrogen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2022/080335
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Yves AESCHI
Thorsten Beck
Ulrich Berens
Original Assignee
Dottikon Es Holding Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dottikon Es Holding Ag filed Critical Dottikon Es Holding Ag
Publication of WO2023078824A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023078824A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/96—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings spiro-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C17/00—Preparation of halogenated hydrocarbons
    • C07C17/26—Preparation of halogenated hydrocarbons by reactions involving an increase in the number of carbon atoms in the skeleton
    • C07C17/263—Preparation of halogenated hydrocarbons by reactions involving an increase in the number of carbon atoms in the skeleton by condensation reactions
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C17/00—Preparation of halogenated hydrocarbons
    • C07C17/26—Preparation of halogenated hydrocarbons by reactions involving an increase in the number of carbon atoms in the skeleton
    • C07C17/263—Preparation of halogenated hydrocarbons by reactions involving an increase in the number of carbon atoms in the skeleton by condensation reactions
    • C07C17/269—Preparation of halogenated hydrocarbons by reactions involving an increase in the number of carbon atoms in the skeleton by condensation reactions of only halogenated hydrocarbons
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C17/00—Preparation of halogenated hydrocarbons
    • C07C17/35—Preparation of halogenated hydrocarbons by reactions not affecting the number of carbon or of halogen atoms in the reaction
    • C07C17/358—Preparation of halogenated hydrocarbons by reactions not affecting the number of carbon or of halogen atoms in the reaction by isomerisation
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C17/00—Preparation of halogenated hydrocarbons
    • C07C17/361—Preparation of halogenated hydrocarbons by reactions involving a decrease in the number of carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C211/00—Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton
    • C07C211/43—Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C211/57—Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings being part of condensed ring systems of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C211/61—Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings being part of condensed ring systems of the carbon skeleton with at least one of the condensed ring systems formed by three or more rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C217/00—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/78—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/94—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings being part of condensed ring systems and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C29/00—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom not belonging to a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C29/36—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom not belonging to a six-membered aromatic ring increasing the number of carbon atoms by reactions with formation of hydroxy groups, which may occur via intermediates being derivatives of hydroxy, e.g. O-metal
    • C07C29/38—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom not belonging to a six-membered aromatic ring increasing the number of carbon atoms by reactions with formation of hydroxy groups, which may occur via intermediates being derivatives of hydroxy, e.g. O-metal by reaction with aldehydes or ketones
    • C07C29/40—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom not belonging to a six-membered aromatic ring increasing the number of carbon atoms by reactions with formation of hydroxy groups, which may occur via intermediates being derivatives of hydroxy, e.g. O-metal by reaction with aldehydes or ketones with compounds containing carbon-to-metal bonds
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/56—Ring systems containing three or more rings
    • C07D209/80—[b, c]- or [b, d]-condensed
    • C07D209/82—Carbazoles; Hydrogenated carbazoles
    • C07D209/86—Carbazoles; Hydrogenated carbazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the ring system
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D221/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not provided for by groups C07D211/00 - C07D219/00
    • C07D221/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not provided for by groups C07D211/00 - C07D219/00 condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D221/20—Spiro-condensed ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/91—Dibenzofurans; Hydrogenated dibenzofurans
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D317/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D317/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
    • C07D317/44—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D317/46—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • C07D317/48—Methylenedioxybenzenes or hydrogenated methylenedioxybenzenes, unsubstituted on the hetero ring
    • C07D317/62—Methylenedioxybenzenes or hydrogenated methylenedioxybenzenes, unsubstituted on the hetero ring with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to atoms of the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D317/66—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/50—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D333/76—Dibenzothiophenes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D335/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D335/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/06—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/631—Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine
    • H10K85/633—Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine comprising polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons as substituents on the nitrogen atom
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/631—Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine
    • H10K85/636—Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine comprising heteroaromatic hydrocarbons as substituents on the nitrogen atom
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649—Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657—Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6572—Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only nitrogen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. phenanthroline or carbazole
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649—Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657—Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6574—Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only oxygen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. cumarine dyes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649—Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657—Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6576—Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only sulfur in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. benzothiophene
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
    • C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
    • C07C2602/04—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C2602/10—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring the other ring being six-membered, e.g. tetraline
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2603/00—Systems containing at least three condensed rings
    • C07C2603/02—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems
    • C07C2603/04—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings
    • C07C2603/06—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings containing at least one ring with less than six ring members
    • C07C2603/10—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings containing at least one ring with less than six ring members containing five-membered rings
    • C07C2603/12—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings containing at least one ring with less than six ring members containing five-membered rings only one five-membered ring
    • C07C2603/18—Fluorenes; Hydrogenated fluorenes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2603/00—Systems containing at least three condensed rings
    • C07C2603/93—Spiro compounds
    • C07C2603/94—Spiro compounds containing "free" spiro atoms
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K30/00—Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation
    • H10K30/80—Constructional details
    • H10K30/84—Layers having high charge carrier mobility
    • H10K30/86—Layers having high hole mobility, e.g. hole-transporting layers or electron-blocking layers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00—Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14—Carrier transporting layers
    • H10K50/15—Hole transporting layers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00—Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/18—Carrier blocking layers
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E10/00—Energy generation through renewable energy sources
    • Y02E10/50—Photovoltaic [PV] energy
    • Y02E10/549—Organic PV cells

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compounds of the spiro-(indane-fluorene) type, in particular those bearing a primary amino group and the corresponding diarylamino compounds and to methods for their preparation.
  • the invention further relates to the use of the diarylamino spiro-(indane-fluorene) derivatives in organic electronics, in particular as hole transport material (HTM) or electron blocking material (EBM).
  • HTM hole transport material
  • EBM electron blocking material
  • the invention further relates to the use of the diarylamino spiro-(indane-fluorene) compounds bearing a primary amino group as intermediates for the synthesis of the corresponding diarylamino compounds and valuable components for the chemical synthesis.
  • Organic electronics is concerned principally with the development, characterization and application of new materials and manufacturing processes for the production of electronic components based on organic small molecules or polymers with desirable electronic properties. These include in particular organic field-effect transistors (OFETs), like organic thin-film transistors (OTFTs), organic electroluminescent devices, like organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs), organic solar cells (OSCs), e.g.
  • organic photoconductor organic photoconductor
  • OPFQD organic field-quench devices
  • LECs light-emitting electrochemical cells
  • organic laser diodes organic laser diodes.
  • OPC organic photoconductor
  • p-conductors compounds with good electron donor properties
  • n-conductors compounds with good electron acceptor properties
  • organic semiconductors have a very low intrinsic charge carrier concentration.
  • Organic semiconductor matrix materials are therefore usually doped in order to achieve good semiconductor properties.
  • Organic photovoltaics denotes the direct conversion of radiative energy, principally solar energy, to electrical energy using organic components.
  • the light does not directly generate free charge carriers in organic solar cells, but rather excitons are formed first, i.e. electrically neutral excited states in the form of electron-hole pairs.
  • excitons can be separated at suitable photoactive interfaces (organic donor-acceptor interfaces or interfaces to an inorganic semiconductor). For this purpose, it is necessary that excitons which have been generated in the volume of the organic material can diffuse to this photoactive interface. The diffusion of excitons to the active interface thus plays a critical role in organic solar cells.
  • WO 2020/094847 describes di-, tri- and tetraphenylindane derivatives and their use in organic electronics, in particular as a hole transport material (HTM) or electron blocking material (EBM)
  • HTM hole transport material
  • EBM electron blocking material
  • WO 2012/034627 describes compounds of the formula (A) wherein Ar is an aromatic ring system, Ar 1 and Ar 2 are an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring system having 6 to 60 C atoms, R is in each case selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, Si(R 2 ) 3 , straight-chain alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkyl groups, having 1 to 40 C atoms, or branched or cyclic alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkyl groups, having 3 to 40 C atoms, or aromatic or heteroaromatic ring system, having 6 to 60 C atoms, or an aralkyl group, having 5 to 60 aromatic ring atoms, m is 0,
  • the compounds are used in an electronic device, preferably selected from organic electroluminescent devices, organic integrated circuits, organic field-effect transistors, organic thin-film transistors, organic light-emitting transistors, organic solar cells, organic dye-sensitised solar cells, organic optical detectors, organic photoreceptors, organic field-quench devices, light-emitting electrochemical cells, organic laser diodes and organic plasmon emitting devices, in particular in an organic electroluminescent device.
  • EP 1624500 A1 describes the use of spiro bifluorene compounds, e.g. of the formula (A)
  • substituents R inter alia can be NH 2 or NPh2, in an organic matrix material having a glass transition temperature of at least 120°C and the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) of the matrix material is at most on an energy level of 5.4 eV.
  • HOMO highest occupied molecular orbital
  • EP 3018119 A1 describes aromatic amine compounds of the formula (B) wherein Ar a represents an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a heteroaryl group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group in which two to four groups selected from the aryl group and the heteroaryl group are linked, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms, where R 1 and R 2 may also be bonded to each other to form a hydrocarbon ring. It is preferred that R 1 and R 2 do not form a hydrocarbon ring.
  • R 1 and R 2 form a group where # denotes a bond to the remainder of the molecule.
  • aryl amine copounds can be used as a material for an organic electroluminescent device, e,g. as a hole transporting material.
  • WO 2014/072017 A1 describes a compounds of the spiro-((thio)xanthene- fluorene) type which are suitable for use as a functional material in electronic devices.
  • EP 1623970 A1 describes arylamine compounds of the formula (C) wherein X is a substituted or non-substituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms or a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 40 carbon atoms, Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 each are independently a substituted or non-substituted aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms or a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 40 carbon atoms; provided that at least one of Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 is a group of the formula (C-1) wherein R 1 and R 2 each are independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or non- substituted amino group, a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or non-substituted aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms or a substituted or non
  • X is a monovalent, divalent or trivalent residue of benzene, biphenyl, terphenyl, naphthalene, fluorene, pyrene, spirobifluorene, stilbene, carbazole, dibenzofurane, dibenzothiophene, fluorenone, oxazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole or benzimidazole.
  • Suitable groups (C-1) are inter alia
  • the spiro rings do not bear any substituents, in particular no C 1 -C 4 -alkyl groups, like methyl groups.
  • These aryl amine compounds can be used as a material for an organic electroluminescent device, e,g.
  • the spiro-(indane-fluorene) type compounds of the invention are advantageously suitable as hole conductors (p- semiconductors, electron donors) in organic photovoltaics. They are especially suitable as hole transport material (HTM) or electron blocking material (EBM).
  • a first object of the invention is a compound of the general formula (I) and mixtures thereof, wherein R A is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, R B is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, R C is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, R D is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, W is a chemical bond or CH 2 , R I , R II , R III and R IV are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 - alkoxy, phenyl, NO 2 and NH 2 , X is selected from NH 2 , NHAr, NAr 2 , Cl, Br, I, CH 3 SO 3 , CF 3 SO 3 , CH 3 -C 6 H 4 -SO 3 , C 6 H 5 -SO 3 , NHCOC(CH 3 ) 3 , NHCOCH 3 , NO 2 , B(OR
  • Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, phenyl and CF 3 , wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl groups, q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, r is 0, 1, 2 or 3, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond.
  • X is selected from NH 2 , NHAr, NAr 2 , Cl, Br, I, CH 3 SO 3 , CF 3 SO 3 , CH 3 -C 6 H 4 -SO 3 , C 6 H 5 -SO 3 , NHCOC(CH 3 ) 3 , NHCOCH 3 or NO 2 .
  • One special embodiment are primary amine compounds represented by the formula (I) above, wherein X is a group of the formula -NH 2 .
  • a further special embodiment are amine compounds represented by the formula (I) above, wherein X is a group of the formula -NHAr.
  • a further special embodiment are diarylamine compounds represented by the formula (I) above, wherein X is selected from groups of the formula -NAr 2 .
  • a further special embodiment are diarylamine compounds represented by the formula (I) above, wherein X is selected from unsustituted or substituted triazinyl groups, more preferably from substituted triazinyl groups, in particular from substituted 1,3,5-triazinyl groups.
  • a further special embodiment are diarylamine compounds represented by the formula (I) above, wherein X is selected from biaryl groups comprising at least 4 aromatic rings.
  • a further special embodiment are diarylamine compounds represented by the formula (I) above, wherein R A and R B are both C 1 -C 4 -alkyl. In an especially preferred embodiment, R A and R B are both methyl.
  • a further object of the invention is the use of at least one compound of the general formula (I) as defined above and in the following - as a hole transport material (HTM) in organic electronics, - as an electron blocking material (EBM) in organic electronics, - in organic solar cells (OSCs), solid-state dye sensitized solar cells (DSSCs) or Perovskite solar cells, in particular as a hole transport material in organic solar cells, as replacement of the liquid electrolyte in dye sensitized solar cells, as a hole transport material in Perovskite solar cells, - in organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs), in particular for displays on electronic devices and lighting.
  • HTM hole transport material
  • EBM electron blocking material
  • OSCs organic solar cells
  • DSSCs solid-state dye sensitized solar cells
  • Perovskite solar cells in particular as a hole transport material in organic solar cells, as replacement of the liquid electrolyte in dye sensitized solar cells, as a hole transport material in Perovskite solar
  • a further object of the invention is an electroluminescent arrangement, comprising an upper electrode, a lower electrode, wherein at least one of said electrodes is transparent, an electroluminescent layer and optionally an auxiliary layer, wherein the electroluminescent arrangement comprises at least one compound of the formula (I), as defined above or in the following.
  • the electroluminescent arrangement comprises at least one compound of the formula (I) in a hole-transporting layer or in an electron blocking layer.
  • the electroluminescent arrangement is an organic light- emitting diode (OLED).
  • a further object of the invention is an organic solar cell, comprising: - a cathode, - an anode, - one or more photoactive regions comprising at least one donor material and at least one acceptor material in separate layers or in form of a bulk heterojunction layer, - optionally at least one further layer selected from exciton blocking layers, electron conducting layers and hole transport layers, wherein the organic solar cell comprises at least one compound of the formula (I) as defined above or in the following.
  • a further object of the invention is a process (in the following denoted as "Route 1") for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.a1)
  • R A is hydrogen or methyl
  • R B is hydrogen or methyl
  • R C is hydrogen
  • R D is hydrogen
  • W is a chemical bond or CH 2
  • R I , R II , R III and R IV are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl and C 1 -C 4 - alkoxy and phenyl
  • Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, phenyl and CF 3 , wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps a1) providing a compound of the formula (V.a)
  • X is H, Cl or Br, a2) reacting the compound of the formula (V.a) with a compound of the formula (VI.a1) or (VI.a2) wherein Z a is Cl, Br, I, CH 3 SO 3 , CF 3 SO 3 , CH 3 -C6H4-SO 3 or C6H5-SO 3 , to give a compound of the formula (VII.a1) or (VII.a2) a3) subjecting the compound of the formula (VII.a1) or (VII.a2) to a cyclization, wherein in the case that X is Br or Cl a compound (I.a1) is obtained, a4) in the case that X is H, subjecting the product of the cyclization in step a3) to a bromination or nitration to yield a compound (I.a1).
  • providing the compound of the formula (V.a) in step a1) comprises the following substeps a11) and a12): a11) providing a ketone of the formula (II.a) wherein X is H or Br, a12) reacting the ketone of the formula (II.a) with a compound of the formula (III.a) wherein Met is Li or a group Mg-Hal, wherein Hal is Cl, Br or I, to give the alcohol (IV.a) followed by reduction to give a compound of the formula (V.a)
  • a preferred embodiment of route 1 relates to a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I.a1), comprising steps a11), a12), a2), a3), and optionally a4) (in the case that in compound (II.a) provided in step a11) substituent X is H).
  • a ketone of the formula (II.a) wherein X is H, is subjected to a bromination to yield a ketone of the formula (II.a), wherein X is Br, and optionally the product of the bromination is subjected to one or more work-up steps.
  • a further object of the invention is a process (in the following denoted as "Route 2") for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.b1) wherein R A is hydrogen or methyl, R B is hydrogen or methyl, R C is hydrogen, R D is hydrogen, W is a chemical bond or CH 2 , R I , R II , R III and R IV are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table, X is Cl, Br, I or NO 2 , Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, phenyl and CF 3 , wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps b1) providing a compound of the formula (II.b) wherein X is H, Cl
  • a further object of the invention is a process (in the following denoted as "Route 3") for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.c1) wherein R A is methyl, R B is methyl, R C is hydrogen or methyl, R D is hydrogen or methyl, R I , R II , R III and R IV are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
  • X is Cl or Br
  • Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl phenyl and CF 3 , wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps c1) providing a compound of the formula (IV.c) c2) reacting the compound (IV.c) with an olefin (VIII.
  • a further object of the invention is a process (in the following denoted as "Route 4") for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.d1)
  • R A is hydrogen or methyl
  • R B is hydrogen or methyl
  • R C is hydrogen
  • R D is hydrogen
  • W is a chemical bond or CH 2
  • R I , R II , R III and R IV are hydrogen
  • Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl phenyl and CF 3 , wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps d1) providing a ketone of the formula (II.d) d2) reacting the ketone of the formula (II.d) with a compound of the formula (III.d) wherein Met is Li or a group Mg-Hal, wherein Hal is Cl, Br or I, to give the alcohol (IV.d) followed by elimination of water to give a compound of
  • a further object of the invention is a process (in the following denoted as "Route 5") for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.e1) wherein R A is hydrogen or methyl, R B is hydrogen or methyl, R C is hydrogen, R D is hydrogen, W is a chemical bond or CH 2 , R I , R II , R III and R IV are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy and phenyl, Y 1 is H, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, phenyl or CF 3 , wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl groups, Y 2 is H or Cl, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S or NAr, comprising the steps e1) providing a compound of the formula (II.e) wherein Z, Y 1 ,
  • a further object of the invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.f1) or (I.f2) wherein R A is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, R B is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, R C is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, R D is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, W is a chemical bond or CH 2 , R I , R II , R III and R IV are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy and phenyl, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, phenyl and CF 3 , wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3
  • the compound of the formula (I.f11) provided in step f11) is selected from - compounds of the formula (I.a1), obtainable by the process comprising steps a1), a2), a3) and if appropriate a4), as defined above and in the following, - compounds of the formula (I.b1), obtainable by the process comprising steps b1), b2), b3), b4), b5) and if appropriate b6), as defined above and in the following, - compounds of the formula (I.c1), obtainable by the process comprising steps c1) and c2), as defined above and in the following, or - compounds of the formula (I.d1), obtainable by the process comprising steps d1), d2) and d3), as defined above and in the following, or - compounds of the formula (I.e1), obtainable by the process comprising steps e1), e2), e3) and e4) or e
  • a further object of the invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.g) wherein X Ar is selected from biaryl groups comprising at least 4 aromatic rings and in each case unsubstituted or substituted pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl, wherein pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl can be part of a fused ring system comprising 2, 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, R A is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, R B is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, R C is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, R D is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, W is a chemical bond or CH 2 , R I , R II ,
  • a preferred embodiment is a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.g11) wherein E 1 is N or CR g1 E 2 is N or CR g2 E 3 is N or CR g3 E 4 is N or CR g4 E 5 is N or CR g5 with the proviso that 1, 2, or 3 of the ring members E 1 to E 5 are N, R g1 to R g5 are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two or more groups selected from CR g1 , CR g2 , CR g3 , CR g4 and CR g5 together with the N heterocycle they are bound to may form a fused ring system comprising 2, 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, R A is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, R B is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -al
  • the compounds of the general formula (I) and the methods for their preparation have at least one of the following advantages: -
  • the compounds of the formula (I) are characterized by a good thermal stability and environmental stability.
  • compounds (I) have a high glass transition temperature. They are usually sublimable and allow the fabrication of devices by physical vapor deposition.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) are in particular suitable as organic semiconductors. They function generally as p-semiconductors.
  • Preferred applications of the compounds (I) are as hole transport material (HTM) or electron blocking material (EBM).
  • HTM hole transport material
  • EBM electron blocking material
  • the compounds of the formula (I) further have good properties in OPV (organic photovoltaic) applications.
  • the invention further allows providing compounds of the formula (I), where the size of the semiconductor band gap is adjusted to utilize the solar light very effectively. -
  • the processes of the invention allow a very effective and economic synthesis of a great variety of compounds of the formula (I). Thus, it is possible to easily provide a compound (I) with optimized properties for the intended use.
  • the compounds of formula (I) have 1 or 2 centers of chirality in the spiro core, thus they may be present as mixtures of enantiomers or diastereoisomers but also in the form of the pure enantiomers or pure diastereoisomers.
  • the invention provides racemic compounds of the formula (I) or mixtures of diastereoisomers (e.g. example 6) as well as pure enantiomers or racemic pure diastereisomers or enantiopure diastereoisomers of the compounds of formula (I).
  • the compounds of formula (I) can be obtained in enantiomerically enriched form and diastereomerically enriched form, respectively, or in pure form by standard methods known in the art, which includes e.g. chiral separation or by preparing the compounds of formula (I) by using appropriate chiral compounds as starting material.
  • Suitable compounds of the formula (I) also include all possible regioisomers and mixtures thereof. It is noted that in the formulae depicted herein, a methyl group may be indicated as a solid line. Thus, for example, the following formulae are two alternatives to depict the same compound It is also noted that in general hydrogen atoms are not depicted in a formula, unless the formula clearly dictates otherwise.
  • C n -C m gives the number of carbon atoms possible in each case in the respective substituent or substituent moiety.
  • halogen denotes in each case fluorine, bromine, chlorine or iodine, particularly chlorine, bromine or iodine. Similarily, the term “halo” denotes in each case fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
  • unbranched as used herein is also referred to as linear or straight- chain.
  • C n -C m -alkyl refers to a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group having n to m carbon atoms, e.g.1 to 2 ("C 1 -C 2 -alkyl"), 1 to 4 (“C 1 -C 4 -alkyl”) or 1 to 6 (“C 1 -C 6 -alkyl”).
  • C 1 -C 2 -Alkyl is methyl or ethyl.
  • C 1 -C 4 -alkyl are, in addition to those mentioned for C 1 -C 2 -alkyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl (sec-butyl), 2-methylpropyl (isobutyl) or 1,1-dimethylethyl (tert-butyl).
  • C 1 -C 6 -alkyl are, in addition to those mentioned for C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, hexyl, 1-methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,3-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 1-ethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 1,1,2-trimethylpropyl, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl, 1-ethyl-1-methylpropyl, or 1-ethyl-2- methylpropyl.
  • C n -C m -alkoxy refers to straight-chain or branched alkyl groups having n to m carbon atoms, e.g. 1 to 2 carbon atoms or 1 to 4 carbon atoms or 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) attached via an oxygen atom at any bond in the alkyl group to the remainder of the molecule.
  • C 1 -C 2 -Alkoxy is methoxy or ethoxy.
  • C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy are, in addition to those mentioned for C 1 -C 2 -alkoxy, n-propoxy, 1-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), butoxy, 1-methylpropoxy (sec-butoxy), 2-methylpropoxy (isobutoxy) or 1,1-dimethylethoxy (tert-butoxy).
  • C 1 -C 6 - alkoxy are, in addition to those mentioned for C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, pentoxy, 1-methylbutoxy, 2-methylbutoxy, 3-methylbutoxy, 1,1-dimethylpropoxy, 1,2-dimethylpropoxy, 2,2-dimethylpropoxy, 1-ethylpropoxy, hexyloxy, 1-methylpentoxy, 2-methylpentoxy, 3-methylpentoxy, 4-methylpentoxy, 1,1-dimethylbutoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, 1,3-dimethylbutoxy, 2,2-dimethylbutoxy, 2,3-dimethylbutoxy, 3,3-dimethylbutoxy, 1-ethylbutoxy, 2-ethylbutoxy, 1,1,2-trimethylpropoxy, 1,2,2-trimethylpropoxy, 1-ethyl- 1-methylpropoxy or 1-ethyl-2-methylpropoxy.
  • C n -C m -cycloalkyl refers to a monocyclic n- to m- membered saturated cycloaliphatic radical having, e.g.3 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Examples for C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
  • C n -C m -cycloalkoxy refers to a monocyclic n- to m-membered saturated cycloaliphatic radical, e.g.
  • aryl refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic and tetracyclic aromatic hydrocarbon radicals with 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, in which the rings are all condensed (fused) or two of the aromatic rings may also be joined to one another by a chemical bond and a divalent radical selected from -CH 2 -, -O-, -S- or -N(H)-.
  • Examples include phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, fluorenyl, dibenzofuranyl (dibenzofuryl), dibenzothienyl, carbazolyl, 11H-benzo[b]fluorenyl, naphtho[2,3-b]benzofuryl, naphtho[2,3-b]benzothienyl and 5H-benzo[b]carbazolyl.
  • Aryl may be substituted at one, two, three, four, more than four or all substitutable positions.
  • Suitable substituents are in general C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, carbazol-9-yl (N-bound carbazolyl), which is unsubstituted or substituted by C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy and phenyl, wherein phenyl on its part may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C 1 -C 4 -alkyl and C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy.
  • suitable substituents attached at aryl are in general also diphenylamino, C 5 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenylyl, terphenylyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl and phenanthryl, wherein each of the cyclic rings in the 8 last-mentioned groups are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 different or identical substituents selected from C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy and carbazol-9-yl which is unsubstituted or substituted by C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy and phenyl, wherein phenyl on its part may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C 1 -C 4 -alkyl and C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy.
  • two substituents bonded to the same carbon atom of fluorenyl or 11H-benzo[b]fluorenyl together may form an alkylene group (CH 2 )r with r being 4, 5, 6 or 7 thus forming a 5- to 8-membered saturated carbocycle, in which 1 or 2 hydrogen atoms in this group may be replaced by a group C 1 -C 4 -alkyl or C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy or two substituents bonded to the same carbon atom of fluorenyl or 11H-benzo[b]fluorenyl together may form an alkylene group (CH 2 )r with r being 4, 5, 6 or 7 thus forming a 5- to 8-membered saturated carbocycle, which may be benz-annelated with one or two benzene groups, where the benzene ring(s) is (are) optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 identical or different C 1 -C 4 - alkyl or C 1 -C
  • biasing group comprising at least 4 aromatic rings denotes a structure, wherein at least two aryl subgroups are joined by a single bond between two aromatic rings.
  • the biaryl group comprises 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or more than 8 aromatic rings.
  • a moiety is described as being “optionally substituted”, the moiety may be either unsubstituted or substituted.
  • a moiety is described as “substituted”, a non-hydrogen radical is in the place of hydrogen radical of any substitutable atom of the moiety. If there are more than one substitution on a moiety, each non-hydrogen radical may be identical or different (unless otherwise stated).
  • Preferred compounds according to the invention are compounds of the formula (I), wherein R A is hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl. More preferably, R A is methyl or ethyl.
  • R B is hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl. More preferably, R B is methyl or ethyl. In an especially preferred embodiment, R A and R B are both methyl. In a further special embodiment, R A and R B are both hydrogen.
  • Preferred compounds according to the invention are compounds of the formula (I), wherein R C and R D are independently selected from hydrogen and C 1 -C 4 -alkyl.
  • one of the substituents R C and R D is C 1 -C 4 -alkyl and the other is hydrogen.
  • one of the substituents R C and R D is methyl and the other is hydrogen.
  • R C and R D are both hydrogen.
  • W is a chemical bond. In another preferred embodiment, W is CH 2 .
  • substituents R A , R B , R C and R D are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
  • X is -NH 2 or -NHAr or -NAr 2 or a biaryl group comprising at least 4 aromatic rings or substituted pyridyl or substituted pyridazinyl or substituted pyrimidinyl or substituted pyrazinyl or substituted triazinyl, wherein pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl can be part of a fused ring system comprising 2, 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings.
  • the compounds (I) comprise a group X, which is a biaryl group comprising at least 4 aromatic rings, comprising at least one subgroup, which comprises 2 or more (e.g. 3, 4, 5, 6 or more) condensed aromatic rings.
  • the compounds (I) comprise a group X, which is a biaryl group comprising at least 4 aromatic rings, comprising at least two subgroups, wherein each subgroup comprises 2 or more (e.g.3, 4, 5, 6 or more) condensed aromatic rings.
  • all condensed rings are benzene rings.
  • X is selected from the following groups wherein # denotes the bonding site to the remainder of the compound.
  • the compounds (I) comprise a group X, which is selected from substituted pyridyl or substituted pyridazinyl or substituted pyrimidinyl or substituted pyrazinyl or substituted triazinyl, wherein substituted pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl is substituted by one or more substituents R Het1 , wherein each R Het1 is independently selected from aryl, wherein aryl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C 5 -C 12 -aryl groups.
  • X is substituted triazinyl.
  • X is selected from substituted 1,3,5-triazinyl groups.
  • X is a group selected from groups HET1 to HET5 wherein # denotes the bonding site to the remainder of the compound and each R Het1 is independently selected from aryl, wherein aryl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, F, CF 3 and C5-C12-aryl groups.
  • both R Het1 groups are phenyl.
  • X is -NH 2 or -NHAr or -NAr 2 .
  • each group Y irrespectively of its occurrence, is independently selected from C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, phenyl and CF 3 , wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C 1 -C 6 - alkyl groups. More preferably, each group Y, irrespectively of its occurrence, is independently selected from methyl, CF 3 and phenyl.
  • q is 0 or 1. In a special embodiment, q is 0.
  • q is 1.
  • r is 0 or 1.
  • r is 0.
  • the substituents R I , R II , R III and R IV are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
  • the compounds of the formula (I) encompass structural isomers (regioisomers) with regard to the position of the substituents R I , R II , R III and R IV .
  • a single compound or a mixture of two or more regioisomers (I) may be obtained.
  • regioisomers may be subjected to a separation to obtain the isomers in an enriched or pure form. It is also possible to use mixture of two or more regioisomers (I) for applications in organic electronics, mentioned in the following.
  • one special embodiment of the present invention relates to a mixture of compounds of the formula (I), wherein the substituents R I , R II , R III and R IV of each compound are are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
  • the afore-mentioned compounds can be prepared e.g. by synthesis route 2 as defined above and in the following, wherein 2-phenylanisole is used as the aromatic compound (III.b).
  • Another special embodiment of the present invention relates to a mixture of compounds of the formula (I), wherein the substituents R I , R II , R III and R IV of each compound are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
  • the afore-mentioned compounds can be prepared e.g. by synthesis route 1 as defined above and in the following, wherein a Grignard compound of 3-bromoanisole is used as the compound (III.a).
  • Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond.
  • the compound of the formula (I) is selected from compounds (I.A*), (I.B*), (I.C*), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*) and (I.H*) wherein R A is hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, R B is hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, R C is hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, R D is hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, R I , R II , R III and R IV are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 - alkoxy, phenyl, NO 2 and NH 2 , R V is hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl or CF 3 , X is selected from NH 2 , NHAr, NAr 2 , Cl, Br, I, CH 3 SO 3 , CF 3 SO 3 , CH 3 -
  • R I , R II , R III and R IV are independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, phenyl and methoxy.
  • R I , R II , R III and R IV are different from hydrogen.
  • the compound of the formula (I) is selected from compounds (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*) and (I.H*), wherein R V is hydrogen, methyl or CF 3 .
  • the compound of the formula (I) is selected from compounds (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) and (I.H) wherein R A is hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, R B is hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, R C is hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, R D is hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, X is selected from NH 2 , NHAr, NAr 2 , Cl, Br, I, CH 3 SO 3 , CF 3 SO 3 , CH 3 -C6H4-SO 3 , C6H5-
  • ans (I.H) X is selected from -NH 2 and -NAr 2 .
  • R I , R II , R III and R IV are independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, phenyl and methoxy.
  • 0, 1, 2 or 3 of the groups R I , R II , R III and R IV are different from hydrogen. More preferably, 0, 1 or 2 of the groups R I , R II , R III and R IV are different from hydrogen.
  • the compound of the formula (I) is selected from compounds (I.1) to (I.33)
  • the compound of the formula (I) is selected from compounds (I.34) to (I.72)
  • Ar is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two groups Ar bound to the same nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings.
  • each Ar irrespectively of its occurrence, is selected from phenyl, biphenylyl, terphenylyl, quaterphenylyl, wherein phenyl, biphenylyl, terphenylyl and quaterphenylyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents R Ar1 ; naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, spirobifluorenyl, C-bound carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, xanthenyl, thioxanthenyl and 9,10-dihydroacridinyl, wherein naphthyl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, spirobifluorenyl, C-bound carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, xanthenyl, thioxanthenyl and 9,10-dihydroa
  • each radical R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 and R 19 is preferably selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 2 -alkyl, C 1 -C 2 -alkoxy and carbazol-9-yl which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from
  • each radical R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 and R 19 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, methoxy and carbazol-9-yl which is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 identical or different substituents selected from methyl, methoxy, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl and anisyl.
  • each radical R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, methoxy and carbazol-9-yl which may be substituted by1 or 2 substituents selected from methyl, methoxy, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl and anisyl.
  • R 9a and R 9b are independently of one another hydrogen, methyl, phenyl or form together a group -(CH 2 )4- or -(CH 2 )5-.
  • each radical R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9a , R 9b and R 9c if present, is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 2 -alkyl, C 1 -C 2 -alkoxy, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl and 9- carbazol-9-yl, wherein phenyl, 1- naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl or carbazol-9-yl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 different or identical substituents selected
  • each R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 2 -alkyl, C 1 -C 2 -alkoxy, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2- naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl and 9-carbazolyl, wherein phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9- fluorenyl or 9-carbazolyl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 different or identical substituents selected from C 1 -C 2 -alkyl and C 1 -C 2 -alkoxy, R e is hydrogen or methyl, and R f is hydrogen or methyl.
  • the groups Ar of the above-mentioned formulae (AR-I) to (AR-XLVI) which are bonded to the nitrogen atom can be combined with one another as desired.
  • the compounds (I), (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) and (I.H), wherein X is NAr 2 and in the compounds of the formulae (I.3), (I.6), (I.9), (I.12), (I.15), (I.18), (I.21), (I.24), (I.25), (I.27), (I.30) and (I.33), one of the groups Ar bound to the nitrogen atom is selected from groups AR-XXIV, AR-XXV, AR-XXX, AR-XLVI, AR-XLVIII, AR-XLIX and AR-L, as defined above, and the other group Ar bound to the nitrogen atom is selected from
  • group Ar include phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 3,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl; 2-phenylphenyl, 3-phenylphenyl, 4- phenylphenyl, 4-(o-tolyl)phenyl, 4-(m-tolyl)phenyl, 4-(p-tolyl)phenyl, 4-(2,6- dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 1-methyl-4-phenyl-phenyl, 2-methyl-4-phenyl-phenyl, 3-methyl- 4-phenyl-phenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-phenyl-phenyl, 3-methyl-4-(o-tolyl)phenyl, 3-methyl-4- (m-to-toly
  • 2 groups Ar together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a N-bound carbazolyl, 9H-acridin-10-yl, 10H-phenazin-5-yl, 10H-phenothiazin-10-yl, indol-1-yl, 10H-phenoxazin-10-yl, benztriazol-1-yl, benzimidazol-1-yl, indazol-1-yl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more, e.g. one, two, three, four or more than four substituents R Ar3 , wherein R Ar3 is as defined above.
  • R Ar3 is phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl.
  • Particular examples include carbazol-9-yl, 3,6- di-tertbutylcarbazol-9-yl, 3-phenylcarbazol-9-yl, 3-(o-tolyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3- (m-tolyl)carbazol-9-yl), 3-(p-tolyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3-(o-anisyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3-(m- anisyl)carbazol-9-yl), 3-(p-anisyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3,6-diphenylcarbazol-9-yl, 3,6-bis(o- tolyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3,6-bis(m-tolyl)carbazoly-9-yl, 3,6-bis(p-tolyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3,6-bis
  • Ar in the groups of formulae A-98 to A-112 in table A are selected from groups of the formulae (AR-I) to (AR-LVI) mentioned above.
  • the group NAr 2 irrespectively of its occurrence, is selected from the groups of the formulae (1) to (58)
  • the compounds of the formula (I) are selected from the compounds specified in the examples.
  • the compounds of the invention of the formula (I) and the starting materials used to prepare them can be prepared in analogy to known processes of organic chemistry as described in literature.
  • the substituents, variables and indices are as defined above for formula (I), if not otherwise specified.
  • One aspect of the present invention relates to a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I.a1), as defined above in the "Summary of the invention", comprising steps a1), a2), a3), and optionally a4) (in the case that in compound (V.a) provided in step a1) substituent X is H).
  • step a1) comprises substeps a11) and a12).
  • Step a1) Compounds of the formula (V.a) wherein X is H or Br, can be prepared by a person skilled in the art by routine procedures.
  • E.g.2-bromo-9-phenyl-9H-fluorene can be prepared by bromination of 9- phenyl-9H-fluorene with elemental bromine.
  • the educt 9-phenyl-9H-fluorene is commercially available, e.g. from Sigma-Aldrich/Merck.
  • 2-bromo-9- phenyl-9H-fluorene can be prepared as described in US 2021/50523 A1 by the addition of phenylmagnesiumbromide to 2-bromofluorenone and reduction of the resulting alcohol to the hydrocarbon, e.g. with triethylsilane and trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane.
  • compound (V.a) is prepared in substeps a11) and a12) as outlined in the "Summary of the Invention".
  • a ketone of the formula (II.a) is provided.
  • the compounds of the formula (II.a) employed as educts in step a11) are commercially available or can be prepared by a person skilled in the art by routine procedures.
  • 9-fluorenone, 2-bromo-9-fluorenone, xanthone, 2- bromoxanthone, thioxanthone, N-phenylacridone and a number of derivatives thereof are commercially available, e.g. from Sigma-Aldrich/Merck.
  • the compounds of formula (IV.a) can be prepared by reacting the ketone (II.a) with an arylmagnesium halide of the formula (III) in a Grignard reaction to give the corresponding alcohol of formula (IV.a) as intermediate.
  • an aryllithium compound can be used as the nucleophile to react with the carbonyl group of ketone (II.a) to obtain the alcohol (IV.a).
  • Reduction of the alcohol of formula (IV.a) to the corresponding compound of formula (V) can be effected by treatment with a hydrosilane in the presence of a strong Lewis acid. e.g. with triethylsilane in the presence of boron trifluoride THF-complex.
  • Step a2) Substitution of compound (V.a) with a methallyl group or a prenyl group can be performed by reaction with compounds (VI.a1) and (VI.a2), respectively, wherein Z a is a leaving group, like halide, mesylate, triflate, tosylate or benzene sulfonate.
  • a suitable compound (VI.a1) is 3-chloro-2-methyl-1-propene chloride (methallyl chloride, isobutenyl chloride)
  • a suitable compound (VI.a2) is 1-chloro-3-methylbut-2-ene chloride (prenyl chloride).
  • the reaction is performed in the presence of a base, such as an alkali metal hydroxide, optionally in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst, an alkali metal alkoxide or an alkali metal amide.
  • a base such as an alkali metal hydroxide
  • a phase transfer catalyst such as sodium tert-butoxide or potassium tert-butoxide.
  • Suitable solvents are polar aprotic solvents, like THF.
  • the reaction is generally carried out at a temperature in the range of 0 to 100 °C, preferably 5 to 50°C.
  • Step a3) a compound (VII.a1) or (VII.a2) is subjected to a cyclization reaction, resulting in a spiro compound.
  • the cyclization is usually performed in the presence of an acidic catalyst.
  • Suitable catalysts are for example trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, trifluoracetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, polyphosphoric acid, acidic ion exchangers, etc.
  • bromination is effected with N- bromosuccinimide (NBS).
  • NBS N- bromosuccinimide
  • a solvent is employed that contains or consists of acetonitrile.
  • NBS is usually employed in an amount of about 1 equivalent with regard to the cyclization product. It was found that bromination with NBS results in a good regioselectivity with regard to the position on the benzene rings and also in a good chemoselectivity with regard to the monobromination product.
  • the cyclization product from step a3), wherein X is H can be subjected to a nitration to obtain a compound (I.a1), wherein X is NO 2 .
  • the reaction can be effected by direct nitration with nitrating acid, i.e. a mixture of concentrated nitric acid and concentrated sulfuric acid.
  • nitrating acid i.e. a mixture of concentrated nitric acid and concentrated sulfuric acid.
  • the direct nitration yields the target compound in at least useful selectivity.
  • Workup of the products of the bromination or nitration can be effected by standard methods, like crystallization or column chromatography.
  • Fluorenol, xanthol, thioxanthol and acridinol compounds of the formula (II.b) are commercially available or can be prepared by a person skilled in the art by routine methods.
  • a number of fluorenol compounds (II.b) can be prepared by reduction of the corresponding fluorenones by reduction, e.g. with complex metal hydrides like sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, etc. or by hydrogenation, e.g. in the presence of diphosphane/diamine Ru catalysts.
  • step b2 The hydroxyl group of intermediate (II.b) can be substituted by an aromatic compound (III.b) in the presence of an acidic catalyst to give the compound (IV.b).
  • compound (III.b) is selected from electron rich aromatic compounds, in particular p-xylene, m-xylene, pseudocumene (1,2,4-trimethylbenzene), 2,6- dimethylanisole, 2,3,6-trimethylanisole, 2,5,6-trimethylanisole or 2-phenylanisole.
  • the compound (III.b) may simultaneously act as the solvent.
  • suitable solvents are those which do not participate in the reaction, typically halogenated hydrocarbons, hydrocarbons, ethers or deactivated aromatic hydrocarbons.
  • Preferred halogenated hydrocarbons are dichloromethane or 1,2-dichloroethane.
  • Preferred hydrocarbons are commercially available isomeric hydrocarbon fractions such as the hexane faction, white spirit or ligroin.
  • Suitable catalysts are protonic acids, Lewis acids, aluminium silicates, ion exchange resins, zeolites, naturally occurring sheet silicates or modified sheet silicates.
  • the catalyst is selected from p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • catalysts zinc chloride and BF3 etherate complexes
  • Zeolith Mordenit ® available from Norton, naturally occurring sheet silicates, in particular the Fulcat types ® available from Laporte Adsorbents Co., and modified sheet silicates, e.g. Envirocat EPZ-10 ®, Envirocat EPZG ® or Envirocat EPIC ® available from Contract Chemicals.
  • AlCl 3 , PCl 5 , P 4 O 10 and HClO 4 in nitromethane are not used as catalysts in step b2).
  • Steps b3), b4) and b5) With regard to reaction steps b3), b4) and b5) reference is made to the afore- mentioned reaction steps a2), a3) and a4).
  • Route 3 Step c1) Compounds of the formula (IV.c) can be prepared in analogy to compounds (IV.a) by the afore-mentioned reaction steps a11) and a12).
  • Step c2) Olefins (VIII.c), like 2-methyl-2-butene, are commercially available.
  • the reaction of compound (IV.c) with an olefin (VIII.c) takes place in the presence of a Lewis acid, e.g. a BF 3 ether complex, like BF 3 THF complex.
  • Suitable solvents are halogenated hydrocarbons, like dichloromethane or 1,2-dichloroethane.
  • Route 4 Step d1)
  • the compounds of formula (II.d) correspond to the compounds (II.a) employed in step a11) of the afore-mentioned route 1.
  • Suitable starting materials for the Grignard reaction are e.g. phenethylbromide, cinnamylbromide or neophylchloride.
  • Compounds (III.d) are commercially available or can be prepared by a person skilled in the art by routine methods. E.g.
  • neophylchloride (1-chloro-2-methyl-2- phenylpropan) and the corresponding Grignard compound 2-Methyl-2- phenylpropylmagnesiumchloride are commercially available, e.g. from Sigma- Aldrich/Merck.
  • the Grignard addition reaction is generally carried out at a temperature in the range of 0 to 90°C, preferably 10° to 80° C.
  • the dehydration is generally carried out at the same temperature as the Grignard reaction.
  • Suitable acids for the dehydration are hydrochloric acid, trifluoracetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, polyphosphoric acid and sulfuric acid.
  • the reaction can be performed as one-pot reaction.
  • Step d3) The cyclization is usually performed in the presence of an acidic catalyst.
  • Suitable catalysts are for example trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, trifluoracetic acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, AlCl3, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, polyphosphoric acid, acidic ion exchangers, etc.
  • Route 5 Step e1) Compounds of the formula (II.e) are commercially available or can be prepared by a person skilled in the art by routine methods. E.g. diphenylether, 4- chlorodiphenylether, diphenylsulfide, diphenylamine, 4-chlorodiphenylamine are commercially available.
  • Step e2) Metallation of compound (II.e) to yield a compound (III.3) can be effected by reaction with an organyllithium compound, like n-butyllithium.
  • organyllithium compound like n-butyllithium.
  • reaction with magnesium leads to the corresponding Grignard compound.
  • the Grignard reagent can be accessed by the reaction of the aryl halide with isopropylmagnesium chloride in the presence of lithium chloride ("Turbo Grignard").
  • Step e3) Suitable 1-indanone compounds (IV.e) are are commercially available or can be prepared by a person skilled in the art by routine methods. E.g.
  • 1-indanone, 3-methyl- 1-indanone, 3,3-dimethyl-1-indanone, alpha-tetralone (1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1- naphthalenone), etc. are commercially available, e.g. from Sigma-Aldrich/Merck.3,3- dimethylindan-1-one can be prepared from 3-methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid by the method desribed in the examples.
  • arylamines (I.f1) and (I.f2) Compounds of the formula (I), wherein X is a group of the formula NHAr or NAr 2 can be obtained in a process comprising steps f11) and f12) by an arylation reaction between the compound (I.f11) wherein X is selected from Cl, Br, I and CF 3 SO 3 , and a primary aromatic amine of the formula (X.f1) or a secondary aromatic amine of the formula (X.f2), in the presence of a palladium catalyst in terms of a Buchwald-Hartwig reaction.
  • compounds of the formula (I), wherein X is a group of the formula NHAr or NAr 2 can be obtained in a process comprising steps f21) and f22) by an arylation reaction between a primary aromatic amine of the formula (X.f1) or a secondary aromatic amine of the formula (X.f21) and an aromatic compound (X.f).
  • Suitable palladium catalyst or catalyst precursors are for example palladium(0) bis(dibenzylideneacetone) (Pd(dba) 2 ), tris-(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd2(dba) 3 ), [1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (PdCl2(dppf)), palladium chloride (PdCl2), bis(acetonitrile)palladium chloride (Pd(ACN)2Cl2), [1,3-bis(2,6-diisopropylphenyl)imidazol-2-ylidene](3-chloropyridyl)palladium dichloride (PEPPSI-iPr), dichloro[1,3-bis(2,6-di-3-pentylphenyl)imidazol-2-ylidene](3-chloro-
  • the catalyst is palladium acetate, Pd(dba) 2 or Pd 2 (dba) 3 .
  • the reaction is usually carried out in the presence of a ligand.
  • the ligand is any molecule capable of coordinating to the palladium precursor and facilitating the Buchwald-Hartwig reaction, preferably an dialkylbiarylphosphines or tri-tert-butyl phosphine.
  • dialkylbiarylphosphine ligands examples include 2- dicyclohexylphosphino-2'-(N,N-dimethylamino)biphenyl (DavePhos), 2- dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl (Xphos), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino- 2',6'-dimethoxybiphenyl (Sphos), 2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl (tBuXPhos), (2-biphenyl)dicyclohexylphosphine, 2-(dicyclohexylphosphino)biphenyl (CyJohnPhos), (2-biphenyl)di-tert-butylphosphine (JohnPhos), 2-dicyclohexyl- phosphino-2',
  • the palladium catalyst and phosphine ligand are preferably used in a molar ratio in the range of from about 0.5 to about 5 moles of ligand per mole of palladium catalyst.
  • the reaction is performed in the presence of a base such as an alkali alkoxide, earth alkali alkoxide, alkali carbonate or earth alkali carbonate, alkali metal amide or trialkyl amine.
  • a base such as an alkali alkoxide, earth alkali alkoxide, alkali carbonate or earth alkali carbonate, alkali metal amide or trialkyl amine.
  • the base is sodium tert-butoxide, cesium carbonate, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, lithium diisopropylamide or lithium dicyclohexylamide.
  • the base is sodium tert-butoxide.
  • the reaction is generally carried out in a solvent. Suitable solvents are for example aliphatic hydrocarbons, such as pentane, hexane, cyclohexane and petroleum ether, aromatic hydrocarbons, such as toluene, o-, m- and p-xylene, ethers, such as diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, dioxane, anisole and tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxyethane, amide such as dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • the reaction temperature generally ranges between 50° and 130°C.
  • the reactions generally are run under an inert atmosphere (e.g. under dry nitrogen or argon).
  • Suitable secondary amines and methods for their preparation are described in the literature, e.g. WO 2018/206769 A1, WO 2012/015265 A1, CN 111675687 A, CN 111848642 A, WO 2021/141356 A1.
  • R B1 and R B2 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or C1-C-alkyl or R B1 and R B2 together form a C2-C6-alkanediyl moietyl, e.g. ethan-1,2-diyl, propan-1,3-diyl or 1,1,2,2-tetramethylethan-1,2-diyl.
  • Borylated compounds (I.g1) can be prepared via a Miyaura borylation reaction, e.g.
  • the compounds according to the invention are in particular suitable for use in an electronic device.
  • An electronic device here is taken to mean a device which comprises at least one layer which comprises at least one organic compound.
  • the present invention therefore furthermore relates to the use of the compounds of formula (I) or a mixture of at least two different compounds thereof - as a hole transport material (HTM) in organic electronics, - as an electron blocking material (EBM) in organic electronics, - in organic solar cells (OSCs), solid-state dye sensitized solar cells (DSSCs) or Perovskite solar cells, in particular as a hole transport material in organic solar cells, as replacement of the liquid electrolyte in dye sensitized solar cells, as a hole transport material in Perovskite solar cells, - in organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs), in particular for displays on electronic devices and lighting, - for electrophotography, in particular as photoconductive material in an organic photoconductor (OPC), - for organic optical detectors, organic photoreceptors, organic field-quench devices (O-FQDs), light-emitting electrochemical cells (LECs) and organic laser diodes.
  • HTM hole transport material
  • EBM electron blocking material
  • the compounds according to the invention are especially suitable as a hole transport material (HTM) in organic electronics.
  • HTMs are employed in a wide range of electronic devices and applications, such as in organic electroluminescent (EL) devices and in solar cells.
  • the compounds according to the invention may be employed as the sole HTM or in combination with at least one further HTM. Suitable further hole transport materials are well-known in the art.
  • Preferred hole transport materials for combination are spiro- OMeTAD, 2,2',7,7'-tetrakis-(N,N'-di-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylphenylamine)-9,9'- spirofluorene, tris(p-anisyl)amine, N,N,N',N'-tetrakis(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,1'-biphenyl- 4,4'-diamine, 2,7-bis[N,N-bis(4-methoxy-phenyl)amino]-9,9-spirobifluorene, poly(3- hexylthiophene) (P3HT), poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)-poly(styrenesulfonate) (PEDOT:PSS), poly[bis(4-phenyl)(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)amine] (PTAA), NiO and V205.
  • the compounds according to the invention used as HTMs may be combined with at least one further additive.
  • Suitable additives are pyridine compounds such as tert-butylpyridine, imidazoles as disclosed in WO2013/026563, claims 1 to 15 and disclosed on pages 15 to 17 or polymer additives such as poly(4-vinylpyridine) or its copolymer with e.g. vinylstyrene or alkylmethacrylate.
  • a preferred pyridine compound is tert-butylpyridine.
  • the compounds according to the invention used as the HTMs may be combined with lithium salts as described in Phys. Chem., Chem. Phys, 2013, 15, 1572-2579. The usefulness of a pyridine compound is described in Sol.
  • HTMs Energy Mater. & Solar Cells, 2007, 91, 424-426.
  • a p-dopant such as N(C 6 H 5 Br) 3 , SbCl 6 , V 2 O 5 , MoO 3 , WO 3 , Re 2 O 3 , F 4 - TCNQ (tetrafluoro-tetracyanoquinodimethane), HAT-CN (1,4,5,8,9,11-hexaazatri- phenylene-hexacarbonitrile)
  • F6-TCNNQ (1,3,4,5,7,8-hexafluorotetracyanonaphtho- quinodimethane, obtainable from Novaled
  • NDP-9 a p-dopant obtainable from Novaled
  • Suitable dopants are described in Chem. Mater., 2013, 25, 2986-2990 or J.Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133, 18042. Also, suitable [3]-radialenes as described in EP 2180029 A1 can be applied.
  • the invention furthermore relates to an electroluminescent arrangement comprising an upper electrode, a lower electrode, wherein at least one of said electrodes is transparent, an electroluminescent layer and optionally an auxiliary layer, wherein the electroluminescent arrangement comprises at least one compound of the formula (I).
  • the at least one compound of the formula (I) or (I.a) is employed in a hole-transporting layer or electron blocking layer.
  • the invention furthermore relates to an electroluminescent arrangement in form of an organic light-emitting diode (OLED).
  • an electron blocking layer is disposed adjacent to an emissive layer. Blocking layers may be used to reduce the number of charge carriers (electrons or holes) and/or excitons that leave the emissive layer.
  • An electron blocking layer may be disposed between emissive layer and an hole transport layer, to block electrons from leaving emissive layer in the direction of hole transport layer.
  • a hole blocking layer may be disposed between emissive layer and electron transport layer, to block holes from leaving emissive layer in the direction of electron transport layer.
  • the OLEDs can be employed for various applications, for example for monochromatic or polychromatic displays, for lighting applications or for medical and/or cosmetic applications, for example in phototherapy.
  • the organic electroluminescent device particularly in form of an OLED, comprises a cathode, an anode and at least one emitting layer. Apart from these layers, it may also comprise further layers, for example in each case one or more hole- injection layers, hole-transport layers, hole-blocking layers, electron-transport layers, electron-injection layers, exciton-blocking layers, electron-blocking layers and/or charge-generation layers. Interlayers, which have, for example, an exciton-blocking function, may likewise be introduced between two emitting layers.
  • the organic electroluminescent device here may comprise one emitting layer or a plurality of emitting layers. If a plurality of emission layers is present, these preferably have in total a plurality of emission maxima between 380 nm and 750 nm, resulting overall in white emission, i.e. various emitting compounds which are able to fluoresce or phosphoresce are used in the emitting layers. Particular preference is given to systems having three emitting layers, where the three layers exhibit blue, green and orange or red emission (for the basic structure see, for example, WO 2005/011013).
  • all emitting layers can be fluorescent or for all emitting layers to be phosphorescent or for one or more emitting layers to be fluorescent and one or more other layers to be phosphorescent.
  • the compound according to the invention in accordance with the embodiments indicated above can be employed here in different layers, depending on the precise structure. Preference is given to an organic electroluminescent device comprising a compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments as hole-transport material in a hole-transport or hole-injection or electron-blocking layer or as matrix material for fluorescent or phosphorescent emitters, in particular for phosphorescent emitters.
  • the preferred embodiments indicated above also apply to the use of the materials in organic electronic devices.
  • the compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments is employed as hole-transport or hole-injection material in a hole-transport or hole-injection layer.
  • the emitting layer here can be fluorescent or phosphorescent.
  • a hole-injection layer generally is a layer which facilitates electron injection from the anode to the organic layer.
  • the hole-injection layer can be situated directly adjacent to the anode.
  • a hole-transport layer transports the holes from the anode to the emitting layer and is located between a hole-injection layer and an emitting layer.
  • doped hole transport layers can be employed.
  • the architecture of actual OLEDs often improves quantum efficiency by using a graded heterojunction.
  • the composition of hole and electron-transport materials varies continuously within the emissive layer with a dopant emitter.
  • the graded heterojunction architecture combines the benefits of both conventional architectures by improving charge injection while simultaneously balancing charge transport within the emissive region.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments thereof are employed in an electron-blocking layer.
  • An electron-blocking layer may be used to reduce the number of charge carriers (electrons) that leave the emissive layer.
  • An electron-blocking layer usually is a layer which is directly adjacent to an emitting layer on the anode side.
  • An electron blocking layer may be disposed between emissive layer and hole transport layer to block electrons from leaving the emissive layer in the direction of hole transport layer.
  • the compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments thereof are particularly preferably employed in a hole-transport layer or electron blocking layer.
  • the compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments thereof are employed as matrix material for a fluorescent or phosphorescent compound, in particular for a phosphorescent compound, in an emitting layer.
  • the organic electroluminescent device here may comprise one emitting layer or a plurality of emitting layers, where at least one emitting layer comprises at least one compound according to the invention as matrix material.
  • the compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments thereof are employed as matrix material for an emitting compound in an emitting layer, it is preferably employed in combination with one or more phosphorescent materials (triplet emitters).
  • Phosphorescence in the sense of this invention is taken to mean the luminescence from an excited state having a spin multiplicity >1, in particular from an excited triplet state.
  • all luminescent complexes containing transition metals or lanthanoids, in particular all luminescent iridium, platinum and copper complexes are to be regarded as phosphorescent compounds.
  • the mixture comprising the compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments and the emitting compound comprises between 99.9 and 1% by weight, preferably between 99 and 10% by weight, particularly preferably between 97 and 60% by weight, in particular between 95 and 80% by weight, of the compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments, based on the entire mixture comprising emitter and the compound of the formula (I).
  • the mixture comprises between 0.1 and 99% by weight, preferably between 1 and 90% by weight, particularly preferably between 3 and 40% by weight, in particular between 5 and 20% by weight, of the emitter, based on the entire mixture comprising emitter and the compound of the formula (I).
  • a further object of the invention is the use of at least one compound of the general formula (I) as defined above in organic solar cells (OSCs).
  • the compounds of the general formula (I) are used in particular as a hole transport material or electron blocking material in organic solar cells.
  • Organic solar cells generally have a layer structure and generally comprise at least the following layers: anode, photoactive layer and cathode. These layers are generally applied to a substrate suitable for this purpose.
  • the structure of organic solar cells is described, for example, in US 2005/0098726 and US 2005/0224905.
  • the invention provides an organic solar cell which comprises a substrate with at least one cathode and at least one anode, and at least one compound of the general formula (I) as defined above as a material of at least one of the layers.
  • the organic solar cell of the invention comprises at least one photoactive region.
  • a photoactive region may comprise two layers, each of which has a homogeneous composition and forms a flat donor-acceptor heterojunction.
  • a photoactive region may also comprise a mixed layer and form a donor-acceptor heterojunction in the form of a donor-acceptor bulk heterojunction.
  • the invention also refers to an organic solar cell, comprising: - a cathode, - an anode, - one or more photoactive regions comprising at least one donor material and at least one acceptor material in separate layers or in form of a bulk heterojunction layer, - optionally at least one further layer selected from exciton blocking layers, electron conducting layers, hole transport layers, wherein the organic solar cell comprises at least one compound of the formula (I) as defined above or of a composition comprising at least two different compounds of the general formula (I) as defined above.
  • the heterojunction can have a flat configuration (see: Two layer organic photovoltaic cell, C. W. Tang, Appl. Phys.
  • the heterojunction can be a bulk heterojunction, also referred to as an interpenetrating donor-acceptor network.
  • Organic photovoltaic cells with a bulk heterojunction are described, for example, by C. J. Brabec, N. S. Sariciftci, J. C. Hummelen in Adv. Funct. Mater., 11 (1), 15 (2001) or by J. Xue, B. P. Rand, S.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) can also be used in tandem cells.
  • Tandem cells are described, for example, by P. Peumans, A. Yakimov, S. R. Forrest in J. Appl. Phys, 93 (7), 3693-3723 (2003).
  • a tandem cell consists of two or more than two subcells.
  • a single subcell, some of the subcells or all subcells may have photoactive donor-acceptor heterojunctions.
  • Each donor-acceptor-heterojunction may be in the form of a flat heterojunction or in the form of a bulk heterojunction.
  • the subcells which form the tandem cell may be connected in parallel or in series. There is preferably an additional recombination layer in each case between the individual subcells.
  • the individual subcells have the same polarity, i.e.
  • Suitable substrates for organic solar cells are, for example, oxidic materials, polymers and combinations thereof.
  • Preferred oxidic materials are selected from glass, ceramic, SiO 2 , quartz, etc.
  • Preferred polymers are selected from polyethylene terephthalates, polyolefins (such as polyethylene and polypropylene), polyesters, fluoropolymers, polyamides, polyurethanes, polyalkyl (meth)acrylates, polystyrenes, polyvinyl chlorides and mixtures and composites.
  • Suitable electrodes (cathode, anode) are in principle semiconductors, metal alloys, semiconductor alloys and combinations thereof.
  • Preferred metals are those of groups 2, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 13 of the periodic table, e.g. Pt, Au, Ag, Cu, Al, In, Mg or Ca.
  • Preferred semiconductors are, for example, doped Si, doped Ge, indium tin oxide (ITO), fluorinated tin oxide (FTO), gallium indium tin oxide (GITO), zinc indium tin oxide (ZITO), etc.
  • Preferred metal alloys are for example alloys based on Pt, Au, Ag, Cu, etc.
  • the material used for the electrode facing the light is preferably a material at least partly transparent to the incident light.
  • This preferably includes electrodes which have glass and/or a transparent polymer as a carrier material.
  • the electrical contact connection is generally effected by means of metal layers and/or transparent conductive oxides (TCOs).
  • TCOs transparent conductive oxides
  • These preferably include ITO, doped ITO, FTO (fluorine doped tin oxide), AZO (aluminum doped tin oxide), ZnO, TiO 2 , Ag, Au, Pt.
  • the material used for the electrode facing away from the light is a material which at least partly reflects the incident light.
  • This includes metal films, preferably of Ag, Au, Al, Ca, Mg, In, and mixtures thereof.
  • the organic solar cells according to the invention are present as an individual cell with flat heterojunction and normal structure.
  • the cell has the following structure: - an at least partly transparent conductive layer (top electrode, anode) - a hole-conducting layer (hole transport layer, HTL) - a layer which comprises a donor material - a layer which comprises an acceptor material - an exciton-blocking and/or electron-conducting layer - a second conductive layer (back electrode, cathode)
  • the organic solar cells according to the invention are present as an individual cell with a flat heterojunction and inverse structure.
  • the cell has the following structure: - an at least partly transparent conductive layer (cathode) - an exciton-blocking and/or electron-conducting layer - a layer which comprises an acceptor material - a layer which comprises a donor material - a hole-conducting layer (hole transport layer, HTL) - a second conductive layer (back electrode, anode)
  • the organic solar cells according to the invention are present as an individual cell with normal structure and have a bulk heterojunction.
  • the cell has the following structure: - an at least partly transparent conductive layer (anode) - a hole-conducting layer (hole transport layer, HTL) - a mixed layer which comprises a donor material and an acceptor material, which form a donor-acceptor heterojunction in the form of a bulk heterojunction - an electron-conducting layer - an exciton-blocking and/or electron-conducting layer - a second conductive layer (back electrode, cathode)
  • the organic solar cells according are present as an individual cell with inverse structure and have a bulk heterojunction.
  • donor-acceptor heterojunctions examples are a donor- acceptor double layer with a flat heterojunction, or the heterojunction is configured as a hybrid planar-mixed heterojunction or gradient bulk heterojunction or annealed bulk heterojunction.
  • the production of a hybrid planar-mixed heterojunction is described in Adv. Mater. 17, 66-70 (2005).
  • mixed heterojunction layers which were formed by simultaneous evaporation of acceptor and donor material are present between homogeneous donor and acceptor material.
  • the donor-acceptor-heterojunction is in the form of a gradient bulk heterojunction. In the mixed layers composed of donor and acceptor materials, the donor-acceptor ratio changes gradually.
  • the donor-acceptor-heterojunction is configured as an annealed bulk heterojunction; see, for example, Nature 425, 158- 162, 2003.
  • the process for producing such a solar cell comprises an annealing step before or after the metal deposition.
  • donor and acceptor materials can separate, which leads to more extended percolation paths.
  • a further object of the invention is the use of at least one compound of the general formula (I) or (I.A) as defined above in solid-state dye sensitized solar cells (DSSCs) or Perovskite solar cells. These compounds are used in particular as replacement of the liquid electrolyte in dye sensitized solar cells and as a hole transport material in Perovskite solar cells.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) or (I.A) can be used advantageously as HTMs in perovskite solar cells. They can also be used to replace the liquid electrolyte of conventional DSSCs to provide solid-state DSSC devices.
  • the compounds of the invention are then preferably employed in a photosensitized nanoparticle layer comprising a sensitizing dye or a perovskite and at least one compound of the general formula (I) according to the invention.
  • the compounds of the invention are employed in a DSSC.
  • the construction of a DSSC is generally based on a transparent substrate, which is coated with a transparent conductive layer, the working electrode.
  • n-conductive metal oxide is generally applied to this electrode or in the vicinity thereof, for example a nanoporous TiO 2 layer of approximately 2 to 20 mm thickness.
  • a monolayer of a light-sensitive dye is typically adsorbed, which can be converted to an excited state by light absorption.
  • This layer which carries the light- sensitive dye is generally referred to as the light absorbing layer of the DSSC.
  • the counter electrode may optionally have a catalytic layer of a metal, for example platinum, with a thickness of a few mm. Suitable are in principle all sensitizing dyes, as long as the LUMO energy state is marginally above the conduction bandedge of the photoelectrode to be sensitized.
  • the compounds of the invention are employed in a Perovskite solar cell.
  • Suitable Perovskites for Perovskite solar cells are known in the art.
  • the perovskite material comprised in the devices according to the invention may be part of the charge transport layer but may also be part of another layer or scaffold within the device.
  • Suitable perovskite materials may comprise two halides corresponding to formula Xa p-X Xb(x), wherein Xa and Xb are each independently selected from CI, Br, or I, and x is greater than 0 and less than 3.
  • Suitable pervoskite materials are also disclosed in WO 2013/171517, claims 52 to 71 and claims 72 to 79, which is entirely incorporated herein by reference.
  • Suitable pervoskite materials are CsSnl3, CH 3 NH 3 Pbl2CI, CH 3 NH 3 Pbl 3 , CH 3 NH 3 Pb(l1-xBrx) 3 , CH 3 NH 3 Snl 2 CI, CH 3 NH 3 Snl 3 or CH 3 NH 3 Sn(l 1 - x Br x ) 3 , with 0 ⁇ x ⁇ 1.
  • Preferred perovskite materials are disclosed in WO 2013/171517 on page 18, lines 5 to 17.
  • the charge transport layer according to the invention as described before or the device according to the invention as described before or below may furthermore comprise an insulator such as alumina as described in Michael M. Lee et al, Science, 338, 643, 2012.
  • the charge transport layer according to the invention or the device according to the invention as described before or below may furthermore comprise semiconductor oxide nanoparticles.
  • the charge transport layer according to the invention or the device according to the invention preferably comprises semiconductor oxide nanoparticles.
  • the semiconductor is based on material selected from the group of Si, TiO 2 , SnO 2 , Fe 2 O 3 , WO 3 , ZnO, Nb 2 O 5 , CdS, ZnS, PbS, Bi 2 S 3 , CdSe, GaP, InP, GaAs, CdTe, CulnS 2 , and/or CulnSe 2 .
  • the charge transport layer according to the invention as described before is present on a glass support or plastic or metal foil, optionally together with a dense layer of TiO 2 .
  • the support is conductive.
  • the present invention furthermore relates to a electronic device or optoelectronic device comprising a charge transport layer as described or preferably described before.
  • the invention relates furthermore to a solid-state dye-sensitized solar cell comprising a charge transport layer as described or preferably described before.
  • Suitable device structures according to the invention comprising further a mixed halide perovskite are described in WO 2013/171517, claims 52 to 71 and claims 72 to 79, which is entirely incorporated herein by reference.
  • Suitable device structures according to the invention comprising further a dielectric scaffold together with perovskite material are described in WO 2013/171518, claims 1 to 90 or WO 2013/171520, claims 1 to 94 which are entirely incorporated herein by reference.
  • Suitable device structures according to the invention comprising further a semiconductor and a perovskite material are described in WO 2014/020499, claims 1 and 3 to 14, which is entirely incorporated herein by reference
  • the surface-increasing scaffold structure described therein comprises nanoparticles which are applied and/or fixed on a support layer, e.g. porous ⁇ 2 .
  • Suitable device structures according to the invention comprising a planar heterojunction are described in WO 2014/045021, claims 1 to 39, which is entirely incorporated herein by reference.
  • Such a device is characterized in having a thin film of a light-absorbing or light-emitting perovskite disposed between n-type (electron conducting) and p-type (hole-conducting) layers.
  • the thin film is a compact thin film.
  • the invention relates to a method of preparing an electrochemical device and/or optoelectronic device as described or preferably described before, the method comprising the steps of: - providing a first and a second electrode; - providing a charge transport layer according to the invention as described before.
  • the substrate may be rigid or flexible.
  • Abbreviations which have been used in the examples that follow are: Al for aluminium; DCM for dichloromethane; HPLC for high-performance liquid chromatography; HSQC for heteronuclear single quantum coherence ITO for indium tin oxide; NDP-9, NHT-18, Novaled n-dopant, can be purchased from Novaled AG, Germany; NMR for nuclear magnetic resonance; Pd(dba) 2 for palladium(0) bis(dibenzylideneacetone); Pd 2 (dba) 3 for tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0); RuPhos for 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-diisopropoxybiphenyl; SPhos for 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-dimethoxybiphenyl; TBME for tert-butyl
  • Room temperature means a temperature range of from ca. 20 to 25 °C. Over night means a time period in the range of from 14 to 20 h.
  • the resulting mixture was heated to 50 °C. From the dropping funnel which contained 41.8 g (226 mol) 2-bromoethylbenzene, approx.5 % of the total amount of the 2-bromoethylbenzene was initially added into the flask. After the Grignard reaction had started, additional THF (150 mL, 1.5 eq) was added, followed by slow addition of the remaining 2-bromoethylbenzene, whilst the temperature was maintained in a temperature range between 40 to 50 °C.
  • this solution was added to a solution of 96 % sulfuric acid (21.6 g, 116 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (150 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 15 more minutes at 60 °C and then poured into water (450 mL). The product was extracted with heptane (200 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with 20 % aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (150 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 30 minutes at this temperature, then cooled to room temperature and quenched by the addition of triethylamine (8.7 g, 86 mmol).
  • the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the crude product was partitioned between heptane (200 mL) and water (50 mL). The organic layer was separated and filtered over a pad of silica gel, which was subsequently washed with heptane (1.0 L). The product was then further purified by repeated column chromatography (silica gel, heptane) and crystallization from 94 % ethanol (10 mL / g) to give the target compound as a colorless solid (6.3 g, 38 %).
  • Example 2 2-Bromo-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro-[fluorene-9,1'-indene]
  • 2-bromo-9-phenyl-9H-fluorene can be prepared as described in US 2021/50523 A1 by the addition of phenylmagnesiumbromide to 2-bromofluoren-9- one and reduction of the resulting alcohol to the hydrocarbon with triethylsilane and trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane.
  • the NMR data of the product are identical with the NMR data of the product obtained by the procedure above.
  • THF 200 mL
  • sodium tert-butoxide 27.6 g, 279 mmol
  • methallyl chloride 27.3 g, 302 mmol
  • a solution of the material from step 2b) (71 g, 0.19 mol) in DCM (200 mL) was added to a solution of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (9.4 g, 60 mmol, 0.31 eq) in DCM (400 mL) within 140 minutes at -10 °C. The mixture was then warmed for 10 minutes to 5 °C and then cooled again to -10 °C. Excess triethylamine (5.4 g) was added to quench the acid.
  • Example 3 Alternative route for 2-bromo-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro-[fluorene-9,1'-indene]
  • Step 3a 2-Bromo-9-(2-methyl-2-phenylpropyl)-9H-fluoren-9-ol
  • a three necked flask fitted with a reflux condenser and a dropping funnel was charged under an inert atmosphere with magnesium turnings (6.1g, 0.25 mol) and THF (30 mL). After the addition of bromine (0.3 mL), the mixture was heated to reflux. From the dropping funnel which contained neophyl chloride (34.0g, 0.2 mL) approx.
  • the crude product was dissolved in cyclohexane and subjected to a chromatography on a silica gel column (heptane/DCM gradient 9:1 -> 3:7, followed by heptane/ethyl acetate gradient 9:1 -> 4:1) to give 45.2 g (76 %) of the product as an orange, viscous oil.
  • Anhydrous aluminium chloride (28 g, 0.21 mol, 5 eq.) and DCM (300 mL) were placed under an inert atmosphere in a three necked 1 L flask fitted with internal thermometer and a dropping funnel.
  • the dropping funnel was filled with a solution of the product from step 3a) (16.6 g, 0.042 mol) in dichloromethane (50 mL).
  • the flask was immersed in a cooling bath, and the contained slurry was cooled under stirring to -50 °C.
  • the material from step 4a) 43 g, 118 mmol
  • DCM 200 mL
  • the solution was cooled to 0 °C, followed by the addition of triethylsilane (34.2 g, 294 mmol).
  • boron trifluoride THF-complex 41.2 g, 294 mmol was added dropwise.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred for another hour at 0 °C and then carefully added under vigorous stirring to ice-cold water (200 mL).
  • the product of step 4b) can be prepared as follows: 2-bromo-9H-fluoren-9- ol (5.2 g, 20 mmol) is dissolved in p-xylene (100 mL) at 110 °C. p-Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (1.9 g, 10 mmol) is added, followed by stirring at 110 °C for 2 h. After cooling to 20 °C, water (40 mL) is added, the organic layer is separated, and the solvent is removed by rotary evaporation.
  • DCM dimethylethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)
  • Boron trifluoride-THF-complex 10 mL was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for three days. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of water (50 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous potassium bicarbonate solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated.
  • Example 5 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)- 1,3,2-dioxaborolane ⁇
  • sodium acetate (12.3 g, 150 mmol, 3.0 eq)
  • bis(pinacolato)diboron (14.0 g, 58 mmol, 1.1 eq.)
  • the product from Example 4, Step 4d) (20.17 g, 50 mmol, 1.0 eq).
  • 2-methyl tetrahydrofuran 200 ml
  • the reaction mixture was set under an inert atmosphere by three evacuation/nitrogen refilling cycles. Under a nitrogen counterflow, Pd(dppf)Cl 2 * CH 2 Cl 2 (0.81 g, 1 mmol, 2 mol%) was added. The mixture was stirred at reflux for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature water (100 ml) was added. The organic layer was separated and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (heptane/EtOAc 10:1 -> 5:1). The pure fractions were combined and the solvent evaporated. The residue was crystallized from 20 ml of heptane to give 4.1 g of a colorless solid. Another crop (4.1 g) of product were obtained by evaporation of the mother liquor.
  • Example 6 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)- 1,3,2-dioxaborolane
  • Example 5 4.50 g, 10 mmol, 1.0 eq
  • potassium carbonate 4.50 g, 33 mmol, 3.3 eq
  • 2-chloro-4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazine (2.91 g, 10.5 mmol, 1.1 eq).
  • a suspension of the product from step 7a) (20.2 g, 50.2 mmol) and dry Amberlyst 15® hydrogen form (6.3 g) in chlorobenzene (150 mL) was heated to 90 °C for 48 hours. After cooling to 20 °C, the Amberlyst was filtered over a pad of silica gel and washed with toluene (100 mL).
  • Example 8 2-bromo-3',3',4',5',7'-pentamethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene]
  • Step 8a 2-bromo-9-(2,4,5-trimethylphenyl)-9H-fluoren-9-ol
  • magnesium turnings (14.7 g, 605 mmol, 1.2 eq)
  • THF 100 mL
  • a spatula tip of iodine was added to the reaction mixture, followed by 3 mL of a solution of 1-bromo-2,4,5-trimethylbenzene (109.6 g, 550.5 mmol, 1.1 eq) in THF (80 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with THF (170 mL) and the remaining part of the aryl bromide solution was added dropwise. When the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred further at 60 °C for 45 minutes. Separately, a warm (60 °C) solution of 2-bromo-9-fluorenone (130.1 g, 502.6 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (450 mL) was prepared. This solution was added to the Grignard reaction mixture which was kept at reflux.
  • the 1 H-NMR spectrum shows signals of two rotamers in a ratio of 1.7 : 1.0 (p and p') with slow exchange on the NMR timescale.
  • step 8b) The product from step 8b) was suspended in THF (200 mL) followed by the addition of sodium tert-butoxide (18.0 g, 187 mmol, 1.1 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred in an ice bath. At 0 °C, methallyl chloride (19.5 g, 215 mmol, 1.3 eq) was added within 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 2 hours, then water (100 ml) and heptane (200 mL) were added, followed by tert-butyl methyl ether (100 mL).
  • a suspension of the product from step 8c (38.4 g, 92.0 mmol) and dry Amberlyst 15® as the hydrogen form, (7.04 g) in chlorobenzene (180 mL) was heated to 90 °C for 90 minutes. After cooling to 20 °C, the catalyst was filtered off, and washed with toluene (30 mL). From the filtrate, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation.
  • Example 9 Mixture of 2-bromo-6'-methoxy-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] and 2-bromo-4'-methoxy-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene]
  • Step 9a) 2-Bromo-9-(3-methoxyphenyl)-9H-fluorene
  • the Grignard reagent was prepared from magnesium turnings (5.35 g, 220 mmol) and 3-bromoanisole (41.1 g, 220 mmol).
  • Step 9b) 2-Bromo-9-(3-methoxyphenyl)-9-(2-methylallyl)-9H-fluorene The product from step 9a) (32.6 g, 92.8 mmol) was placed in a flask followed by THF (180 mL). To the resulting solution, sodium tert-butoxide (10.7 g, 111 mmol) was added at a temperature between 0 to 15 °C. The solution turned red immediately. Methallyl chloride (14.6 g, 139 mmol) was added within approx. 5 minutes at a temperature in the range between 5 to 25 °C.
  • Step 9c) Mixture of 2-bromo-6'-methoxy-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] and 2-bromo-4'-methoxy-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene]
  • the product from step 9b) (16.5 g, 41 mmol) was dissolved in 80 mL of DCM. This solution was then added within 15 minutes dropwise at room temperature into a solution of trifluoromethane sulfonic acid (2.4 g, 16 mmol, 0.4 eq) in 100 mL of DCM.
  • isomer A was crystallized from heptane (6.7 g, 41 %) and isomer B was crystallized from heptane / ethyl acetate 95:5 (2.8 g, 17 %).
  • a spatula tip of iodine was added to the reaction mixture, followed by 3 mL of a solution of 5-bromo-2-methoxy-1,3-dimethyl-benzene (98.8 g, 459 mmol, 1.1 eq) in THF (210 mL). After the Grignard reaction had started, the remaining part of the aryl bromide solution was added at reflux temperature within 45 minutes. Then, the mixture was kept at reflux for another 45 minutes, and then stirred at 60 °C for another 45 minutes. A warm solution (60 °C) of 2-bromo-9-fluorenone (109 g, 421 mmol, 1.0 eq) was prepared in THF (340 mL).
  • Step 10b) 2-bromo-9-(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-9H-fluorene To a solution of the product from step 10a) (60.0 g, 147 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (200 mL) at 0 °C was added triethylsilane (44.6 g, 380 mmol, 2.6 eq). At 0 °C, boron trifluoride tetrahydrofuran complex (52.9 g, 380 mmol, 2.6 eq) was added between 0 and 30 °C within 10 minutes. The mixture was stirred for one hour at 20 °C.
  • the material from step 10b) (25.6 g, 67.5 mmol, 1.0 eq) and sodium tert-butoxide (7.64 g, 79.5 mmol, 1.18 eq) were dissolved in THF (170 mL).
  • methallyl chloride 9.5 g, 0.10 mol, 1.6 eq
  • Step 10d) 2-bromo-5'-methoxy-3',3',4',6'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene]
  • the material obtained from step 10c) (19.2 g, 44.3 mmol, 1.0 eq) was suspended in chlorobenzene (68 mL). The slurry was heated to 60 °C, then boron trifluoride tetrahydrofuran complex (12.3 g, 87.0 mmol, 2.0 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 16 hours. After cooling to 20 °C, the reaction was quenched with water (35 mL).
  • Example 11 2-bromo-2',3',3',4',7'-pentamethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene]
  • the product of Example 4 step 4a) (18.3 g, 50.0 mmol) was added to a mixture of dichloromethane (25 mL) and 2-methyl-2-butene (13 g, 0.19 mol). The resulting mixture was vigorously stirred at 0 °C. Then, BF3-THF complex (22.8 g, 163 mmol) was added followed by stirring for 16 h at room temperature. The resulting precipitate was filtered off and washed twice with TBME (20 mL).
  • Example 12 2-Bromo-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalene]
  • Step 12a 2-Bromo-9-(3-methylbut-2-en-1-yl)-9-phenyl-9H-fluorene
  • THF 150 mL
  • sodium tert-butoxide (15.5 g, 162 mmol) was added at a temperature between 0 to 15 °C. The solution immediately turned red.
  • Prenyl chloride (approx.
  • the material from step 12a) was placed in a flask and melted in vacuum to remove residual 2-propanol to give 26.5 g (68.1 mmol) of solvent free material. This material was dissolved in 200 mL of DCM. In another flask, a solution of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (1.6 mL, 17 mmol) in 200 mL of DCM was prepared. The solution of the starting material was dripped slowly within 30 minutes into the acid solution, whilst the reaction temperature was maintained in a range between 0 and 10 °C.
  • Example 13 Mixture of 2-bromo-7'-methoxy-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene-9,1'- naphthalene] (A) and 2-bromo-5'-methoxy-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalene] (B) Step 13a) 2-Bromo-9-(3-methoxyphenyl)-9-(3-methylbut-2-en-1-yl)-9H-fluorene A flask was charged with the product from Example 9, step 9a) (32.6 g, 92.8 mmol) followed by THF (180 mL).
  • Step 13b) Mixture of 2-Bromo-7'-methoxy-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene-9,1'- naphthalene] A and 2-bromo-5'-methoxy-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene- 9,1'-naphthalene] B
  • the product from step 13a) (23.6 g, 56.3 mmol) was dissolved in 80 mL of dichloromethane.
  • Product A was obtained in a yield of 7.79 g by repeated recrystallization from isopropanol (ca.4 mL/g). The combined mother liquors were evaporated and subjected to a column chromatography, followed by crystallization of the product fractions from isopropanol to give isomer B (4.95 g) and an additional quantity of isomer A (2.96 g). Total yield of A: 46 % and of B: 21 %.
  • Example 14 2-bromo-4',4',5',8'-tetramethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalene]
  • Step 14a 2-bromo-9-(4-methylpent-3-en-1-yl)-9-phenyl-9H-fluorene
  • Prenyl chloride was prepared from 2-methyl-3-buten-2-ol and 32% HCl as described in Synthesis, 1990(11), 1027-1031.
  • the obtained product contained 84% of prenyl chloride and 16% of 3-chloro-3-methylbut-1-ene and was used as obtained.
  • Step 14b The material from Example 14 step 14a (137.4 g, 0.329 mol) was dissolved in warm chlorobenzene (500 mL), and Amberlyst® 15 (Hydrogen form) (26.4 g) was added. This mixture was heated at reflux overnight, and then cooled to ambient temperature. To remove the Amberlyst, the mixture was filtered over a pad of silica. The silica pad was washed with toluene, and from the combined filtrates the solvent was removed on the rotavapor. The residue was re-dissolved at 80 °C in heptane (300 ml) and then the solution was allowed to cool slowly.
  • Example 15 3,3-Dimethylindan-1-on Step 15a) 3-Methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid
  • the starting material 3-methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid was prepared by the procedure described in J. E. Leffler and J. T. Barbas J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1981, 103(26), 7768 - 7773. From 168 g (1.0 mol) of neophyl chloride 105 g (58.5%) of 3-methyl-3- phenylbutanoic acid was obtained.
  • Step 15b) 3,3-Dimethylindan-1-on A flask was charged with sulfuric acid 96% (200 mL) and heated to 50 °C. Then, 102 g (0.572 mol) of the solid 3-methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid from step 15a) were added. During addition, the temperature of the mixture increased to 95 °C and the mixture was then kept stirring at 80 °C until the conversion was complete (20 minutes). The mixture was cooled to 50 °C and poured on crushed ice (500 g). To the obtained lukewarm mixture heptane (30 mL) was added and the organic layer was separated.
  • the product was obtained after chromatography on silica gel (heptane/ethyl acetate gradient 9:1 -> 4:1) and precipitation from heptane (50 mL) in the form of an off-white solid (6.3 g, 25 %).
  • sulfuric acid 96 % (0.83 g, 8.3 mmol
  • the mixture was refluxed for 1 h, cooled to 40 °C and then quenched by the addition of triethyl amine (5.0 mL).
  • bromobenzene 25 g, 0.16 mol, 23 eq
  • tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(0) 33 mg, 35 mmol, 0.5 mol%)
  • 4-(di-tert.-butylphosphino)-N,N-dimethylaniline 38 mg, 0.14 mmol, 2 mol%)
  • sodium tert.-butoxide 0.837 g, 8.71 mmol, 1.25 eq
  • Example 17 2'-chloro-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene]
  • 4-chlorodiphenyl ether (17.0 g, 83.1 mmol) and diethyl ether (80 mL).
  • a 2.5 M solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes 40 mL, 91 mmol was added dropwise to the obtained solution, whilst the temperature was maintained in the range between -10 and -5 °C.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred for 20 h.
  • step 9b) A solution of the product from example 9, step 9b) (16.1 g, 99.7 mmol) in THF was added dropwise, whilst the temperature was maintained between -40 and -30 °C. After the addition was complete, the cooling bath was removed, and the mixture allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After adding a mixture of saturated NH 4 Cl solution (50 mL) and water (50 mL) followed by separation of the layers, the organic layer was separated, and the solvent removed on the rotavapor. The residue was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (150 mL).
  • Example 18 2'-Bromo-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene] Step 18a) 3,3-Dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene]
  • diphenyl ether 34.0 g, 200 mmol
  • THF 120 mL
  • 88 mL 2.5 M solution of n- butyllithium in hexane was added dropwise to the obtained solution, whilst the temperature was maintained in a range between -30 and -20 °C.
  • reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 20 °C within one hour to complete the lithiation reaction and was then again cooled to 0 °C.
  • a solution of 3,3-dimethylindan-1-on from example 9, step 9b (28.9 g, 180 mmol) was added dropwise, whilst the temperature was maintained between 0 and 10 °C, followed by stirring at 5 °C for 30 minutes.
  • the reaction was quenched by addition of a mixture of 32 % HCl (50 mL) and water (25 mL) at 15 to 25 °C. The organic layer was separated, and the solvent removed on the rotavapor.
  • Step 18b) 2'-bromo-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene]
  • the material from step 18 a) (27.0 g, 86.4 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of acetonitrile (150 mL) and chlorobenzene (15 mL) at 70 °C.
  • N-Bromo succinimide (15.4 g, 86.4 mmol) was added in small portions over 30 minutes. The reaction was refluxed for 24 hours, then methanol (35 mL) was added to prevent precipitation of succinimide upon cooling. The mixture was cooled to 40 °C and seed crystals were added.
  • Example 19 2'-bromo-3,3,7'-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene] Step 19a) Under an inert atmosphere, a flask was charged with THF (200 mL) and 4-methyldiphenylether (36.8 g, 200 mmol, 1 eq). After cooling to – 70 °C, a solution of n-butyllithium 2.5 M in hexanes (80 mL, 200 mmol, 1 eq) was added, whilst the temperature was maintained in the range between -75 to -50 °C. Then, the reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature overnight.
  • Step 19b) 2'-bromo-3,3,7'-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene]
  • the product from step 19a) (21.0 g, 64.3 mmol, 1.0 eq) was suspended in acetonitrile (120 ml). The mixture was heated to 70 °C to dissolve the starting material, then N-Bromo succinimide (11.5 g, 64.3 mmol, 1.0 eq) was added and the mixture heated at reflux for one hour. At this point, GC analysis of the mixture indicated the presence of unreacted starting material.
  • N-Bromo succinimide (1.2 g, 6.7 mmol, 0.1 eq) was added and the mixture kept at reflux for two more hours. Then methanol (12 mL) was added, and after cooling to 5 °C the product crystallized. The crystals were filtered off and washed with a mixture of acetonitrile (15 mL) and methanol (15 mL). The product was recrystallized from isopropanol (200 mL, reflux to -10 °C), filtered off, washed with isopropanol (50 mL, 0 °C) and dried to give 17.6 g (68 %) of the desired compound as colorless powder.
  • Example 20 2'-bromo-3,3-dimethyl-7'-(trifluoromethyl)-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene]
  • Step 20a 3,3-dimethyl-2'-(trifluoromethyl)-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene]
  • THF 200 mL
  • 4- trifluoromethyldiphenylether 23.8 g, 100 mmol, 1 eq).
  • the reaction was quenched by adding a mixture of saturated ammonium chloride solution (60 mL) and water (40 mL). Then, cyclohexane (100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and after separation of the layers, the organic layer was isolated, and the solvent removed from it at the rotavapor. From the residue, the unreacted starting materials were distilled off in vacuum (14 mbar) at an oil bath temperature of 200 °C. The remaining residue was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (150 mL), and sulfuric acid (96 %, 15 mL, 27 g, 0.27 mol) was added. This mixture was stirred for 19 h at 80 °C.
  • iodine 0.1 g, 0.4 mmol, 0.9 mol%
  • the mixture was cooled to -30 °C, then bromine (7.0 g, 43.8 mmol, 1.02 eq) was added within 2 minutes. After the exothermic reaction had ceased, the mixture was allowed to warm to 20 °C.
  • the reaction was checked after 60 minutes for conversion of the starting material by GC. Additional bromine (0.70 g, 4.4 mmol, 0.10 eq) was added at 20 °C, and the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for another three hours. Finally, the reaction was quenched by adding 20 % aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (20 ml). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with TBME (10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (100 ml), filtered over a cotton plug, and evaporated to dryness at a temperature up to 120 °C at 25 mbar to remove more volatile materials. The residue was pure product, which was obtained as a colorless, glassy solid.
  • Example 21 3,4-dihydro-2H-spiro[naphthalene-1,9'-xanthen]-2'-amine
  • Step 21a A solution of diphenyl ether (51.0 g, 0.30 mol, 1.0 eq) in THF (100 mL) was cooled to -75 °C. Then, under an inert atmosphere was added dropwise a solution of n-butyllithium 2.5 M in hexanes (120 mL, 0.30 mol, 1.0 eq), whilst the temperature was maintained in the range between -78 to – 50 °C. The mixture was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature overnight.
  • the product from step 21a) (38.0 g, 127 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in a mixture of chlorobenzene (100 mL) and glacial acetic acid (50 mL).
  • a mixture of sulfuric acid (96 %; 23.5 g, 0.24 mol, 1.9 eq) and nitric acid (99 %, 8.9 g; 0.14 mol, 1.1 eq).
  • the nitrating acid was transferred to a dropping funnel, the residual acid in the Erlenmeyer flask was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (20 mL) and directly added to the reaction mixture at 10 °C. The nitrating acid was added at a temperature of 10 °C dropwise within 30 minutes into the reaction mixture. Stirring was continued at 10 °C for one hour followed by a quench with water (250 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with chlorobenzene (50 mL).
  • the product from step 21b (29.0 g, 84.4 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in a flask in THF (100 mL) and methanol (100 mL) was added. The atmosphere in the flask was changed from air to nitrogen by one cycle of evacuation and venting with nitrogen. Under nitrogen, the catalyst (4.2 g of 5 % Pd on charcoal, water content 50 %, 1.0 mmol, 1.2 mol%) was added, followed by evacuation and venting with hydrogen. The reaction was stirred, starting with a temperature of 20 °C.
  • Example 22 2'-Chloro-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-thioxanthene
  • Step 22a (4-Chloro-2-(1,1-dimethyl-1H-inden-3-yl)phenyl)(phenyl)sulfane (2-Bromo-4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)sulfane (700 mg, 2.33 mmol) was dissolved in THF (5 mL) under an inert atmosphere, After cooling to -60 °C, n-BuLi (0.69g of 2.5 N solution in hexane, 2.5 mmol) was carefully added via syringe.
  • the indanone was removed in vacuum (180 °C, 50 mbar) to leave the product (170 mg).
  • the structure of the product was elucidated from its NMR spectra as (4-chloro-2- (1,1-dimethyl-1H-inden-3-yl) phenyl)-(phenyl)sulfane.
  • the material obtained from step 12a) (170 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved at 20 °C in a mixture of boron trifluoride THF complex (3.0 mL) and dichloromethane (5.0 mL). 0.34 g (2.3 mmol9 of trifluoromethane sulfonic acid was added, the reaction mixture stirred for 2 minutes and then quenched by the addition of water (20 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with a mixture of heptane (10 mL) and TBME (10 mL).
  • Example 23 2'-bromo-3,3,7'-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-thioxanthene]
  • Step 23a) 2',3,3-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-thioxanthene]
  • a three-necked flask fitted with reflux condenser and dropping funnel was charged under an inert atmosphere with magnesium turnings (1.45 g, 59.7 mmol, 1.26 eq) and 3 mL of a solution of 1-bromo-2-(p-tolylsulfanyl)benzene (13.3 g, 47.5 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (40 mL).
  • the reaction was activated by the addition of a drop of bromine. After the Grignard- reaction had started, the remaining aryl bromide was added within 15 minutes while maintaining a gentle reflux. After completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for further 20 minutes and then allowed to cool to room temperature.
  • the product from Example 15b (8.2 g, 51 mmol, 1.1 eq) was added dropwise into the Grignard reagent within 5 minutes. After the exothermic reaction had ceased, the mixture was stirred for further 10 minutes. Then, the reaction was quenched by adding of a 2 M aqueous solution of mono-ammonium citrate (50 ml). The organic layer was separated, and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation.
  • the product obtained from step 23a) (4.8 g, 14 mmol, 1.0 eq) was suspended in DCM (40 mL). Iodine (0.3 g, 1 mmol, 0.08 eq) was added, followed by bromine (2.3 g, 14 mmol, 1.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 30 minutes. Then the solvent was removed on the rotavapor, and the residue crystallized from acetonitrile (50 mL) at 20 °C.
  • Example 25 N1-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-N4,N4-diphenylbenzene-1,4-diamine This material was synthesized as described in WO 2012/015265 A1 via the coupling of 4-aminotriphenylamine with 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine.
  • Example 26 N-(4-(9,9-dimethylacridin-10(9H)-yl)phenyl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine This material was synthesized as described in CN 111675687 A via the coupling of 9,9- dimethyl-10-(4 ⁇ -bromophenyl)-9,10-dihydro-acridine with 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2- amine.
  • Example 27 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-10-phenyl-9,10-dihydroacridin-2-amine This material was synthesized via coupling of 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine with 2- bromo-9,9-dimethyl-10-phenyl-9,10-dihydro-acridine.
  • Example 28 bis(dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-yl)amine
  • Step 28a N,N-bis(dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-yl)acetamide
  • This material was synthesized as described in EP2239259 via the coupling of 2- bromodibenzo[b,d]furan and acetamide using 1.4-dioxane as solvent.
  • the amine was synthesized as described in in EP2239259 by amide cleavage using potassium hydroxide in ethanol / THF.
  • Example 29 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-xanthen-2-amine This material was synthesized as described in WO 2021/141356 A1 via the coupling of 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine with 2-bromo-9,9-dimethyl-9H-xanthene, using Amphos (di-tert.-butyl-(4-dimethylaminophenyl)-phosphine) instead of P(t-Bu) 3 as the catalyst.
  • Amphos di-tert.-butyl-(4-dimethylaminophenyl)-phosphine
  • Example 30 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-thioxanthen-2-amine This material was synthesized in analogy to WO 2021/141356 A1 via the coupling of 9,9- dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine with 2-bromo-9,9-dimethyl-9H-thioxanthene, using Amphos instead of P(t-Bu) 3 as the catalyst.
  • Example 32 N-(4-(9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenyl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine This material was synthesized as described in KR2016/12500, 2016 A via the coupling of 9-(4-bromophenyl)-9H-carbazole with 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine.
  • Example 34 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)benzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazol-5-amine
  • the starting material 5-bromobenzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazole was synthesized as described in RSC Adv., 2016, 6, 66978 via reaction of 4-bromobenzene-1,2-diamine and thionyl chloride.
  • 13 C (101 MHz, CDCl3) d 155.27, 153.33, 133.20, 124.52, 123.82, 122.17.
  • the aryl bromide 5-bromobenzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazole (31.7 g, 147 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (32.4 g, 155 mmol,1.05 eq.) were coupled in toluene (250 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (20% solution in THF; 77.9 g, 162 mmol, 1.1 eq.), tri tert butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.54 g, 1.84 mmol, 1.25 mol-%) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.68 g, 0.74 mmol, 0.5 mol-%).
  • Example 35 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3,7-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-amine Step 35a) 5-bromo-3,3,7-trimethyl-2H-benzofuran To a solution of 4-bromo-2-methylphenol (100 g, 0.53 mol) in DCM (150 mL) was added concentrated sulfuric acid (96 %; 28 g, 0.28 mol). At a temperature of 30 to 40 °C methallyl chloride (97 g, 1.1 mol) was added dropwise within two hours. When the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred at a temperature between 20 and 30 °C for another hour.
  • cuprous iodide (1.42 g, 7.42 mmol)
  • potassium phosphate (22.0 g, 103 mmol)
  • acetamide (8.82 g, 149 mmol).1,4-Dioxane (60 mL)
  • 5-bromo-3,3,7-trimethyl-2H-benzofuran (15.0 g, 62.2 mmol)
  • N,N'-dimethyl ethylenediamine (1.32 g, 14.9 mmol
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and washed with a mixture of saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL) and 25 % aqueous ammonia (50 mL).
  • the organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated by rotary evaporation.
  • the residue was recrystallized from mixture of cyclohexane (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 mL), filtered off and washed with a mixture of ethyl acetate (20 mL) and cyclohexane (40 mL) to give 12.8 g (78 %) of a colorless solid.
  • Step 35d) Hydrolysis of the material from step 35c) to obtain the final product Under an inert atmosphere, the solid obtained in step 35c) was placed in a flask together with potassium hydroxide (85 % purity, 9.3 g, 0.14 mol).
  • Example 36 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3,5-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-7-amine Step 36a) 7-bromo-3,3,5-trimethyl-2H-benzofuran To a solution of 2-bromo-4-methyl-phenol (100 g, 0.53 mol) in DCM (100 mL) was added trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (8.0 g, 53 mmol). At a temperature of 5 °C methallyl chloride (53 g, 0.58 mol) was added dropwise within 30 minutes. After completion of the addition, the mixture was stirred for 22 h at 20 °C.
  • cuprous iodide (4.74 g, 24.9 mmol)
  • potassium phosphate (81.7 g, 373 mmol)
  • acetamide (44.1 g, 747 mmol).1,4-Dioxane (240 mL)
  • 7-bromo-3,3,5-trimethyl-2H-benzofuran (60.0 g, 249 mmol) and N,N'- dimethylethylenediamine (4.39 g, 49.8 mmol) were added, then the reaction mixture was refluxed for 21 h.
  • Step 36c) N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-N-(3,3,5-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-7-yl)- acetamide
  • the product from step 36b) (13.4 g, 61.0 mmol) was placed under an argon atmosphere together with 2-bromo-9,9-dimethyl-fluorene (18.3 g, 67.1 mmol), potassium phosphate (15.5 g, 73.2 mmol) and cuprous iodide (1.16 g, 6.10 mmol).
  • 1,4-Dioxane 50 mL was added, followed by N,N'-dimethyl ethylenediamine (1.08 g, 12.2 mmol). The mixture was kept at reflux for 16 hours, was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with toluene (60 mL) and washed with saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted once more with toluene (50 mL).
  • the product from step 36c) was placed in a flask together with potassium hydroxide (85 % purity, 8.2 g, 0.12 mol, 4.0 eq).
  • a mixture of THF (45 mL) and ethanol (45 mL) was added, and the resulting suspension was refluxed for 17 h.
  • the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and then the solid residue was partitioned between water (40 mL) and tert-butyl methyl ether (60 mL).
  • the organic layer was washed with water (40 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated by rotary evaporation.
  • Example 37 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]thiophen-2-amine
  • the amine was synthesized via the coupling of 2-bromodibenzo[b,d]thiophene with 9,9- dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine as described in KR2016149879 A using Amphos instead of P(t-Bu) 3 as the catalyst.
  • Example 38 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-amine Following the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig coupling (see below), 5- bromobenzo[d][1,3]dioxole (40.0 g, 199 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren- 2-yl)amine (42.5 g, 203 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (300 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (20% solution in THF; 105 g, 219 mmol, 1.1 eq.), tri tert butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.87 g, 2.98 mmol, 1.5 mol-%) and Pd2(dba) 3 (1.09 g, 1.19 mmol, 0.6 mol-%).
  • Example 39 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide obtained from Example 1, step 1b) (5.90 g, 17.0 mmol) and the bis(9,9-dimethyl- 9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (6.96 g, 17.3 mmol) were coupled in 120 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.71 g, 17.8 mmol), Amphos (0.092 g, 0.34 mmol) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.079 g, 0.09 mmol).
  • the workup was performed according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (11.1 g, 98%) in a purity of 95.9% according to HPLC@340 nm. Further purification by crystallization from tert-butyl methyl ether / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (10.0 g, 88%) with a purity of 96.6% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give a purity of up to 99.4% according to HPLC@340 nm.
  • Example 40 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'- inden]-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide obtained from Example 2, step 2c) (4.50 g, 12.0 mmol) and bis(9,9-dimethyl- 9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.01 g, 12.5 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.23 g,12.8 mmol), Amphos (0.065 g, 0.24 mmol) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.055 g, 0.06 mmol).
  • the workup was done according to procedure B. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / isopropanol provided the product as an off-white solid (6.0 g, 72%) in a purity of 96.6% (according to HPLC using an UV-VIS detector at a wavelength of 340 nm, HPLC@340 nm). After concentration of the mother liquor additional product was obtained (1.36 g, purity 90.0 % (HPLC@340 nm). The total yield of product was 87 %. The title compound was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the product in a purity of up to 99.5% according to HPLC@340 nm.
  • Example 41 N-(3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H- fluoren-2-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-xanthen-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide obtained from Example 2, step 2c) (5.21 g, 13.9 mmol, 1.0 eq.)
  • the product from Example 29 (6.02 g, 14.4 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.43 g,14.8 mmol), Amphos (0.075 g, 0.28 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.062 g, 0.07 mmol).
  • Example 42 N-(3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H- fluoren-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide obtained from Example 2, step 2c) (5.50 g, 14.7 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the product from Example 24 (5.72 g, 15.2 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.51 g,15.7 mmol, 1.07 eq.), Amphos (0.079 g, 0.29 mmol,) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.067 g, 0.07 mmol).
  • the workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / toluene provided the product as a yellowish solid (5.5 g, 56%) with a purity of 99.7% (according to HPLC@340 nm). Upon reduction of the mother liquor and crystallization of the residue from isopropanol, additional product was obtained (3.6 g, 37%, purity of 95.5% according to HPLC@340 nm). The total yield was 93 %. The title compound was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the product in a purity of up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm.
  • Example 43 N-(3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H- fluoren-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]thiophen-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide obtained from Example 2 step 2c) (5.50 g, 14.7 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine obtained from Example 37 (5.91 g, 15.1 mmol,1.03 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.51 g, 15.7 mmol, 1.07 eq.), Amphos (0.079 g, 0.29 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.067 g, 0.07 mmol, 0.5 mol-%).
  • Example 44 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-6'-methoxy-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydro- spiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-amine
  • the major isomer A 5.50 g, 13.6 mmol
  • bis(9,9- dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine 5.56 g, 13.8 mmol
  • Amphos 0.074 g, 0.27 mmol
  • Pd 2 (dba) 3 0.062 g, 0.07 mmol.
  • the workup was performed according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from tert-butyl methyl ether / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (8.0 g, 81%) in a purity 98.0% according to HPLC@340 nm. Upon reduction of the mother liquor additional product was obtained, (1.0 g, purity 98.1 % according to HPLC@340 nm). The total yield was 91 %. The product was purified further by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150- 245°C) to give the product in a purity of up to 98.6% according to HPLC@340 nm.
  • Example 45 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-2',3',3',4',7'-pentamethyl-2',3'- dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-amine
  • the mixture of the aryl bromides from Example 11 (5.00 g, 12.0 mmol) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H- fluoren-2-yl)amine (4.91 g, 12.2 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.21 g, 12.6 mmol), Amphos (0.065 g, 0.24 mmol) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.055 g, 0.06 mmol).
  • the workup was performed according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from tert-butyl methyl ether / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (7.5 g, 84%) in a purity of 96.5% according to HPLC@340 nm. The title compound was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give a purity of up to 99.7% according to HPLC@340 nm.
  • Example 46 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene- 9,1'-inden]-2-amine
  • step 4d the product from Example 4, step 4d) (3.20 g, 7.9 mmol) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (3.25 g, 8.1 mmol) were coupled in 80 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (0.80 g,8.3 mmol), Amphos (0.043 g, 0.16 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.036 g, 0.04 mmol).
  • the workup was performed according to procedure D. Purification of the crude material by crystallization from THF / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (4.4 g, 76%) in a purity 94.8% according to HPLC@340 nm. The title compound was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give a purity of up to 99.5% according to HPLC@340 nm.
  • Example 47 9-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-9H-carbazole
  • the aryl bromide from Example 4 Step 4c) (8.50 g, 21.1 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and 9H-carbazole (3.70 g, 22.1 mmol,1.05 eq.) were coupled in toluene (150 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (2.23 g, 23.2 mmol, 1.1 eq.), Amphos (0.114 g, 0.42 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.097 g, 0.11 mmol, 0.5 mol-%).
  • the workup was done following the general procedure D.
  • the crude product was purified by crystallization from acetone / toluene to give a colorless solid (8.6 g, 83%) in a purity of 100% (according to HPLC@340 nm).
  • the compound (5.56 g) was purified further by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 100-200°C) to give the product as a colorless solid (5.02 g, purity up to 100% according to HPLC@340 nm).
  • the product has a melting point of 233 °C.
  • Example 48 3,6-diphenyl-9-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-9H- carbazole
  • the aryl bromide of Example 4 Step 4c) (7.00 g, 17.4 mmol, 1.0 eq.
  • the amine 3,6-diphenyl- 9H-carbazole (5.65 g, 17.7 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.75 g, 18.2 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.094 g, 0.35 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.079 g, 0.09 mmol, 0.5 mol-%).
  • the title compound (11.0 g) of was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-230°C) to give the title compound as a colorless solid (9.73 g), in a purity up to 100% according to HPLC@340 nm.
  • the purified product had a T g of 150.9 °C.
  • Example 49 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-N-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene- 9,1'-inden]-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide of Example 4 Step 4c) (6.50 g, 16.1 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine from Example 24 (6.17 g, 16.4 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.63 g, 16.9 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.087 g, 0.32 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.074 g, 0.08 mmol, 0.5 mol
  • the workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by column chromatography (heptane/ dichloromethane) provided the product as pale-yellow solid (12.1 g) purity 99.7% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.53 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (5.10 g), in a purity of up to 99.7% according to HPLC@340 nm. The purified product had a T g of 134.2 °C.
  • Example 50 N-(dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-yl)-N-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'- inden]-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide of Example 4 Step 4c) (6.25 g, 15.5 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine from Example 28 b) (5.52 g, 15.8 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.56 g, 16.3 mmol, 1.05 eq.), tri tert butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.180 g, 0.62 mmol, 4 mol-%) and Pd 2 (dba) 3
  • the workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as a colorless solid (9.8 g, 94%) purity 99.9% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.0 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-245°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (4.5 g, purity up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a T g of 131.5 °C.
  • Example 51 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-N-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene- 9,1'-inden]-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]thiophen-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide of Example 4 Step 4c) (7.00 g, 17.4 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine from Example 37 (6.93 g, 17.7 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.75 g, 18.2 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.094 g, 0.35 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.079 g, 0.09 mmol, 0.5 mol
  • the workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by column chromatography (heptane/ dichloromethane) provided the product as pale-yellow solid (10.8 g, 87%) (purity up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (10.5 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-260°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (10.2 g, purity up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a T g of 143.2 °C.
  • Example 52 3,6-di-tert-butyl-9-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-9H- carbazole
  • the aryl bromide of Example 4 Step 4c) (8.00 g, 19.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the amine 3,6-ditert- butyl-9H-carbazole (5.65 g, 20.2 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (2.00 g, 20.8 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.107 g, 0.40 mmol, 2.0 mol-%) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.091 g, 0.10 mmol, 0.5 mol-%).
  • the workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as a colorless solid (11.1 g, 91%) in a purity of 99.3% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (11.0 g) of was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-230°C) to give the title compound as a colorless solid (9.73 g, with a purity of up to 100% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a melting point of 260.0 °C.
  • Example 53 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-5'-methoxy-3',3',4',6'-tetramethyl-2',3'- dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide of Example 10 Step 10d) (6.00 g, 13.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.67 g, 14.1 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.40 g, 14.5 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.075 g, 0.28 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.063 g, 0.07 mmol
  • the workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from heptane provided the product as a yellowish solid (9.8 g, 93%) purity 98.5% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.48 g) was purified further by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-255°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (4.89 g, purity up to 99.4% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a T g of 153.4 °C.
  • Example 54 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3',3',5',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene- 9,1'-inden]-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide of Example 7 Step 7b) (6.50 g, 16.1 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H- fluoren-2-yl)amine (6.60 g, 16.4 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.63 g, 16.9 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.087 g, 0.32 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.074 g, 0.08 mmol, 0.5 mol-%).
  • the workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as a colorless solid (10.8 g, 93%) purity 98.4% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.07 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-245°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (4.69 g, purity up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a T g of 142.9 °C.
  • Example 55 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3',3',4',5',7'-pentamethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro- [fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide of Example 8 Step 8c) (7.00 g, 16.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.
  • the diarylamine bis(9,9- dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (6.87 g, 17.1 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.69 g, 17.6 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.091 g, 0.34 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.077 g, 0.08 mmol,
  • the workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as a colorless solid (11.2 g, 91%) purity 99.4% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.43 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-245°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (5.07 g, purity of up to 99.7% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a T g of 148.0 °C.
  • Example 56 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene- 9,1'-naphthalen]-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide from Example 12, step 12c) (5.25 g, 13.5 mmol) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H- fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.63 g, 14.0 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.39 g,14.4 mmol), Amphos (0.073 g, 0.27 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.062 g, 0.07 mmol).
  • the workup was done according to procedure C. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (9.0 g, 98%) in a purity 96.6% according to HPLC@340 nm. The title compound (6.15g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-245°C) to give the title compound (5.26 g in a purity of up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a melting point of 263.0 °C.
  • Example 57 N-(4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalen]-2-yl)-N-(9,9-dimethyl- 9H-fluoren-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide from example 12, step 12c) (5.70 g, 14.6 mmol) and the product from Example 24 (5.61 g, 14.9 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.48 g,15.4 mmol), Amphos (0.079 g, 0.29 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.067 g, 0.07 mmol).
  • the workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (9.0 g, 90%) in a purity of 98.1% according to HPLC@340 nm. The title compound (5.21 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-250°C) to give the title compound (4.95 g in a purity of up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature T g of 139.3 °C.
  • Example 58 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-4',4',5',8'-tetramethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalen]-2-amine
  • the aryl bromide from Example 14 step 14b) (7.00 g, 16.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.)
  • the diarylamine bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (6.87 g, 17.1 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.69 g, 17.6 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.091 g, 0.34 mmol, 2.0 mol-%) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.077 g, 0.08
  • the workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by column chromatography (heptane/ DCM) provided the product as a colorless solid (10.2 g, 82%) purity 99.4% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (10.0 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-250°C) to give the title compound (9.7 g in a purity of up to 99.4% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature T g of 143.1 °C.
  • Example 59 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-7'-methoxy-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalen]-2-amine
  • the major isomer A of the aryl bromides from Example 13 step 13b) (6.00 g, 14.3 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.86 g, 14.6 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.44 g, 15.0 mmol), Amphos (0.077 g, 0.29 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.066 g, 0.07 mmol).
  • the workup was performed according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from tert-butyl methyl ether / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (8.7 g, 82%) in a purity of 96.7% according to HPLC@340 nm. Upon reduction of the mother liquor additional product was obtained, (1.2 g, purity 96.2 % according to HPLC@340 nm). The total yield was 93 %. The title compound (5.9 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-245°C) to give the title compound (4.49 g a purity of up to 98.5% according to HPLC@340 nm).
  • the purified product had a glass temperature T g of 147.6 °C.
  • NMR: 13 C / 1 H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS 2 ; acetone-d 6 5:1): ⁇ / ⁇ (27.15 / 1.42, 2 x CH 3 ), (27.15 / 1.48, 2 x CH 3 ), (32.33 / 1.22, CH 3 ), (32.76 / 1.49, CH 3 ), (33.11, C-q), (33.78 / 2.08, CH 2 ), (36.16 / 1.97, CH 2 ), (46.63, 2 x C-q), (54.55 / 3.54, OCH 3 ), (55.71, C-q), (113.00 / 5.89, CH), (113.36 / 6.67, CH), (118.66 / 7.73, 2 x CH), (119.67 / 7.70, CH), (119.72 / 7.62, 2 x CH), (120
  • Example 60 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3',3'-dimethyl-10-phenyl-2',3'-dihydro-10H- spiro[acridine-9,1'-inden]-2-amine
  • the aryl chloride from example Example 16 step 16c) (2.63 g, 6.2 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and bis(9,9- dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (2.55 g, 6.4 mmol) were coupled in 50 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (0.63 g, 6.5 mmol), Amphos (0.034 g, 0.16 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.029 g, 0.03 mmol).
  • the workup was performed according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by column chromatography (heptane / dichloromethane) provided the product as a yellowish solid (3.7 g, 75%) in a purity of 99.0% according to HPLC@340 nm. The title compound (3.28 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-260°C) to give the title compound (2.93 g in a purity of up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature T g of 148.9 °C.
  • Example 61 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'- xanthen]-2'-amine
  • the aryl bromide obtained from Example 18, step 18b) (5.50 g, 14.1 mmol.) and bis(9,9-dimethyl- 9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.87 g, 14.6 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.45 g,15.0 mmol), Amphos (0.076 g, 0.28 mmol) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.064 g, 0.07 mmol).
  • the workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (7.0 g, 70%) in a purity 89.3% according to HPLC@340 nm. Upon reduction of the mother liquor additional product was obtained, (1.4 g, 14%, purity 95.3% according to HPLC@340 nm). The total yield was 84%.
  • the title compound (5.62 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the title compound (4.97 g in a purity of up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm).
  • the purified product had a glass temperature T g of 131.0 °C.
  • NMR: 13 C / 1 H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS 2 : acetone-d 6 5:1): ⁇ / ⁇ (26.97 / 1.40, 2 x CH 3 ), (27.04 / 1.41, 2 x CH 3 ), (31.53 / 1.34, CH 3 ), (31.66 / 1.19, CH 3 ), (43.08, C-q), (46.51, 2 x C-q), (51.58, C-q), (62.99 / 2.38, CH 2 ), (116.31 / 7.12, CH), (117.38 / 7.11, CH), (117.46 / 7.12, 2 x CH), (119.50 / 7.59, 2 x CH), (120.76 / 7.51, 2 x CH), (122.24 / 6.94, 2 x CH), (122.50 / 7.18, CH), (122.56
  • Example 62 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3,7'-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'- xanthen]-2'-amine
  • the aryl bromide from Example 19 step 19b) (6.00 g, 14.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (6.06 g, 15.1 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.49 g, 15.5 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.080 g, 0.30 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.069 g, 0.07 mmol, 0.5 mol-%).
  • the workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone/ toluene provided the product as a colorless solid (7.8 g, 73%) purity 99.6% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.1 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (4.5 g in a purity of up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature T g of 131.7 °C.
  • Example 63 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3-dimethyl-7'-(trifluoromethyl)-2,3- dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthen]-2'-amine
  • the aryl bromide from Example 20 step 20b) (6.00 g, 13.1 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.35 g, 13.3 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.32 g, 13.7 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.071 g, 0.26 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.060 g, 0.07 mmol, 0.5 mol
  • the workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as pale-yellow solid (8.6 g, 83%) purity 99.7% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.0 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-230°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (4.6 g in a purity of up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature T g of 125.1 °C.
  • Example 64 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3,7'-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'- thioxanthen]-2'-amine
  • the aryl bromide from Example 23 step 23b) (4.92 g, 11.7 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (4.78 g, 11.9 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.18 g, 12.3 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.063 g, 0.23 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba) 3 (0.054 g, 0.06 mmol, 0.5 mol-%).
  • the workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as a colorless solid (7.5 g, 87%) in a purity of 99.5% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.3 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-245°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (4.8 g in a purity of up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature T g of 143.1 °C.
  • Example 65 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-N-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene- 9,1'-inden]-2-yl)benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-amine
  • the aryl bromide from Example 4 step 4d) (8.00 g, 19.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine from Example 38 (6.66 g, 20.2 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (20% solution in THF; 10.5 g, 21.8 mmol, 1.1 eq.), tri-tert butyl phosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.014 g, 0.05 mmol, 0.25 mol-%)
  • the title compound (9.7 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (7.7 g in a purity of up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm).
  • Example 66 N-([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-yl)-N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'- dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-amine
  • the crude product (12.1 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10 -6 – 10 -7 mbar, 150-230°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (10.8 g, purity up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm).
  • the purified product had a glass temperature T g of 119.9 °C.
  • Example 69 3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2-(10-(naphthalen-1-yl)anthracen-9-yl)-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene- 9,1'-indene] Under an inert atmosphere a flask was charged with the product from Example 5 (9.30 g, 20.6 mmol, 1.03), 9-bromo-10-(1-naphthyl)-4a,10-didehydroanthracene (7.67 g, 20.0 mmol, 1.00 eq), potassium carbonate (9.5 g, 69 mmol, 3.4), water (30 mL) and THF (75 mL).
  • the filter cake was washed with cyclohexane (40 mL) and isopropanol (40 mL) to give after drying 11.7 g (91 %) of the product as a pale yellowish solid.
  • An analytical sample could be obtained by recrystallization from THF.
  • the NMR of the product was too complex to assign the signals, because two rotamers are present in an almost 1:1 ratio.
  • the melting point is 216 °C III.
  • Application examples III.1 HOMO and LUMO levels of the hole transport materials Determination of HOMO by cyclic voltammetry The onset method was mainly used for the analysis of samples which did not show a clear redox event or only one of the two events.
  • the LUMO is calculated from the level of the HOMO by addition of the band gap.
  • Table of HOMO- and LUMO-Levels of the compounds III.2 Conductivities of the hole transport materials The conductivities were measured using NDP-9 as the p-dopant. Glass substrates (35 mm x 50 mm) were thoroughly cleaned and then coated with a 155-nm-thick layer of indium tin oxide (ITO) having trenches with a width of 20 ⁇ m, i.e. a trench separated two ITO sections. The trench was filled with the compound of formula (I) and NDP-9 as p- dopant material by co-evaporation of the compound of formula (I) and the p-dopant material.
  • ITO indium tin oxide
  • Each doped layer had a thickness of 50 nm. After applying a voltage from 10 V between two ITO stripes, the conductivity was determined. For each doping ratio (1%, 3% and 5% by volume), conductivity was determined for two different sample geometries (sample geometry A having a length of trench of 188 mm; sample geometry B having a length of trench of 146 mm), whereby the sample to be tested contained both geometries. Table of compounds (I) with their glass temperature T g or melting temperature T m and their conductivities at the respective ratio of dopand NDP-9. For some compounds only glass temperatures have been measured so far.

Abstract

The present invention relates to compounds of the spiro-(indane- fluorene) type of formula (I), in particular those bearing a primary amino group and the corresponding diarylamino compounds. The invention further relates to methods for preparing such compounds and their use in organic electronics, in particular as hole transport material (HTM) or electron blocking material (EBM).

Description

Spiro-(indane-fluorene) type compounds and their use in organic electronics SUBJECT MATTER OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to compounds of the spiro-(indane-fluorene) type, in particular those bearing a primary amino group and the corresponding diarylamino compounds and to methods for their preparation. The invention further relates to the use of the diarylamino spiro-(indane-fluorene) derivatives in organic electronics, in particular as hole transport material (HTM) or electron blocking material (EBM). The invention further relates to the use of the diarylamino spiro-(indane-fluorene) compounds bearing a primary amino group as intermediates for the synthesis of the corresponding diarylamino compounds and valuable components for the chemical synthesis. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION "Organic electronics" is concerned principally with the development, characterization and application of new materials and manufacturing processes for the production of electronic components based on organic small molecules or polymers with desirable electronic properties. These include in particular organic field-effect transistors (OFETs), like organic thin-film transistors (OTFTs), organic electroluminescent devices, like organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs), organic solar cells (OSCs), e.g. excitonic solar cells, dye sensitized solar cells (DSSCs) or Perovskite solar cells, electrophotography, in particular photoconductive materials in an organic photoconductor (OPC), organic optical detectors, organic photoreceptors, organic field-quench devices (OFQDs), light-emitting electrochemical cells (LECs) and organic laser diodes.^Such organic semiconductive materials can be formed either from compounds with good electron donor properties (p-conductors) or from compounds with good electron acceptor properties (n-conductors). In contrast to inorganic semiconductors, organic semiconductors have a very low intrinsic charge carrier concentration. Organic semiconductor matrix materials are therefore usually doped in order to achieve good semiconductor properties. "Organic photovoltaics" denotes the direct conversion of radiative energy, principally solar energy, to electrical energy using organic components. In contrast to inorganic solar cells, the light does not directly generate free charge carriers in organic solar cells, but rather excitons are formed first, i.e. electrically neutral excited states in the form of electron-hole pairs. These excitons can be separated at suitable photoactive interfaces (organic donor-acceptor interfaces or interfaces to an inorganic semiconductor). For this purpose, it is necessary that excitons which have been generated in the volume of the organic material can diffuse to this photoactive interface. The diffusion of excitons to the active interface thus plays a critical role in organic solar cells. There is a great demand for the development of materials which have maximum transport widths and high mobilities for light-induced excited states (high exciton diffusion lengths) and which are thus advantageously suitable for use as an active material in so-called excitonic solar cells. It is generally known that certain triarylamines are suitable for the use in organic electronic applications. WO 2018/206769 describes 1,1,3-trimethyl-3-phenylindane derivatives substituted with at least two diarylamino moieties and their use in organic electronics. WO 2020/094847 describes di-, tri- and tetraphenylindane derivatives and their use in organic electronics, in particular as a hole transport material (HTM) or electron blocking material (EBM) WO 2012/034627 describes compounds of the formula (A)
Figure imgf000003_0001
wherein Ar is an aromatic ring system, Ar1 and Ar2 are an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring system having 6 to 60 C atoms, R is in each case selected from H, D, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, Si(R2)3, straight-chain alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkyl groups, having 1 to 40 C atoms, or branched or cyclic alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkyl groups, having 3 to 40 C atoms, or aromatic or heteroaromatic ring system, having 6 to 60 C atoms, or an aralkyl group, having 5 to 60 aromatic ring atoms, m is 0, 1, 2 or 3, n is on each occurrence, identically or differently, 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, p is 0, 1 or 2. The compounds are used in an electronic device, preferably selected from organic electroluminescent devices, organic integrated circuits, organic field-effect transistors, organic thin-film transistors, organic light-emitting transistors, organic solar cells, organic dye-sensitised solar cells, organic optical detectors, organic photoreceptors, organic field-quench devices, light-emitting electrochemical cells, organic laser diodes and organic plasmon emitting devices, in particular in an organic electroluminescent device. EP 1624500 A1 describes the use of spiro bifluorene compounds, e.g. of the formula (A)
Figure imgf000004_0002
wherein the substituents R inter alia can be NH2 or NPh2, in an organic matrix material having a glass transition temperature of at least 120°C and the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) of the matrix material is at most on an energy level of 5.4 eV. EP 3018119 A1 describes aromatic amine compounds of the formula (B)
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein Ara represents an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a heteroaryl group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group in which two to four groups selected from the aryl group and the heteroaryl group are linked, R1 and R2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms, where R1 and R2 may also be bonded to each other to form a hydrocarbon ring. It is preferred that R1 and R2 do not form a hydrocarbon ring. It is not disclosed that R1 and R2 form a group
Figure imgf000004_0003
where # denotes a bond to the remainder of the molecule. These aryl amine copounds can be used as a material for an organic electroluminescent device, e,g. as a hole transporting material. WO 2014/072017 A1 describes a compounds of the spiro-((thio)xanthene- fluorene) type which are suitable for use as a functional material in electronic devices. EP 1623970 A1 describes arylamine compounds of the formula (C)
Figure imgf000005_0001
wherein X is a substituted or non-substituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms or a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 40 carbon atoms, Ar1, Ar2, Ar3 and Ar4 each are independently a substituted or non-substituted aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms or a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 40 carbon atoms; provided that at least one of Ar1, Ar2, Ar3 and Ar4 is a group of the formula (C-1)
Figure imgf000005_0002
wherein R1 and R2 each are independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or non- substituted amino group, a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or non-substituted aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms or a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 40 carbon atoms, R3 represents an atomic group which forms a cyclic structure, Ar5 is a single bond or a divalent aromatic or heterocylic bridging group, L is a single bond, -O-, - S-, -NR4- or -CR5R6- where R4, R5 and R6 each are independently a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms or a substituted or non-substituted aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms s, q and r each are an integer of 0 to 2; and R1 and R2 may be combined with each other to form a ring. In particular X is a monovalent, divalent or trivalent residue of benzene, biphenyl, terphenyl, naphthalene, fluorene, pyrene, spirobifluorene, stilbene, carbazole, dibenzofurane, dibenzothiophene, fluorenone, oxazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole or benzimidazole. Suitable groups (C-1) are inter alia
Figure imgf000006_0001
The spiro rings do not bear any substituents, in particular no C1-C4-alkyl groups, like methyl groups. These aryl amine compounds can be used as a material for an organic electroluminescent device, e,g. as a hole transporting material. There is an ongoing demand for new organic compounds for organic electronic applications. They should be available by effective and economic routes of synthesis. In particular they should have lower molecular weights than compound known from the prior art, being capable of sublimation and/or possess good electronic application properties. Furthermore, they should be characterized by a good thermal stability and a high glass transition temperature. In a specific embodiment they should be suitable for use in electronically doped semiconductor materials. It has now been found that, surprisingly, the spiro-(indane-fluorene) type compounds of the invention are advantageously suitable as hole conductors (p- semiconductors, electron donors) in organic photovoltaics. They are especially suitable as hole transport material (HTM) or electron blocking material (EBM). SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION A first object of the invention is a compound of the general formula (I)
Figure imgf000006_0002
and mixtures thereof, wherein RA is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- alkoxy, phenyl, NO2 and NH2, X is selected from NH2, NHAr, NAr2, Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3, C6H5-SO3, NHCOC(CH3)3, NHCOCH3, NO2, B(ORB1)(ORB2), biaryl groups comprising at least 4 aromatic rings, and in each case unsubstituted or substituted pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl, wherein pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl can be part of a fused ring system comprising 2, 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, Ar is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two groups Ar bound to the same nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, RB1 and RB2 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl or RB1 and RB2 together form a C2-C6-alkanediyl moiety. Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, r is 0, 1, 2 or 3, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond. In a special embodiment, X is selected from NH2, NHAr, NAr2, Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3, C6H5-SO3, NHCOC(CH3)3, NHCOCH3 or NO2. One special embodiment are primary amine compounds represented by the formula (I) above, wherein X is a group of the formula -NH2. A further special embodiment are amine compounds represented by the formula (I) above, wherein X is a group of the formula -NHAr. A further special embodiment are diarylamine compounds represented by the formula (I) above, wherein X is selected from groups of the formula -NAr2. A further special embodiment are diarylamine compounds represented by the formula (I) above, wherein X is selected from unsustituted or substituted triazinyl groups, more preferably from substituted triazinyl groups, in particular from substituted 1,3,5-triazinyl groups. A further special embodiment are diarylamine compounds represented by the formula (I) above, wherein X is selected from biaryl groups comprising at least 4 aromatic rings. A further special embodiment are diarylamine compounds represented by the formula (I) above, wherein RA and RB are both C1-C4-alkyl. In an especially preferred embodiment, RA and RB are both methyl. The following compounds (I.X1) to (I.X6) are in particular excluded from the compounds of the formula (I):
Figure imgf000008_0001
A further object of the invention is the use of at least one compound of the general formula (I) as defined above and in the following - as a hole transport material (HTM) in organic electronics, - as an electron blocking material (EBM) in organic electronics, - in organic solar cells (OSCs), solid-state dye sensitized solar cells (DSSCs) or Perovskite solar cells, in particular as a hole transport material in organic solar cells, as replacement of the liquid electrolyte in dye sensitized solar cells, as a hole transport material in Perovskite solar cells, - in organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs), in particular for displays on electronic devices and lighting. A further object of the invention is an electroluminescent arrangement, comprising an upper electrode, a lower electrode, wherein at least one of said electrodes is transparent, an electroluminescent layer and optionally an auxiliary layer, wherein the electroluminescent arrangement comprises at least one compound of the formula (I), as defined above or in the following. Preferably, the electroluminescent arrangement comprises at least one compound of the formula (I) in a hole-transporting layer or in an electron blocking layer. In a preferred embodiment, the electroluminescent arrangement is an organic light- emitting diode (OLED). A further object of the invention is an organic solar cell, comprising: - a cathode, - an anode, - one or more photoactive regions comprising at least one donor material and at least one acceptor material in separate layers or in form of a bulk heterojunction layer, - optionally at least one further layer selected from exciton blocking layers, electron conducting layers and hole transport layers, wherein the organic solar cell comprises at least one compound of the formula (I) as defined above or in the following. A further object of the invention is a process (in the following denoted as "Route 1") for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.a1)
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein RA is hydrogen or methyl, RB is hydrogen or methyl, RC is hydrogen, RD is hydrogen, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4- alkoxy and phenyl, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps a1) providing a compound of the formula (V.a)
Figure imgf000011_0003
wherein X is H, Cl or Br, a2) reacting the compound of the formula (V.a) with a compound of the formula (VI.a1) or (VI.a2)
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein Za is Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3 or C6H5-SO3, to give a compound of the formula (VII.a1) or (VII.a2)
Figure imgf000011_0002
a3) subjecting the compound of the formula (VII.a1) or (VII.a2) to a cyclization, wherein in the case that X is Br or Cl a compound (I.a1) is obtained, a4) in the case that X is H, subjecting the product of the cyclization in step a3) to a bromination or nitration to yield a compound (I.a1). In a special embodiment of route 1, providing the compound of the formula (V.a) in step a1) comprises the following substeps a11) and a12): a11) providing a ketone of the formula (II.a)
Figure imgf000012_0001
wherein X is H or Br, a12) reacting the ketone of the formula (II.a) with a compound of the formula (III.a)
Figure imgf000012_0002
wherein Met is Li or a group Mg-Hal, wherein Hal is Cl, Br or I, to give the alcohol (IV.a)
Figure imgf000012_0003
followed by reduction to give a compound of the formula (V.a)
Figure imgf000013_0001
Thus, a preferred embodiment of route 1 relates to a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I.a1), comprising steps a11), a12), a2), a3), and optionally a4) (in the case that in compound (II.a) provided in step a11) substituent X is H). Preferably, in step a1) of the afore-mentioned process, a ketone of the formula (II.a), wherein X is H, is subjected to a bromination to yield a ketone of the formula (II.a), wherein X is Br, and optionally the product of the bromination is subjected to one or more work-up steps. A further object of the invention is a process (in the following denoted as "Route 2") for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.b1)
Figure imgf000013_0002
wherein RA is hydrogen or methyl, RB is hydrogen or methyl, RC is hydrogen, RD is hydrogen, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table,
Figure imgf000014_0002
X is Cl, Br, I or NO2, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps b1) providing a compound of the formula (II.b)
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein X is H, Cl, Br, I or NO2, b2) reacting the compound of the formula (II.b) with an aromatic compound of the formula (III.b)
Figure imgf000015_0001
in the presence of an acidic catalyst to give the compound (IV.b)
Figure imgf000015_0002
b3) reacting the compound of the formula (VI.b) with a compound of the formula (VI.a1) or (VI.a2)
Figure imgf000015_0003
wherein Za is Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3 or C6H5-SO3, to give a compound of the formula (VII.b1) or (VII.b2)
Figure imgf000015_0004
(VII.b1) (VII.b2) b4) subjecting the compound of the formula (VII.b1) or (VII.b2) to a cyclization, wherein in the case that X is Cl, Br, I or NO2 a compound (I.b1) is obtained, b5) in the case that X is H, subjecting the product of the cyclization in step b4) to a bromination or nitration to yield a compound (I.b1). A further object of the invention is a process (in the following denoted as "Route 3") for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.c1)
Figure imgf000016_0001
wherein RA is methyl, RB is methyl, RC is hydrogen or methyl, RD is hydrogen or methyl, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
Figure imgf000016_0002
Figure imgf000017_0003
X is Cl or Br, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps c1) providing a compound of the formula (IV.c)
Figure imgf000017_0001
c2) reacting the compound (IV.c) with an olefin (VIII.c)
Figure imgf000017_0002
in the presence of a Lewis acid, e.g. a BF3 ether complex, to obtain the compound (I.c1). A further object of the invention is a process (in the following denoted as "Route 4") for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.d1)
Figure imgf000018_0001
wherein RA is hydrogen or methyl RB is hydrogen or methyl RC is hydrogen, RD is hydrogen, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are hydrogen, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps d1) providing a ketone of the formula (II.d)
Figure imgf000018_0002
d2) reacting the ketone of the formula (II.d) with a compound of the formula (III.d)
Figure imgf000019_0001
wherein Met is Li or a group Mg-Hal, wherein Hal is Cl, Br or I, to give the alcohol (IV.d)
Figure imgf000019_0002
followed by elimination of water to give a compound of the formula (V.d1) or (V.d2)
Figure imgf000019_0003
d3) subjecting the compound of the formula (V.d1) or (V.d2) to a cyclization, wherein a compound (I.d1) is obtained. A further object of the invention is a process (in the following denoted as "Route 5") for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.e1)
Figure imgf000020_0001
wherein RA is hydrogen or methyl, RB is hydrogen or methyl, RC is hydrogen, RD is hydrogen, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, Y1 is H, C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl or CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, Y2 is H or Cl, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S or NAr, comprising the steps e1) providing a compound of the formula (II.e)
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein Z, Y1, Y2 and Y3 are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
Figure imgf000021_0004
e2) subjecting the compound of the formula (II.e) to a metallation to yield a compound of the formula (III.e) wherein
Figure imgf000021_0002
Met is Li or a group Mg-Br, Z is O, S or NBoc, e3) reacting the compound of the formula (III.e) with a compound of the formula (IV.e)
Figure imgf000021_0003
wherein in case that Z is O or S, a compound (V.e1) is obtained
Figure imgf000022_0001
and in case that Z is NBoc, a compound (V.e2) is obtained
Figure imgf000022_0002
e4) subjecting the compound of the formula (V.e1) to a cyclization to yield a compound of the formula (I.e1)
Figure imgf000022_0003
wherein Z is O or S, or subjecting the compound of the formula (V.e2) to a cyclization to yield a compound of the formula (VI.e2),
Figure imgf000023_0001
e5) subjecting the compound of the formula (VI.e2) to a reaction with an aromatic compound of formula (IX) Ar-Zb (IX) wherein Zb is selected from Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3, C6H5-SO3 or CF3(CF2)3SO3, to obtain a compound of the formula (I.e1), wherein Z is NAr. The invention further regards processes for the preparation of compounds of the formula (I), wherein X is NAr2, NHAr or NH2. A further object of the invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.f1) or (I.f2)
Figure imgf000023_0002
wherein RA is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, Ar in the group NHAr is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, the two Ar groups in the NAr2 group may have the same or different meanings and are independently selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein the two Ar groups bound to the nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps f11) providing a compound of the formula (I.f11)
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein X is selected from Cl, Br, I and CF3SO3, f12) subjecting the compound of the formula (I.f11) from step f11) to an amination reaction with an aromatic amine of the formula (X.f1) or (X.f2) ArNH2 Ar2NH (X.f1) (X.f2) in the presence of a palladium complex catalyst and a base to give the compound of the formula (I.f1) or (I.f2), or f21) providing a secondary amine compound of the formula (I.f1) or a primary amine compound of the formula (I.f2)
Figure imgf000025_0001
f22) subjecting the compound of the formula (I.f1) to an arylation reaction with an aromatic compound of the formula (X.f) Ar-Zb (X.f) wherein Zb is selected from Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3, C6H5-SO3 or CF3(CF2)3SO3, the Ar group in the NHAr group of the compound of the formula (I.f1) and the Ar group in the aromatic compound of the formula (X.f) may have the same meaning or different meanings, in the presence of a palladium complex catalyst and a base to give the compound of the formula (I.f2), wherein the two Ar groups in the NAr2 group have the same meaning or different meanings, or subjecting the compound of the formula (I.f21) to an arylation reaction with an aromatic compound of the formula (X.f), followed by a second arylation reaction with either the same aromatic compound of the formula (X.f), or alternatively an aromatic compound of the formula (X.f), wherein the Ar group has a different meaning Ar-Zb (X.f) in the presence of a palladium complex catalyst and a base to give the compound of the formula (I.f2), wherein the two Ar groups in the NAr2 group are either the same or have different meanings. Preferably, in the afore-mentioned process the compound of the formula (I.f11) provided in step f11) is selected from - compounds of the formula (I.a1), obtainable by the process comprising steps a1), a2), a3) and if appropriate a4), as defined above and in the following, - compounds of the formula (I.b1), obtainable by the process comprising steps b1), b2), b3), b4), b5) and if appropriate b6), as defined above and in the following, - compounds of the formula (I.c1), obtainable by the process comprising steps c1) and c2), as defined above and in the following, or - compounds of the formula (I.d1), obtainable by the process comprising steps d1), d2) and d3), as defined above and in the following, or - compounds of the formula (I.e1), obtainable by the process comprising steps e1), e2), e3) and e4) or e5), as defined above and in the following. A further object of the invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.g)
Figure imgf000026_0001
wherein XAr is selected from biaryl groups comprising at least 4 aromatic rings and in each case unsubstituted or substituted pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl, wherein pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl can be part of a fused ring system comprising 2, 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, RA is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps g1) providing a compound of the formula (I.g1)
Figure imgf000027_0001
wherein RB1 and RB2 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl or RB1 and RB2 together form a C2-C6-alkanediyl moietyl, g2) subjecting the compound of the formula (I.g1) to a coupling reaction with a heteroaromatic compound of the formula (X.g) XAr -Zc (X.g) wherein Zc is selected from Cl, Br, I or CF3SO3, in the presence of a palladium catalyst to give the compound of the formula (I.g). A preferred embodiment is a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.g11)
Figure imgf000028_0001
wherein E1 is N or CRg1 E2 is N or CRg2 E3 is N or CRg3 E4 is N or CRg4 E5 is N or CRg5 with the proviso that 1, 2, or 3 of the ring members E1 to E5 are N, Rg1 to Rg5 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two or more groups selected from CRg1, CRg2, CRg3, CRg4 and CRg5 together with the N heterocycle they are bound to may form a fused ring system comprising 2, 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, RA is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps g1) providing a compound of the formula (I.g1)
Figure imgf000029_0001
wherein RB1 and RB2 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl or RB1 and RB2 together form a C2-C6-alkanediyl moietyl, g2) subjecting the compound of the formula (I.g1) to a coupling reaction with a heteroaromatic compound of the formula (X.ga)
Figure imgf000029_0002
wherein Zc is selected from Cl, Br, I or CF3SO3, in the presence of a palladium catalyst to give the compound of the formula (I.g). DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The compounds of the general formula (I) and the methods for their preparation have at least one of the following advantages: - The compounds of the formula (I) are characterized by a good thermal stability and environmental stability. - Generally, compounds (I) have a high glass transition temperature. They are usually sublimable and allow the fabrication of devices by physical vapor deposition. - The compounds of the formula (I) are in particular suitable as organic semiconductors. They function generally as p-semiconductors. Preferred applications of the compounds (I) are as hole transport material (HTM) or electron blocking material (EBM). - The compounds of the formula (I) further have good properties in OPV (organic photovoltaic) applications. They allow that the excited states (excitons) generated by the absorbed photons can be passed on over very large distances, i.e. they have good exciton diffusion lengths. The invention further allows providing compounds of the formula (I), where the size of the semiconductor band gap is adjusted to utilize the solar light very effectively. - The processes of the invention allow a very effective and economic synthesis of a great variety of compounds of the formula (I). Thus, it is possible to easily provide a compound (I) with optimized properties for the intended use. The compounds of formula (I) have 1 or 2 centers of chirality in the spiro core, thus they may be present as mixtures of enantiomers or diastereoisomers but also in the form of the pure enantiomers or pure diastereoisomers. The invention provides racemic compounds of the formula (I) or mixtures of diastereoisomers (e.g. example 6) as well as pure enantiomers or racemic pure diastereisomers or enantiopure diastereoisomers of the compounds of formula (I). The compounds of formula (I) can be obtained in enantiomerically enriched form and diastereomerically enriched form, respectively, or in pure form by standard methods known in the art, which includes e.g. chiral separation or by preparing the compounds of formula (I) by using appropriate chiral compounds as starting material. Suitable compounds of the formula (I) also include all possible regioisomers and mixtures thereof. It is noted that in the formulae depicted herein, a methyl group may be indicated as a solid line. Thus, for example, the following formulae are two alternatives to depict the same compound
Figure imgf000031_0001
It is also noted that in general hydrogen atoms are not depicted in a formula, unless the formula clearly dictates otherwise. In other words, in some specific formulae of this application the hydrogen atoms are explicitely shown but in most cases not, as is the usual practice. Correspondingly, the definition that an aromatic ring, e.g. a benzene ring, may be substituted by 0 to x substituents (e.g. substituents Y) means that ring atoms that are capable of being substituted but that do not bear a substituent bear hydrogen atoms instead. As used in this specification and the claims, the singular form "a", "an", and "the" include plural forms unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The definitions of the variables specified in the above formulae use collective terms which are generally representative of the respective substituents. The definition Cn-Cm gives the number of carbon atoms possible in each case in the respective substituent or substituent moiety. The expression "halogen" denotes in each case fluorine, bromine, chlorine or iodine, particularly chlorine, bromine or iodine. Similarily, the term "halo" denotes in each case fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo. The term "unbranched" as used herein is also referred to as linear or straight- chain. The term "Cn-Cm-alkyl" as used herein refers to a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group having n to m carbon atoms, e.g.1 to 2 ("C1-C2-alkyl"), 1 to 4 ("C1-C4-alkyl") or 1 to 6 ("C1-C6-alkyl"). C1-C2-Alkyl is methyl or ethyl. Examples for C1-C4-alkyl are, in addition to those mentioned for C1-C2-alkyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl (sec-butyl), 2-methylpropyl (isobutyl) or 1,1-dimethylethyl (tert-butyl). Examples for C1-C6-alkyl are, in addition to those mentioned for C1-C4-alkyl, pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, hexyl, 1-methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,3-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 1-ethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 1,1,2-trimethylpropyl, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl, 1-ethyl-1-methylpropyl, or 1-ethyl-2- methylpropyl. Similarly, the term "Cn-Cm-alkoxy" refers to straight-chain or branched alkyl groups having n to m carbon atoms, e.g. 1 to 2 carbon atoms or 1 to 4 carbon atoms or 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) attached via an oxygen atom at any bond in the alkyl group to the remainder of the molecule. C1-C2-Alkoxy is methoxy or ethoxy. Examples for C1-C4-alkoxy are, in addition to those mentioned for C1-C2-alkoxy, n-propoxy, 1-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), butoxy, 1-methylpropoxy (sec-butoxy), 2-methylpropoxy (isobutoxy) or 1,1-dimethylethoxy (tert-butoxy). Examples for C1-C6- alkoxy are, in addition to those mentioned for C1-C4-alkoxy, pentoxy, 1-methylbutoxy, 2-methylbutoxy, 3-methylbutoxy, 1,1-dimethylpropoxy, 1,2-dimethylpropoxy, 2,2-dimethylpropoxy, 1-ethylpropoxy, hexyloxy, 1-methylpentoxy, 2-methylpentoxy, 3-methylpentoxy, 4-methylpentoxy, 1,1-dimethylbutoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, 1,3-dimethylbutoxy, 2,2-dimethylbutoxy, 2,3-dimethylbutoxy, 3,3-dimethylbutoxy, 1-ethylbutoxy, 2-ethylbutoxy, 1,1,2-trimethylpropoxy, 1,2,2-trimethylpropoxy, 1-ethyl- 1-methylpropoxy or 1-ethyl-2-methylpropoxy. The term "Cn-Cm-cycloalkyl" as used herein refers to a monocyclic n- to m- membered saturated cycloaliphatic radical having, e.g.3 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples for C3-C8-cycloalkyl are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. Similarly, the term "Cn-Cm-cycloalkoxy" refers to a monocyclic n- to m-membered saturated cycloaliphatic radical, e.g. C3-C8-cycloalkyl (as mentioned above) bonded through O linkage to the skeleton. The term "aryl" as used herein refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic and tetracyclic aromatic hydrocarbon radicals with 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, in which the rings are all condensed (fused) or two of the aromatic rings may also be joined to one another by a chemical bond and a divalent radical selected from -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(H)-. Examples include phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, fluorenyl, dibenzofuranyl (dibenzofuryl), dibenzothienyl, carbazolyl, 11H-benzo[b]fluorenyl, naphtho[2,3-b]benzofuryl, naphtho[2,3-b]benzothienyl and 5H-benzo[b]carbazolyl. Aryl may be substituted at one, two, three, four, more than four or all substitutable positions. Suitable substituents are in general C1-C6-alkyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, carbazol-9-yl (N-bound carbazolyl), which is unsubstituted or substituted by C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, wherein phenyl on its part may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy. In addition, suitable substituents attached at aryl are in general also diphenylamino, C5-C8-cycloalkyl, phenyl, biphenylyl, terphenylyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl and phenanthryl, wherein each of the cyclic rings in the 8 last-mentioned groups are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and carbazol-9-yl which is unsubstituted or substituted by C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, wherein phenyl on its part may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy. In addition, two substituents bonded to the same carbon atom of fluorenyl or 11H-benzo[b]fluorenyl, together may form an alkylene group (CH2)r with r being 4, 5, 6 or 7 thus forming a 5- to 8-membered saturated carbocycle, in which 1 or 2 hydrogen atoms in this group may be replaced by a group C1-C4-alkyl or C1-C4-alkoxy or two substituents bonded to the same carbon atom of fluorenyl or 11H-benzo[b]fluorenyl together may form an alkylene group (CH2)r with r being 4, 5, 6 or 7 thus forming a 5- to 8-membered saturated carbocycle, which may be benz-annelated with one or two benzene groups, where the benzene ring(s) is (are) optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 identical or different C1-C4- alkyl or C1-C4-alkoxy. The term "biaryl group comprising at least 4 aromatic rings" denotes a structure, wherein at least two aryl subgroups are joined by a single bond between two aromatic rings. Preferably, the biaryl group comprises 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or more than 8 aromatic rings. If a moiety is described as being "optionally substituted", the moiety may be either unsubstituted or substituted. If a moiety is described as "substituted", a non-hydrogen radical is in the place of hydrogen radical of any substitutable atom of the moiety. If there are more than one substitution on a moiety, each non-hydrogen radical may be identical or different (unless otherwise stated). Preferred compounds according to the invention are compounds of the formula (I), wherein RA is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl. More preferably, RA is methyl or ethyl. Likewise preferred are compounds of the formula (I), wherein RB is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl. More preferably, RB is methyl or ethyl. In an especially preferred embodiment, RA and RB are both methyl. In a further special embodiment, RA and RB are both hydrogen. Preferred compounds according to the invention are compounds of the formula (I), wherein RC and RD are independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4-alkyl. In a preferred embodiment, one of the substituents RC and RD is C1-C4-alkyl and the other is hydrogen. In particular, one of the substituents RC and RD is methyl and the other is hydrogen. In an especially preferred embodiment, RC and RD are both hydrogen. In a preferred embodiment, W is a chemical bond. In another preferred embodiment, W is CH2. In a special embodiment, the substituents RA, RB, RC and RD are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
Figure imgf000033_0001
Preferably, in the compounds of the formula (I) X is -NH2 or -NHAr or -NAr2 or a biaryl group comprising at least 4 aromatic rings or substituted pyridyl or substituted pyridazinyl or substituted pyrimidinyl or substituted pyrazinyl or substituted triazinyl, wherein pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl can be part of a fused ring system comprising 2, 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings. In a preferred embodiment, the compounds (I) comprise a group X, which is a biaryl group comprising at least 4 aromatic rings, comprising at least one subgroup, which comprises 2 or more (e.g. 3, 4, 5, 6 or more) condensed aromatic rings. In a further preferred embodiment, the compounds (I) comprise a group X, which is a biaryl group comprising at least 4 aromatic rings, comprising at least two subgroups, wherein each subgroup comprises 2 or more (e.g.3, 4, 5, 6 or more) condensed aromatic rings. In a special embodiment, all condensed rings are benzene rings. Especially, X is selected from the following groups
Figure imgf000034_0001
wherein # denotes the bonding site to the remainder of the compound. In a further preferred embodiment, the compounds (I) comprise a group X, which is selected from substituted pyridyl or substituted pyridazinyl or substituted pyrimidinyl or substituted pyrazinyl or substituted triazinyl, wherein substituted pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl is substituted by one or more substituents RHet1, wherein each RHet1 is independently selected from aryl, wherein aryl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C5-C12-aryl groups. In a preferred embodiment, in the compounds of the formula (I) X is substituted triazinyl. In a special embodiment, X is selected from substituted 1,3,5-triazinyl groups. In particular, in the compounds of the formula (I) X is a group selected from groups HET1 to HET5
Figure imgf000034_0002
wherein # denotes the bonding site to the remainder of the compound and each RHet1 is independently selected from aryl, wherein aryl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C4-alkyl, F, CF3 and C5-C12-aryl groups. In a special embodiment, both RHet1 groups are phenyl. Preferably, in the compounds of the formula (I) X is -NH2 or -NHAr or -NAr2. Preferably, in the compounds of the formula (I) each group Y, irrespectively of its occurrence, is independently selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6- alkyl groups. More preferably, each group Y, irrespectively of its occurrence, is independently selected from methyl, CF3 and phenyl. Preferably, in the compounds of the formula (I), q is 0 or 1. In a special embodiment, q is 0. In a further special embodiment, q is 1. Preferably, in the compounds of the formula (I) r is 0 or 1. In one special embodiment, r is 0. Preferably, the substituents RI, RII, RIII and RIV are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
Figure imgf000035_0001
The compounds of the formula (I) encompass structural isomers (regioisomers) with regard to the position of the substituents RI, RII, RIII and RIV. Depending on the route employed for the synthesis of the compounds (I) and the starting materials, a single compound or a mixture of two or more regioisomers (I) may be obtained. Mixtures of regioisomers may be subjected to a separation to obtain the isomers in an enriched or pure form. It is also possible to use mixture of two or more regioisomers (I) for applications in organic electronics, mentioned in the following. Thus, one special embodiment of the present invention relates to a mixture of compounds of the formula (I), wherein the substituents RI, RII, RIII and RIV of each compound are are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
Figure imgf000035_0002
The afore-mentioned compounds can be prepared e.g. by synthesis route 2 as defined above and in the following, wherein 2-phenylanisole is used as the aromatic compound (III.b). Another special embodiment of the present invention relates to a mixture of compounds of the formula (I), wherein the substituents RI, RII, RIII and RIV of each compound are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
Figure imgf000035_0003
Figure imgf000036_0002
The afore-mentioned compounds can be prepared e.g. by synthesis route 1 as defined above and in the following, wherein a Grignard compound of 3-bromoanisole is used as the compound (III.a). Preferably, in the compounds of the formula (I), Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond. Preferably, the compound of the formula (I) is selected from compounds (I.A*), (I.B*), (I.C*), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*) and (I.H*)
Figure imgf000036_0001
wherein RA is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- alkoxy, phenyl, NO2 and NH2, RV is hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl or CF3, X is selected from NH2, NHAr, NAr2, Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3, C6H5-SO3, NHCOC(CH3)3, NHCOCH3, NO2, B(ORB1)(ORB2), biaryl groups comprising at least 4 aromatic rings, and in each case unsubstituted or substituted pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl, wherein pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl can be part of a fused ring system comprising 2, 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, wherein Ar is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two groups Ar bound to the same nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, RB1 and RB2 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl or RB1 and RB2 together form a C2-C6-alkanediyl moietyl. Preferred are compounds of the formulae (I.A*), (I.B*), (I.C*), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*) and (I.H*), wherein RA is hydrogen or methyl or ethyl. Likewise preferred are compounds of the formulae (I.A*), (I.B*), (I.C*), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*) and (I.H*), wherein RB is hydrogen or methyl or ethyl. Amongst the compounds of the formulae (I.A*), (I.B*), (I.C*), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*) and (I.H*) more preference is given to compounds, wherein RA is methyl and RB is methyl. Preferably, in the compounds of the formulae (I.A*), (I.B*), (I.C*), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*) and (I.H*) X is selected from -NH2 and -NAr2. Preferred are compounds of the formulae (I.A*), (I.B*), (I.C*), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*) and (I.H*), wherein RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, phenyl and methoxy. Preferably, 0, 1, 2 or 3 of the groups RI, RII, RIII and RIV are different from hydrogen. Preferred are compounds of the formulae (I.A*), (I.B*), (I.C*), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*) and (I.H*), wherein RV is hydrogen, methyl or CF3.Preferably, the compound of the formula (I) is selected from compounds (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) and (I.H)
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein RA is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, X is selected from NH2, NHAr, NAr2, Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3, C6H5-SO3, NHCOC(CH3)3 or NHCOCH3, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- alkoxy, NO2 and NH2, Ar is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two groups Ar bound to the same nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings. Preferred are compounds of the formulae (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) and (I.H), wherein RA is hydrogen or methyl or ethyl. Likewise preferred are compounds of the formulae (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) and (I.H), wherein RB is hydrogen or methyl or ethyl. Amongst the compounds of the formulae (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) and (I.H) more preference is given to compounds, wherein RA is methyl and RB is methyl. Preferably, in the compounds of the formulae (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) ans (I.H) X is selected from -NH2 and -NAr2.Preferred are compounds of the formulae (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) and (I.H), wherein RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, phenyl and methoxy. Preferably, 0, 1, 2 or 3 of the groups RI, RII, RIII and RIV are different from hydrogen. More preferably, 0, 1 or 2 of the groups RI, RII, RIII and RIV are different from hydrogen. Preferably, the compound of the formula (I) is selected from compounds (I.1) to (I.33)
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
wherein Ar is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two groups Ar bound to the same nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings. Preferably, the compound of the formula (I) is selected from compounds (I.34) to (I.72)
Figure imgf000041_0002
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
wherein Ar is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two groups Ar bound to the same nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings. In the compounds (I) and in the compounds (I.A*), (I.B*), (I.C*), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*) and (I.H*), wherein X is NAr2, and in the compounds (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) and (I.H), wherein X is NAr2, and in the compounds of the formulae (I.3), (I.6), (I.9), (I.12), (I.15), (I.18), (I.21), (I.24), (I.27), (I.30) and (I.33), and in the compounds of the formulae (I.36), (I.39), (I.42), (I.45), (I.48), (I.51), (I.54), (I.57), (I.60), (I.63), (I.66), (I.69) and (I.72), the two groups Ar bound to the nitrogen atom have the same meaning or have different meanings. Preference is given to compounds of the formulae (I), (I.A*), (I.B*), (I.C*), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*), (I.H*), (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) and (I.H), wherein X is selected from groups -NAr2 and -NHAr, and to compounds of the formulae (I.2), (I.3), (I.5), (I.6), (I.8), (I.9), (I.11), (I.12), (I.14), (I.15), (I.17), (I.18), (I.20), (I.21), (I.23), (I.24), (I.26), (I.27), (I.29), (I.30), (I.32) and (I.33), and to compounds of the formulae (I.35), (I.36), (I.38), (I.39), (I.41), (I.42), (I.44), (I.45), (I.47), (I.48), (I.50), (I.51), (I.53), (I.54), (I.56), (I.57), (I.59), (I.60), (I.62), (I.63), (I.65), (I.66), (I.68), (I.69), (I.71) and (I.72), in which the groups Ar are independently selected from unsubstituted or substituted phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted naphthyl, unsubstituted or substituted phenanthryl, unsubstituted or substituted anthracenyl, unsubstituted or substituted fluorenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C-bound carbazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted dibenzofuranyl, unsubstituted or substituted dibenzothiophenyl, or 2 groups Ar together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted N-bound carbazolyl. More preferably, each Ar, irrespectively of its occurrence, is selected from phenyl, biphenylyl, terphenylyl, quaterphenylyl, wherein phenyl, biphenylyl, terphenylyl and quaterphenylyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents RAr1; naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, spirobifluorenyl, C-bound carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, xanthenyl, thioxanthenyl and 9,10-dihydroacridinyl, wherein naphthyl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, spirobifluorenyl, C-bound carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, xanthenyl, thioxanthenyl and 9,10-dihydroacridinyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents RAr2; or 2 groups Ar together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form an N-bound carbazolyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents RAr3, wherein each RAr1 is independently selected from C1-C6-alkyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, carbazol-9-yl, wherein carbazol-9-yl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, wherein phenyl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy, diphenylamino, C5-C8-cycloalkyl, naphthyl and m-terphenyl-5´-yl, wherein each of the cyclic rings in the four last-mentioned groups are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- alkoxy and carbazol-9-yl, wherein carbazol-9-yl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, wherein phenyl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy, two radicals RAr1 which are bound to adjacent carbon atoms together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound may form a saturated 5-membered heterocycle having 1 oxygen atom or 2 non-adjacent oxygen atoms as ring members which is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 radicals selected from C1-C4-alkyl; each RAr2 is independently selected from C1-C6-alkyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, carbazol-9-yl, wherein carbazol-9-yl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, wherein phenyl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy, diphenylamino, C5-C8-cycloalkyl and phenyl, wherein each of the cyclic rings in the three last-mentioned groups are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and carbazol-9-yl, wherein carbazol-9-yl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, wherein phenyl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy, two radicals RAr2 which are bound to adjacent carbon atoms together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound may form a saturated 5-membered heterocycle having 1 oxygen atom or 2 non-adjacent oxygen atoms as ring members which is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 radicals selected from C1-C4-alkyl and, where in the case of Ar being fluorenyl, xanthenyl, thioxanthenyl or 9,10- dihydroacridinyl, two geminal radicals RAr2 may form an alkylene group (CH2)r with r being 4, 5 or 6; and each RAr3 is independently selected from C1-C6-alkyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, diphenylamino and phenyl, wherein each of the cyclic rings in the two last-mentioned groups are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy. Particular examples of the group Ar include the following radicals of the formulae (AR-I) to (AR-LIX)
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
wherein # in each case denotes the bonding site to the nitrogen atom; in formulae AR-I, AR-II, AR-III, AR-IV, AR-V, AR-VI, AR-VII, AR-VIII, AR-IX, AR-X, AR- XI, AR-XII, AR-XIII, AR-XIV, AR-XV, AR-XVI, AR-XVII, AR-XVIII, AR-XIX, AR-XX, AR-XXI, AR-XXII and AR-XXIII: R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18 and R19, if present, independently of one another, are selected from hydrogen, straight- chain or branched C1-C4-alkyl, straight-chain or branched C1-C4-alkoxy and carbazol-9-yl, wherein carbazol-9-yl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl and anisyl; in formulae AR-XXV, AR-XXVI, AR-XXVII, AR-XXVIII, AR-XXIX, AR-XXX, AR-XXXI, AR-XXXII, AR-XXXIII, AR-XXXIV, AR-XXXV, AR-XXXVI, AR-XXXVII, AR- XXXVIII, AR-XXXIX, AR-XL, AR-XLI, AR-XLII, AR-XLIII, AR-XLIV, AR-XLV, AR- LIII, AR-LIV, AR-LV, AR-LVI, AR-LVIII and AR-LIX: R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R9a, R9b, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15 and R16, if present, independently of one another, are selected from hydrogen, straight- chain or branched C1-C4-alkyl, straight-chain or branched C1-C4-alkoxy, carbazol- 9-yl and phenyl, wherein carbazol-9-yl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4- alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl and mesityl and, in addition, R9a and R9b in formulae AR-XXV, AR-XXVI, AR-XXVII and AR-LIII together may form an alkylene group (CH2)r with r being 4, 5 or 6 where 1 or 2 hydrogen atoms in this group may be replaced by a methyl or methoxy group; in formulae AR-XLVI, AR-XLVII and AR-XLVIII: R1, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9a, R9b and R9c, if present, independently of one another, are selected from hydrogen, straight-chain or branched C1-C4-alkyl, straight-chain or branched C1-C4-alkoxy, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9- fluorenyl and 9- carbazol-9-yl, wherein phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl or carbazol-9-yl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy, in addition, R9a and R9b in formulae AR-XLVI, AR-XLVII and AR-XLVIII together may form an alkylene group (CH2)r with r being 4, 5 or 6 where 1 or 2 hydrogen atoms in this group may be replaced by a methyl or methoxy group; in formulae AR-XXIV, AR-XLIX, AR-L, AR-LI and AR-LII: R3, R4, R5 and R6, if present, independently of one another, are selected from hydrogen, straight-chain or branched C1-C4-alkyl, straight-chain or branched C1- C4-alkoxy, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl and 9-carbazolyl, wherein phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl or 9-carbazolyl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4- alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy, Re is hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl or C3-C8-cycloalkyl, and Rf is hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl or C3-C8-cycloalkyl. In formulae AR-I, AR-II, AR-III, AR-IV, AR-V, AR-VI, AR-VII, AR-VIII, AR-IX, AR- X, AR-XI, AR-XII, AR-XIII, AR-XIV, AR-XV, AR-XVI, AR-XVII, AR-XVIII, AR-XIX, AR- XX, AR-XXI, AR-XXII and AR-XXIII, each radical R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18 and R19, if present, is preferably selected from hydrogen, C1-C2-alkyl, C1-C2-alkoxy and carbazol-9-yl which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from C1-C2-alkyl, C1-C2-alkoxy, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl and anisyl. Especially, each radical R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18 and R19, if present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, methoxy and carbazol-9-yl which is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 identical or different substituents selected from methyl, methoxy, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl and anisyl. In formulae AR-XXV, AR-XXVI, AR-XXVII, AR-XXVIII, AR-XXIX, AR-XXX, AR- XXXI, AR-XXXII, AR-XXXIII, AR-XXXIV, AR-XXXV, AR-XXXVI, AR-XXXVII, AR- XXXVIII, AR-XXXIX, AR-XL, AR-XLI, AR-XLII, AR-XLIII, AR-XLIV, Ar-XLV, AR-LIII, AR- LIV, AR-LV, AR-LVI, AR-LVIII and AR-LIX, each radical R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 , R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15 and R16, if present, is usually selected from hydrogen, C1- C2-alkyl, C1-C2-alkoxy and carbazol-9-yl which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from C1-C2-alkyl, C1-C2-alkoxy, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl and anisyl; R9a and R9b, if present, are, independently of one another ususally hydrogen, C1-C2-alkyl, phenyl or form together a group -(CH2)4- or -(CH2)5-. Especially, each radical R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15 and R16, if present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, methoxy and carbazol-9-yl which may be substituted by1 or 2 substituents selected from methyl, methoxy, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl and anisyl. Especially, R9a and R9b, if present, are independently of one another hydrogen, methyl, phenyl or form together a group -(CH2)4- or -(CH2)5-. In formulae AR-XLVI, AR-XLVII and AR-XLVIII, each radical R1, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9a, R9b and R9c, if present, is selected from hydrogen, C1-C2-alkyl, C1-C2-alkoxy, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl and 9- carbazol-9-yl, wherein phenyl, 1- naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl or carbazol-9-yl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C2-alkyl and C1-C2-alkoxy, in addition, R9a and R9b in formulae AR-XLVI, AR-XLVII and AR-XLVIII together may form an alkylene group (CH2)r with r being 4, 5 or 6 where 1 or 2 hydrogen atoms in this group may be replaced by a methyl or methoxy group. In formulae AR-XXIV, AR-XLIX, AR-L, AR-LI and AR-LII, each R3, R4, R5 and R6, if present, is selected from hydrogen, C1-C2-alkyl, C1-C2-alkoxy, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2- naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl and 9-carbazolyl, wherein phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9- fluorenyl or 9-carbazolyl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C2-alkyl and C1-C2-alkoxy, Re is hydrogen or methyl, and Rf is hydrogen or methyl. The groups Ar of the above-mentioned formulae (AR-I) to (AR-XLVI) which are bonded to the nitrogen atom can be combined with one another as desired. Preferably, in the compounds (I), (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) and (I.H), wherein X is NAr2, and in the compounds of the formulae (I.3), (I.6), (I.9), (I.12), (I.15), (I.18), (I.21), (I.24), (I.25), (I.27), (I.30) and (I.33), one of the groups Ar bound to the nitrogen atom is selected from groups AR-XXIV, AR-XXV, AR-XXX, AR-XLVI, AR- XLVII, AR-XLVIII, AR-XLIX and AR-L, as defined above, and the other group Ar bound to the nitrogen atom is selected from groups AR-I, AR-II, AR-IV, AR-XIX, AR-XXV, AR- XXIX, AR-XXX, AR-XXXI, AR-XXVIII, AR-XXXIV, AR-XLVI, AR-XLVII, AR-XLVIII, AR- XLIX, AR-LI, AR-LII, AR-LIII, AR-LVII, AR-LVIII, AR-LV and AR-XXXIII, as defined above. More preferably, in the compounds (I) and in the compounds (I.A*), (I.B*), (I.C*), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*) and (I.H*), wherein X is NAr2, and in the compounds (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) and (I.H), wherein X is NAr2, and in the compounds of the formulae (I.3), (I.6), (I.9), (I.12), (I.15), (I.18), (I.21), (I.24), (I.25), (I.27), (I.30), (I.33), and in the compounds of the formulae (I.36), (I.39), (I.42), (I.45), (I.48), (I.51), (I.54), (I.57), (I.60), (I.63), (I.66), (I.69) and (I.72), one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XIX, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XXIX as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XXXI as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XLVI as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XLVII as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XLVIII as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XLIX as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-L as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-LI as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-LII as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-LIII as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XXXIII as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-LVII as defined above, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined above, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-LVIII as defined above, or both of the groups Ar are selected from groups AR-XXX, as defined. Particular examples of the group Ar include phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 3,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl; 2-phenylphenyl, 3-phenylphenyl, 4- phenylphenyl, 4-(o-tolyl)phenyl, 4-(m-tolyl)phenyl, 4-(p-tolyl)phenyl, 4-(2,6- dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 1-methyl-4-phenyl-phenyl, 2-methyl-4-phenyl-phenyl, 3-methyl- 4-phenyl-phenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-phenyl-phenyl, 3-methyl-4-(o-tolyl)phenyl, 3-methyl-4- (m-tolyl)phenyl, 3-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)phenyl, 3-methyl-4-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)phenyl, 3- methyl-4-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 3-methyl-4-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 4-(4- methoxyphenyl)phenyl, 4-methoxy-3-phenyl-phenyl, 3-methoxy-4-phenyl-phenyl, 2- methoxy-5-phenyl-phenyl, 2-methoxy-4,5-diphenyl-phenyl, 3,4-diphenylphenyl, 3,5- diphenylphenyl, 3-(4-phenylphenyl)phenyl, 4-(4-phenylphenyl)phenyl, 1,3-benzodioxol- 5-yl, 3-(3,5-diphenylphenyl)phenyl, 4-diphenylaminophenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1- phenanthryl, 2-phenanthryl, 3-phenanthryl, 4-phenanthryl, 9-phenanthryl, 9,9- dimethylfluoren-2-yl, 9-methyl-9-phenyl-fluoren-2-yl, 9,9-diphenylfluoren-2-yl, 9,9- dimethylfluoren-3-yl, 9-methyl-9-phenyl-fluoren-3-yl, 9,9-diphenylfluoren-3-yl, 9,9- dimethylfluoren-4-yl, 9-methyl-9-phenyl-fluoren-4-yl, 9,9-diphenylfluoren-4-yl, dibenzofuran-2-yl, dibenzothiophen-2-yl, dibenzofuran-3-yl, dibenzothiophen-3-yl, 9- methylcarbazol-2-yl, 9-phenylcarbazol-2-yl, 9-methylcarbazol-3-yl, 9-phenylcarbazol-3- yl, 4-(1-naphthyl)phenyl, 4-(2-naphthyl)phenyl, 4-(carbazol-9-yl)-phenyl, 4-(3,6- dimethoxycarbazol-9-yl)phenyl, 4-(3,6-dimethylcarbazol-9-yl)phenyl, 9,9'- spirobi(fluorene)-2-yl
Figure imgf000054_0001
wherein # denotes the bonding site to the nitrogen atom. Likewise preferably, 2 groups Ar, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a N-bound carbazolyl, 9H-acridin-10-yl, 10H-phenazin-5-yl, 10H-phenothiazin-10-yl, indol-1-yl, 10H-phenoxazin-10-yl, benztriazol-1-yl, benzimidazol-1-yl, indazol-1-yl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more, e.g. one, two, three, four or more than four substituents RAr3, wherein RAr3 is as defined above. In particular, irrespectively of its occurrence, RAr3 is phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl. Particular examples include carbazol-9-yl, 3,6- di-tertbutylcarbazol-9-yl, 3-phenylcarbazol-9-yl, 3-(o-tolyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3- (m-tolyl)carbazol-9-yl), 3-(p-tolyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3-(o-anisyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3-(m- anisyl)carbazol-9-yl), 3-(p-anisyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3,6-diphenylcarbazol-9-yl, 3,6-bis(o- tolyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3,6-bis(m-tolyl)carbazoly-9-yl, 3,6-bis(p-tolyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3,6-bis(o- anisyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3,6-bis(m-anisyl)carbazoly-9-yl, 3,6-bis(p-anisyl)carbazol-9-yl, 3,6-dimethylcarbazol-9-yl and 3,6-dimethoxycarbazol-9-yl. In particular, the group -NAr2, irrespectively of its occurrence is selected from the formulae (A-1) to (A-112) listed in table A below. Table A:
Figure imgf000054_0002
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0002
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
# denotes the bonding site to the remainder of the molecule, Ar in the groups of formulae A-98 to A-112 in table A are selected from groups of the formulae (AR-I) to (AR-LVI) mentioned above. Especially, the group NAr2, irrespectively of its occurrence, is selected from the groups of the formulae (1) to (58)
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
wherein # denotes the bonding side to the remainder of the compound. In a specific embodiment, the compounds of the formula (I) are selected from the compounds specified in the examples. The compounds of the invention of the formula (I) and the starting materials used to prepare them can be prepared in analogy to known processes of organic chemistry as described in literature. The substituents, variables and indices are as defined above for formula (I), if not otherwise specified. Route 1 One aspect of the present invention relates to a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I.a1), as defined above in the "Summary of the invention", comprising steps a1), a2), a3), and optionally a4) (in the case that in compound (V.a) provided in step a1) substituent X is H). In a special embodiment, step a1) comprises substeps a11) and a12). Step a1) Compounds of the formula (V.a)
Figure imgf000070_0002
wherein X is H or Br, can be prepared by a person skilled in the art by routine procedures. E.g.2-bromo-9-phenyl-9H-fluorene can be prepared by bromination of 9- phenyl-9H-fluorene with elemental bromine. The educt 9-phenyl-9H-fluorene is commercially available, e.g. from Sigma-Aldrich/Merck. As an alternative, 2-bromo-9- phenyl-9H-fluorene can be prepared as described in US 2021/50523 A1 by the addition of phenylmagnesiumbromide to 2-bromofluorenone and reduction of the resulting alcohol to the hydrocarbon, e.g. with triethylsilane and trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane. In a special embodiment of route 1, compound (V.a) is prepared in substeps a11) and a12) as outlined in the "Summary of the Invention". First, a ketone of the formula (II.a) is provided. The compounds of the formula (II.a) employed as educts in step a11) are commercially available or can be prepared by a person skilled in the art by routine procedures. In particular, 9-fluorenone, 2-bromo-9-fluorenone, xanthone, 2- bromoxanthone, thioxanthone, N-phenylacridone and a number of derivatives thereof are commercially available, e.g. from Sigma-Aldrich/Merck. The compounds of formula (IV.a)
Figure imgf000071_0001
can be prepared by reacting the ketone (II.a) with an arylmagnesium halide of the formula (III) in a Grignard reaction to give the corresponding alcohol of formula (IV.a) as intermediate. In an alternative embodiment, an aryllithium compound can be used as the nucleophile to react with the carbonyl group of ketone (II.a) to obtain the alcohol (IV.a). Reduction of the alcohol of formula (IV.a) to the corresponding compound of formula (V) can be effected by treatment with a hydrosilane in the presence of a strong Lewis acid. e.g. with triethylsilane in the presence of boron trifluoride THF-complex. Step a2) Substitution of compound (V.a) with a methallyl group or a prenyl group can be performed by reaction with compounds (VI.a1) and (VI.a2), respectively, wherein Za is a leaving group, like halide, mesylate, triflate, tosylate or benzene sulfonate. Thus, a suitable compound (VI.a1) is 3-chloro-2-methyl-1-propene chloride (methallyl chloride, isobutenyl chloride) and a suitable compound (VI.a2) is 1-chloro-3-methylbut-2-ene chloride (prenyl chloride). It is also possible to use other olefinic compounds for substitution to obtain structurally different compounds (I), e.g. with a crotyl group (but- 2-en-1-yl group: Za-CH2=CHCH3. Usually, the reaction is performed in the presence of a base, such as an alkali metal hydroxide, optionally in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst, an alkali metal alkoxide or an alkali metal amide. Preferably, the base is sodium tert-butoxide or potassium tert-butoxide. Suitable solvents are polar aprotic solvents, like THF. The reaction is generally carried out at a temperature in the range of 0 to 100 °C, preferably 5 to 50°C. Step a3) In step a3), a compound (VII.a1) or (VII.a2) is subjected to a cyclization reaction, resulting in a spiro compound. The cyclization is usually performed in the presence of an acidic catalyst. Suitable catalysts are for example trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, trifluoracetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, polyphosphoric acid, acidic ion exchangers, etc. As can be shown in the following scheme (without being bound to any theory), compounds (VII.a1) lead to the formation of a five-membered ring, whereas compounds (VII.a2) lead to the formation of a six-membered ring.
Figure imgf000072_0001
In case that in the cyclization product substituent X is Br or Cl, the cyclization directly leads to the target compound (I.a1). Step a4) In case that in the cyclization product obtained in step a3) substituent X is H, the cyclization product can be subjected to a bromination to obtain the target compound (I.a1), wherein X is Br. The reaction can be effected by direct bromination with elemental bromine. In a preferred embodiment, bromination is effected with N- bromosuccinimide (NBS). Preferably, a solvent is employed that contains or consists of acetonitrile. NBS is usually employed in an amount of about 1 equivalent with regard to the cyclization product. It was found that bromination with NBS results in a good regioselectivity with regard to the position on the benzene rings and also in a good chemoselectivity with regard to the monobromination product. Alternatively, the cyclization product from step a3), wherein X is H, can be subjected to a nitration to obtain a compound (I.a1), wherein X is NO2. The reaction can be effected by direct nitration with nitrating acid, i.e. a mixture of concentrated nitric acid and concentrated sulfuric acid. The direct nitration yields the target compound in at least useful selectivity. Workup of the products of the bromination or nitration can be effected by standard methods, like crystallization or column chromatography. Compounds of the formula (I.a1), wherein X is NO2, can be subjected to a reduction of the nitro group to yield the corresponding primary amines (X = NH2). Route 2 Step b1) Fluorenol, xanthol, thioxanthol and acridinol compounds of the formula (II.b) are commercially available or can be prepared by a person skilled in the art by routine methods. Thus, a number of fluorenol compounds (II.b) can be prepared by reduction of the corresponding fluorenones by reduction, e.g. with complex metal hydrides like sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, etc. or by hydrogenation, e.g. in the presence of diphosphane/diamine Ru catalysts. As mentioned above for step a11), a number of fluorenones, like 2-bromo-9-fluorenone are commercially available, e.g. from Sigma-Aldrich/Merck. Step b2) The hydroxyl group of intermediate (II.b) can be substituted by an aromatic compound (III.b) in the presence of an acidic catalyst to give the compound (IV.b). Preferably, compound (III.b) is selected from electron rich aromatic compounds, in particular p-xylene, m-xylene, pseudocumene (1,2,4-trimethylbenzene), 2,6- dimethylanisole, 2,3,6-trimethylanisole, 2,5,6-trimethylanisole or 2-phenylanisole. The compound (III.b) may simultaneously act as the solvent. In principle, suitable solvents are those which do not participate in the reaction, typically halogenated hydrocarbons, hydrocarbons, ethers or deactivated aromatic hydrocarbons. Preferred halogenated hydrocarbons are dichloromethane or 1,2-dichloroethane. Preferred hydrocarbons are commercially available isomeric hydrocarbon fractions such as the hexane faction, white spirit or ligroin. Suitable catalysts are protonic acids, Lewis acids, aluminium silicates, ion exchange resins, zeolites, naturally occurring sheet silicates or modified sheet silicates. Preferably, the catalyst is selected from p-toluenesulfonic acid. Further preferred as catalysts are zinc chloride and BF3 etherate complexes Preferred are also Zeolith Mordenit ® available from Norton, naturally occurring sheet silicates, in particular the Fulcat types ® available from Laporte Adsorbents Co., and modified sheet silicates, e.g. Envirocat EPZ-10 ®, Envirocat EPZG ® or Envirocat EPIC ® available from Contract Chemicals. Especially, AlCl3, PCl5, P4O10 and HClO4 in nitromethane are not used as catalysts in step b2). Steps b3), b4) and b5) With regard to reaction steps b3), b4) and b5) reference is made to the afore- mentioned reaction steps a2), a3) and a4). Route 3 Step c1) Compounds of the formula (IV.c) can be prepared in analogy to compounds (IV.a) by the afore-mentioned reaction steps a11) and a12). Step c2) Olefins (VIII.c), like 2-methyl-2-butene, are commercially available.^The reaction of compound (IV.c) with an olefin (VIII.c) takes place in the presence of a Lewis acid, e.g. a BF3 ether complex, like BF3 THF complex. Suitable solvents are halogenated hydrocarbons, like dichloromethane or 1,2-dichloroethane. Route 4 Step d1) The compounds of formula (II.d) correspond to the compounds (II.a) employed in step a11) of the afore-mentioned route 1. Suitable starting materials for the Grignard reaction are e.g. phenethylbromide, cinnamylbromide or neophylchloride. Step d2) Compounds (III.d) are commercially available or can be prepared by a person skilled in the art by routine methods. E.g. neophylchloride (1-chloro-2-methyl-2- phenylpropan) and the corresponding Grignard compound 2-Methyl-2- phenylpropylmagnesiumchloride are commercially available, e.g. from Sigma- Aldrich/Merck. The Grignard addition reaction is generally carried out at a temperature in the range of 0 to 90°C, preferably 10° to 80° C. The dehydration is generally carried out at the same temperature as the Grignard reaction. Suitable acids for the dehydration are hydrochloric acid, trifluoracetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, polyphosphoric acid and sulfuric acid. Advantageously, the reaction can be performed as one-pot reaction. Step d3) The cyclization is usually performed in the presence of an acidic catalyst. Suitable catalysts are for example trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, trifluoracetic acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, AlCl3, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, polyphosphoric acid, acidic ion exchangers, etc. Route 5 Step e1) Compounds of the formula (II.e) are commercially available or can be prepared by a person skilled in the art by routine methods. E.g. diphenylether, 4- chlorodiphenylether, diphenylsulfide, diphenylamine, 4-chlorodiphenylamine are commercially available. Step e2) Metallation of compound (II.e) to yield a compound (III.3) can be effected by reaction with an organyllithium compound, like n-butyllithium. In the alternative, if Y3 is halogene, reaction with magnesium leads to the corresponding Grignard compound. Alternatively, the Grignard reagent can be accessed by the reaction of the aryl halide with isopropylmagnesium chloride in the presence of lithium chloride ("Turbo Grignard"). Step e3) Suitable 1-indanone compounds (IV.e) are are commercially available or can be prepared by a person skilled in the art by routine methods. E.g. 1-indanone, 3-methyl- 1-indanone, 3,3-dimethyl-1-indanone, alpha-tetralone (1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1- naphthalenone), etc. are commercially available, e.g. from Sigma-Aldrich/Merck.3,3- dimethylindan-1-one can be prepared from 3-methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid by the method desribed in the examples. Preparation of arylamines (I.f1) and (I.f2) Compounds of the formula (I), wherein X is a group of the formula NHAr or NAr2 can be obtained in a process comprising steps f11) and f12) by an arylation reaction between the compound (I.f11) wherein X is selected from Cl, Br, I and CF3SO3, and a primary aromatic amine of the formula (X.f1) or a secondary aromatic amine of the formula (X.f2), in the presence of a palladium catalyst in terms of a Buchwald-Hartwig reaction. In the alternative, compounds of the formula (I), wherein X is a group of the formula NHAr or NAr2 can be obtained in a process comprising steps f21) and f22) by an arylation reaction between a primary aromatic amine of the formula (X.f1) or a secondary aromatic amine of the formula (X.f21) and an aromatic compound (X.f). Suitable palladium catalyst or catalyst precursors are for example palladium(0) bis(dibenzylideneacetone) (Pd(dba)2), tris-(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd2(dba)3), [1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (PdCl2(dppf)), palladium chloride (PdCl2), bis(acetonitrile)palladium chloride (Pd(ACN)2Cl2), [1,3-bis(2,6-diisopropylphenyl)imidazol-2-ylidene](3-chloropyridyl)palladium dichloride (PEPPSI-iPr), dichloro[1,3-bis(2,6-di-3-pentylphenyl)imidazol-2-ylidene](3-chloro- pyridyl)palladium (PEPPSI-iPent), or palladium acetate (Pd(OAc)2). Preferably, the catalyst is palladium acetate, Pd(dba)2 or Pd2(dba)3. The reaction is usually carried out in the presence of a ligand. The ligand is any molecule capable of coordinating to the palladium precursor and facilitating the Buchwald-Hartwig reaction, preferably an dialkylbiarylphosphines or tri-tert-butyl phosphine. Examples of dialkylbiarylphosphine ligands include 2- dicyclohexylphosphino-2'-(N,N-dimethylamino)biphenyl (DavePhos), 2- dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl (Xphos), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino- 2',6'-dimethoxybiphenyl (Sphos), 2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl (tBuXPhos), (2-biphenyl)dicyclohexylphosphine, 2-(dicyclohexylphosphino)biphenyl (CyJohnPhos), (2-biphenyl)di-tert-butylphosphine (JohnPhos), 2-dicyclohexyl- phosphino-2',6'-diisopropoxybiphenyl (RuPhos), 2-di-tert-butylphosphino- 2'-methylbiphenyl (tBuMePhos), 2-di-tert-butylphosphino-3,4,5,6-tetramethyl-2',4',6'- triisopropyl-1,1'-biphenyl 2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2'-methylbiphenyl (tBuMePhos), 2-di-tert-butylphosphino-3,4,5,6-tetramethyl-2',4',6'-triisopropyl-1,1'-biphenyl (Tetramethyl tBuXPhos), and 2-(dicyclophexylphosphino)3,6-dimethoxy-2',4',6'- triisopropyl-1,1'-biphenyl (BrettPhos) or Amphos. The palladium catalyst and phosphine ligand are preferably used in a molar ratio in the range of from about 0.5 to about 5 moles of ligand per mole of palladium catalyst. Usually, the reaction is performed in the presence of a base such as an alkali alkoxide, earth alkali alkoxide, alkali carbonate or earth alkali carbonate, alkali metal amide or trialkyl amine. Preferably, the base is sodium tert-butoxide, cesium carbonate, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, lithium diisopropylamide or lithium dicyclohexylamide. More preferably, the base is sodium tert-butoxide. The reaction is generally carried out in a solvent. Suitable solvents are for example aliphatic hydrocarbons, such as pentane, hexane, cyclohexane and petroleum ether, aromatic hydrocarbons, such as toluene, o-, m- and p-xylene, ethers, such as diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, dioxane, anisole and tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxyethane, amide such as dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone. The reaction temperature generally ranges between 50° and 130°C. The reactions generally are run under an inert atmosphere (e.g. under dry nitrogen or argon). Suitable secondary amines and methods for their preparation are described in the literature, e.g. WO 2018/206769 A1, WO 2012/015265 A1, CN 111675687 A, CN 111848642 A, WO 2021/141356 A1. Preparation of heteroaryl substituted spiro-compounds g1) Compounds of the formula (I), wherein X is a substituted pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl group can be obtained in a process comprising steps g1) and g2) by a coupling reaction between the compound (I.g1), wherein X is a boronic acid or boronic ester group and a heteroaromatic compound (X.g) in the presence of a palladium catalyst in terms of a Suzuki reaction. Preferably, in the group B(ORB1)(ORB2), RB1 and RB2 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or C1-C-alkyl or RB1 and RB2 together form a C2-C6-alkanediyl moietyl, e.g. ethan-1,2-diyl, propan-1,3-diyl or 1,1,2,2-tetramethylethan-1,2-diyl. Borylated compounds (I.g1) can be prepared via a Miyaura borylation reaction, e.g. by treating the corresponding compounds, wherein X is selected from bromine, chlorine of triflate, with bisboronic acid or, when X is a halogen via metallation and reacting the metallated product with a boric ester. The compounds according to the invention are in particular suitable for use in an electronic device. An electronic device here is taken to mean a device which comprises at least one layer which comprises at least one organic compound. The present invention therefore furthermore relates to the use of the compounds of formula (I) or a mixture of at least two different compounds thereof - as a hole transport material (HTM) in organic electronics, - as an electron blocking material (EBM) in organic electronics, - in organic solar cells (OSCs), solid-state dye sensitized solar cells (DSSCs) or Perovskite solar cells, in particular as a hole transport material in organic solar cells, as replacement of the liquid electrolyte in dye sensitized solar cells, as a hole transport material in Perovskite solar cells, - in organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs), in particular for displays on electronic devices and lighting, - for electrophotography, in particular as photoconductive material in an organic photoconductor (OPC), - for organic optical detectors, organic photoreceptors, organic field-quench devices (O-FQDs), light-emitting electrochemical cells (LECs) and organic laser diodes. The compounds according to the invention are especially suitable as a hole transport material (HTM) in organic electronics. HTMs are employed in a wide range of electronic devices and applications, such as in organic electroluminescent (EL) devices and in solar cells. The compounds according to the invention may be employed as the sole HTM or in combination with at least one further HTM. Suitable further hole transport materials are well-known in the art. Preferred hole transport materials for combination are spiro- OMeTAD, 2,2',7,7'-tetrakis-(N,N'-di-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylphenylamine)-9,9'- spirofluorene, tris(p-anisyl)amine, N,N,N',N'-tetrakis(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,1'-biphenyl- 4,4'-diamine, 2,7-bis[N,N-bis(4-methoxy-phenyl)amino]-9,9-spirobifluorene, poly(3- hexylthiophene) (P3HT), poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)-poly(styrenesulfonate) (PEDOT:PSS), poly[bis(4-phenyl)(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)amine] (PTAA), NiO and V205. Furthermore, the compounds according to the invention used as HTMs may be combined with at least one further additive. Suitable additives are pyridine compounds such as tert-butylpyridine, imidazoles as disclosed in WO2013/026563, claims 1 to 15 and disclosed on pages 15 to 17 or polymer additives such as poly(4-vinylpyridine) or its copolymer with e.g. vinylstyrene or alkylmethacrylate. A preferred pyridine compound is tert-butylpyridine. The compounds according to the invention used as the HTMs may be combined with lithium salts as described in Phys. Chem., Chem. Phys, 2013, 15, 1572-2579. The usefulness of a pyridine compound is described in Sol. Energy Mater. & Solar Cells, 2007, 91, 424-426. Furthermore, the compounds according to the invention used as HTMs may be combined with a p-dopant such as N(C6H5Br)3, SbCl6, V2O5, MoO3, WO3, Re2O3, F4- TCNQ (tetrafluoro-tetracyanoquinodimethane), HAT-CN (1,4,5,8,9,11-hexaazatri- phenylene-hexacarbonitrile) F6-TCNNQ (1,3,4,5,7,8-hexafluorotetracyanonaphtho- quinodimethane, obtainable from Novaled), NDP-9 (a p-dopant obtainable from Novaled) or Co complex salts. Suitable dopants are described in Chem. Mater., 2013, 25, 2986-2990 or J.Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133, 18042. Also, suitable [3]-radialenes as described in EP 2180029 A1 can be applied. The invention furthermore relates to an electroluminescent arrangement comprising an upper electrode, a lower electrode, wherein at least one of said electrodes is transparent, an electroluminescent layer and optionally an auxiliary layer, wherein the electroluminescent arrangement comprises at least one compound of the formula (I). The preferences stated above likewise apply to the substrate. Especially, the at least one compound of the formula (I) or (I.a) is employed in a hole-transporting layer or electron blocking layer. The invention furthermore relates to an electroluminescent arrangement in form of an organic light-emitting diode (OLED). In an organic light emitting device, an electron blocking layer is disposed adjacent to an emissive layer. Blocking layers may be used to reduce the number of charge carriers (electrons or holes) and/or excitons that leave the emissive layer. An electron blocking layer may be disposed between emissive layer and an hole transport layer, to block electrons from leaving emissive layer in the direction of hole transport layer. Similarly, a hole blocking layer may be disposed between emissive layer and electron transport layer, to block holes from leaving emissive layer in the direction of electron transport layer. The OLEDs can be employed for various applications, for example for monochromatic or polychromatic displays, for lighting applications or for medical and/or cosmetic applications, for example in phototherapy. The organic electroluminescent device, particularly in form of an OLED, comprises a cathode, an anode and at least one emitting layer. Apart from these layers, it may also comprise further layers, for example in each case one or more hole- injection layers, hole-transport layers, hole-blocking layers, electron-transport layers, electron-injection layers, exciton-blocking layers, electron-blocking layers and/or charge-generation layers. Interlayers, which have, for example, an exciton-blocking function, may likewise be introduced between two emitting layers. However, it should be noted that each of these layers does not necessarily have to be present. The organic electroluminescent device here may comprise one emitting layer or a plurality of emitting layers. If a plurality of emission layers is present, these preferably have in total a plurality of emission maxima between 380 nm and 750 nm, resulting overall in white emission, i.e. various emitting compounds which are able to fluoresce or phosphoresce are used in the emitting layers. Particular preference is given to systems having three emitting layers, where the three layers exhibit blue, green and orange or red emission (for the basic structure see, for example, WO 2005/011013). It is possible here for all emitting layers to be fluorescent or for all emitting layers to be phosphorescent or for one or more emitting layers to be fluorescent and one or more other layers to be phosphorescent. The compound according to the invention in accordance with the embodiments indicated above can be employed here in different layers, depending on the precise structure. Preference is given to an organic electroluminescent device comprising a compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments as hole-transport material in a hole-transport or hole-injection or electron-blocking layer or as matrix material for fluorescent or phosphorescent emitters, in particular for phosphorescent emitters. The preferred embodiments indicated above also apply to the use of the materials in organic electronic devices. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments is employed as hole-transport or hole-injection material in a hole-transport or hole-injection layer. The emitting layer here can be fluorescent or phosphorescent. A hole-injection layer generally is a layer which facilitates electron injection from the anode to the organic layer. The hole-injection layer can be situated directly adjacent to the anode. A hole-transport layer transports the holes from the anode to the emitting layer and is located between a hole-injection layer and an emitting layer. To enhance the hole transport characteristics, doped hole transport layers can be employed. The architecture of actual OLEDs often improves quantum efficiency by using a graded heterojunction. In the graded heterojunction architecture, the composition of hole and electron-transport materials varies continuously within the emissive layer with a dopant emitter. The graded heterojunction architecture combines the benefits of both conventional architectures by improving charge injection while simultaneously balancing charge transport within the emissive region. In still a further preferred embodiment of the invention, the compounds of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments thereof are employed in an electron-blocking layer. An electron-blocking layer may be used to reduce the number of charge carriers (electrons) that leave the emissive layer. An electron-blocking layer usually is a layer which is directly adjacent to an emitting layer on the anode side. An electron blocking layer may be disposed between emissive layer and hole transport layer to block electrons from leaving the emissive layer in the direction of hole transport layer. The compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments thereof are particularly preferably employed in a hole-transport layer or electron blocking layer. In a further preferred embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments thereof are employed as matrix material for a fluorescent or phosphorescent compound, in particular for a phosphorescent compound, in an emitting layer. The organic electroluminescent device here may comprise one emitting layer or a plurality of emitting layers, where at least one emitting layer comprises at least one compound according to the invention as matrix material. If the compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments thereof are employed as matrix material for an emitting compound in an emitting layer, it is preferably employed in combination with one or more phosphorescent materials (triplet emitters). Phosphorescence in the sense of this invention is taken to mean the luminescence from an excited state having a spin multiplicity >1, in particular from an excited triplet state. For the purposes of this application, all luminescent complexes containing transition metals or lanthanoids, in particular all luminescent iridium, platinum and copper complexes, are to be regarded as phosphorescent compounds. The mixture comprising the compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments and the emitting compound comprises between 99.9 and 1% by weight, preferably between 99 and 10% by weight, particularly preferably between 97 and 60% by weight, in particular between 95 and 80% by weight, of the compound of the formula (I) or the preferred embodiments, based on the entire mixture comprising emitter and the compound of the formula (I). Correspondingly, the mixture comprises between 0.1 and 99% by weight, preferably between 1 and 90% by weight, particularly preferably between 3 and 40% by weight, in particular between 5 and 20% by weight, of the emitter, based on the entire mixture comprising emitter and the compound of the formula (I). A further object of the invention is the use of at least one compound of the general formula (I) as defined above in organic solar cells (OSCs). The compounds of the general formula (I) are used in particular as a hole transport material or electron blocking material in organic solar cells. Organic solar cells generally have a layer structure and generally comprise at least the following layers: anode, photoactive layer and cathode. These layers are generally applied to a substrate suitable for this purpose. The structure of organic solar cells is described, for example, in US 2005/0098726 and US 2005/0224905. The invention provides an organic solar cell which comprises a substrate with at least one cathode and at least one anode, and at least one compound of the general formula (I) as defined above as a material of at least one of the layers. The organic solar cell of the invention comprises at least one photoactive region. A photoactive region may comprise two layers, each of which has a homogeneous composition and forms a flat donor-acceptor heterojunction. A photoactive region may also comprise a mixed layer and form a donor-acceptor heterojunction in the form of a donor-acceptor bulk heterojunction. Consequently, the invention also refers to an organic solar cell, comprising: - a cathode, - an anode, - one or more photoactive regions comprising at least one donor material and at least one acceptor material in separate layers or in form of a bulk heterojunction layer, - optionally at least one further layer selected from exciton blocking layers, electron conducting layers, hole transport layers, wherein the organic solar cell comprises at least one compound of the formula (I) as defined above or of a composition comprising at least two different compounds of the general formula (I) as defined above. In a first embodiment, the heterojunction can have a flat configuration (see: Two layer organic photovoltaic cell, C. W. Tang, Appl. Phys. Lett., 48 (2), 183-185 (1986) or N. Karl, A. Bauer, J. Holzäpfel, J. Marktanner, M. Möbus, F. Stölzle, Mol. Cryst. Liq. Cryst., 252, 243-258 (1994).). In a second embodiment, the heterojunction can be a bulk heterojunction, also referred to as an interpenetrating donor-acceptor network. Organic photovoltaic cells with a bulk heterojunction are described, for example, by C. J. Brabec, N. S. Sariciftci, J. C. Hummelen in Adv. Funct. Mater., 11 (1), 15 (2001) or by J. Xue, B. P. Rand, S. Uchida and S. R. Forrest in J. Appl. Phys. 98, 124903 (2005). The compounds of the general formula (I) can be used in cells with MiM, pin, pn, Mip or Min structure (M = metal, p = p-doped organic or inorganic semiconductor, n = n-doped organic or inorganic semiconductor, i = intrinsically conductive system of organic layers; see, for example, J. Drechsel et al., Org. Electron., 5 (4), 175 (2004) or Maennig et al., Appl. Phys. A 79, 1-14 (2004)). The compounds of the formula (I) can also be used in tandem cells. Tandem cells are described, for example, by P. Peumans, A. Yakimov, S. R. Forrest in J. Appl. Phys, 93 (7), 3693-3723 (2003). A tandem cell consists of two or more than two subcells. A single subcell, some of the subcells or all subcells may have photoactive donor-acceptor heterojunctions. Each donor-acceptor-heterojunction may be in the form of a flat heterojunction or in the form of a bulk heterojunction. The subcells which form the tandem cell may be connected in parallel or in series. There is preferably an additional recombination layer in each case between the individual subcells. The individual subcells have the same polarity, i.e. generally either only cells with normal structure or only cells with inverse structure are combined with one another. Suitable substrates for organic solar cells are, for example, oxidic materials, polymers and combinations thereof. Preferred oxidic materials are selected from glass, ceramic, SiO2, quartz, etc. Preferred polymers are selected from polyethylene terephthalates, polyolefins (such as polyethylene and polypropylene), polyesters, fluoropolymers, polyamides, polyurethanes, polyalkyl (meth)acrylates, polystyrenes, polyvinyl chlorides and mixtures and composites. Suitable electrodes (cathode, anode) are in principle semiconductors, metal alloys, semiconductor alloys and combinations thereof. Preferred metals are those of groups 2, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 13 of the periodic table, e.g. Pt, Au, Ag, Cu, Al, In, Mg or Ca. Preferred semiconductors are, for example, doped Si, doped Ge, indium tin oxide (ITO), fluorinated tin oxide (FTO), gallium indium tin oxide (GITO), zinc indium tin oxide (ZITO), etc. Preferred metal alloys are for example alloys based on Pt, Au, Ag, Cu, etc. The material used for the electrode facing the light (the anode in a normal structure, the cathode in an inverse structure) is preferably a material at least partly transparent to the incident light. This preferably includes electrodes which have glass and/or a transparent polymer as a carrier material. The electrical contact connection is generally effected by means of metal layers and/or transparent conductive oxides (TCOs). These preferably include ITO, doped ITO, FTO (fluorine doped tin oxide), AZO (aluminum doped tin oxide), ZnO, TiO2, Ag, Au, Pt. In a specific embodiment, the material used for the electrode facing away from the light (the cathode in a normal structure, the anode in an inverse structure) is a material which at least partly reflects the incident light. This includes metal films, preferably of Ag, Au, Al, Ca, Mg, In, and mixtures thereof. In a first embodiment, the organic solar cells according to the invention are present as an individual cell with flat heterojunction and normal structure. In a specific embodiment, the cell has the following structure: - an at least partly transparent conductive layer (top electrode, anode) - a hole-conducting layer (hole transport layer, HTL) - a layer which comprises a donor material - a layer which comprises an acceptor material - an exciton-blocking and/or electron-conducting layer - a second conductive layer (back electrode, cathode) In a second embodiment, the organic solar cells according to the invention are present as an individual cell with a flat heterojunction and inverse structure. In a specific embodiment, the cell has the following structure: - an at least partly transparent conductive layer (cathode) - an exciton-blocking and/or electron-conducting layer - a layer which comprises an acceptor material - a layer which comprises a donor material - a hole-conducting layer (hole transport layer, HTL) - a second conductive layer (back electrode, anode) In a third embodiment, the organic solar cells according to the invention are present as an individual cell with normal structure and have a bulk heterojunction. In a specific embodiment, the cell has the following structure: - an at least partly transparent conductive layer (anode) - a hole-conducting layer (hole transport layer, HTL) - a mixed layer which comprises a donor material and an acceptor material, which form a donor-acceptor heterojunction in the form of a bulk heterojunction - an electron-conducting layer - an exciton-blocking and/or electron-conducting layer - a second conductive layer (back electrode, cathode) In a fourth embodiment, the organic solar cells according are present as an individual cell with inverse structure and have a bulk heterojunction. Examples of different kinds of donor-acceptor heterojunctions are a donor- acceptor double layer with a flat heterojunction, or the heterojunction is configured as a hybrid planar-mixed heterojunction or gradient bulk heterojunction or annealed bulk heterojunction. The production of a hybrid planar-mixed heterojunction is described in Adv. Mater. 17, 66-70 (2005). In this structure, mixed heterojunction layers which were formed by simultaneous evaporation of acceptor and donor material are present between homogeneous donor and acceptor material. In a further specific embodiment, the donor-acceptor-heterojunction is in the form of a gradient bulk heterojunction. In the mixed layers composed of donor and acceptor materials, the donor-acceptor ratio changes gradually. In a further specific embodiment, the donor-acceptor-heterojunction is configured as an annealed bulk heterojunction; see, for example, Nature 425, 158- 162, 2003. The process for producing such a solar cell comprises an annealing step before or after the metal deposition. As a result of the annealing, donor and acceptor materials can separate, which leads to more extended percolation paths. A further object of the invention is the use of at least one compound of the general formula (I) or (I.A) as defined above in solid-state dye sensitized solar cells (DSSCs) or Perovskite solar cells. These compounds are used in particular as replacement of the liquid electrolyte in dye sensitized solar cells and as a hole transport material in Perovskite solar cells. The compounds of the formula (I) or (I.A) can be used advantageously as HTMs in perovskite solar cells. They can also be used to replace the liquid electrolyte of conventional DSSCs to provide solid-state DSSC devices. The compounds of the invention are then preferably employed in a photosensitized nanoparticle layer comprising a sensitizing dye or a perovskite and at least one compound of the general formula (I) according to the invention. In a first embodiment, the compounds of the invention are employed in a DSSC. The construction of a DSSC is generally based on a transparent substrate, which is coated with a transparent conductive layer, the working electrode. An n-conductive metal oxide is generally applied to this electrode or in the vicinity thereof, for example a nanoporous TiO2 layer of approximately 2 to 20 mm thickness. On the surface thereof, in turn, a monolayer of a light-sensitive dye is typically adsorbed, which can be converted to an excited state by light absorption. This layer which carries the light- sensitive dye is generally referred to as the light absorbing layer of the DSSC. The counter electrode may optionally have a catalytic layer of a metal, for example platinum, with a thickness of a few mm. Suitable are in principle all sensitizing dyes, as long as the LUMO energy state is marginally above the conduction bandedge of the photoelectrode to be sensitized. Examples of dyes are disclosed in Nanoenergy, de Souza, Flavio Leandro, Leite, Edson Roberto (Eds.), Springer, ISBN 978-3-642-31736-1, pages 58 to 74 or black dyes as described in US 8,383,553. Preferred dyes are described in WO 2015049031 A1 which is incorporated herein by reference. In a second embodiment, the compounds of the invention are employed in a Perovskite solar cell. Suitable Perovskites for Perovskite solar cells (PSCs) are known in the art. In principle, the perovskite material comprised in the devices according to the invention may be part of the charge transport layer but may also be part of another layer or scaffold within the device. Suitable perovskite materials may comprise two halides corresponding to formula Xap-XXb(x), wherein Xa and Xb are each independently selected from CI, Br, or I, and x is greater than 0 and less than 3. Suitable pervoskite materials are also disclosed in WO 2013/171517, claims 52 to 71 and claims 72 to 79, which is entirely incorporated herein by reference. Suitable pervoskite materials are CsSnl3, CH3NH3Pbl2CI, CH3NH3Pbl3, CH3NH3Pb(l1-xBrx)3, CH3NH3Snl2CI, CH3NH3Snl3 or CH3NH3Sn(l1-xBrx)3, with 0<x<1. Preferred perovskite materials are disclosed in WO 2013/171517 on page 18, lines 5 to 17. As described, the perovskite is usually selected from CH3NH3PbBrl2, CH3NH3PbBrCI2, CH3NH3PblBr2, CH3NH3PblCI2, CH3NH3SnF2Br, CH3NH3SnF2l and (H2N=CH-NH2)Pbl3zBr3(1-z), wherein z is greater than 0 and less than 1. The charge transport layer according to the invention as described before or the device according to the invention as described before or below may furthermore comprise an insulator such as alumina as described in Michael M. Lee et al, Science, 338, 643, 2012. The charge transport layer according to the invention or the device according to the invention as described before or below may furthermore comprise semiconductor oxide nanoparticles. The charge transport layer according to the invention or the device according to the invention preferably comprises semiconductor oxide nanoparticles. According to a preferred embodiment of the invention, the semiconductor is based on material selected from the group of Si, TiO2, SnO2, Fe2O3, WO3, ZnO, Nb2O5, CdS, ZnS, PbS, Bi2S3, CdSe, GaP, InP, GaAs, CdTe, CulnS2, and/or CulnSe2. Preferably, the charge transport layer according to the invention as described before is present on a glass support or plastic or metal foil, optionally together with a dense layer of TiO2. Preferably, the support is conductive. The present invention furthermore relates to a electronic device or optoelectronic device comprising a charge transport layer as described or preferably described before. Preferably, the invention relates furthermore to a solid-state dye-sensitized solar cell comprising a charge transport layer as described or preferably described before. Suitable device structures according to the invention comprising further a mixed halide perovskite are described in WO 2013/171517, claims 52 to 71 and claims 72 to 79, which is entirely incorporated herein by reference. Suitable device structures according to the invention comprising further a dielectric scaffold together with perovskite material are described in WO 2013/171518, claims 1 to 90 or WO 2013/171520, claims 1 to 94 which are entirely incorporated herein by reference. Suitable device structures according to the invention comprising further a semiconductor and a perovskite material are described in WO 2014/020499, claims 1 and 3 to 14, which is entirely incorporated herein by reference The surface-increasing scaffold structure described therein comprises nanoparticles which are applied and/or fixed on a support layer, e.g. porous ΤΊΟ2. Suitable device structures according to the invention comprising a planar heterojunction are described in WO 2014/045021, claims 1 to 39, which is entirely incorporated herein by reference. Such a device is characterized in having a thin film of a light-absorbing or light-emitting perovskite disposed between n-type (electron conducting) and p-type (hole-conducting) layers. Preferably, the thin film is a compact thin film. Additionally, the invention relates to a method of preparing an electrochemical device and/or optoelectronic device as described or preferably described before, the method comprising the steps of: - providing a first and a second electrode; - providing a charge transport layer according to the invention as described before. There are no restrictions per se with respect to the choice of the first and second electrode. The substrate may be rigid or flexible. Abbreviations which have been used in the examples that follow are: Al for aluminium; DCM for dichloromethane; HPLC for high-performance liquid chromatography; HSQC for heteronuclear single quantum coherence ITO for indium tin oxide; NDP-9, NHT-18, Novaled n-dopant, can be purchased from Novaled AG, Germany; NMR for nuclear magnetic resonance; Pd(dba)2 for palladium(0) bis(dibenzylideneacetone); Pd2(dba)3 for tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0); RuPhos for 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-diisopropoxybiphenyl; SPhos for 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-dimethoxybiphenyl; TBME for tert-butyl methyl ether; THF for tetrahydrofuran; v/v for volume/volume. Further definitions: Room temperature means a temperature range of from ca. 20 to 25 °C. Over night means a time period in the range of from 14 to 20 h. EXAMPLES I) Preparation of intermediates I.a) Arylbromide and arylchloride precursors Example 1: 2-Bromo-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] Step 1a): (E)-2-Bromo-9-(2-phenylethylidene)-9H-fluorene A three necked flask fitted with reflux condenser and dropping funnel was charged under an inert atmosphere with magnesium turnings (5.49 g, 226 mmol, 1.5 eq) and THF (20 mL). The resulting mixture was heated to 50 °C. From the dropping funnel which contained 41.8 g (226 mol) 2-bromoethylbenzene, approx.5 % of the total amount of the 2-bromoethylbenzene was initially added into the flask. After the Grignard reaction had started, additional THF (150 mL, 1.5 eq) was added, followed by slow addition of the remaining 2-bromoethylbenzene, whilst the temperature was maintained in a temperature range between 40 to 50 °C. Then, a solution of 2-bromo-9-fluorenone (38.9 g, 150 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (150 mL) having a temperature of 60 °C was added under reflux into the flask within 15 minutes. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was kept stirring for three hours, while it was allowed to cool to room temperature. The reaction mixture was then cautiously poured into ice-cooled 2 M aqueous mono-ammonium citrate solution (250 mL). Heptane (200 mL) was added, and the organic layer was separated. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the crude product was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (75 mL). At 60 to 75 °C, this solution was added to a solution of 96 % sulfuric acid (21.6 g, 116 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (150 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 15 more minutes at 60 °C and then poured into water (450 mL). The product was extracted with heptane (200 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with 20 % aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (150 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, evaporated, and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, cyclohexane) to give the product as a mixture of E- and Z isomers in a yield of 20.9 g (40 %) based on the 2-bromofluorenone. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ = 141.34 (q), 140.20 (q), 140.01 (q), 139.44 (q), 139.36 (q), 139.19 (q), 139.14 (q), 137.88 (q), 137.65 (q), 137.16 (q), 135.35 (q), 135.32 (q), 131.02 (p), 130.63 (p), 130.63 (p), 130.42 (p), 129.03 (p), 129.01 (p), 128.77 (p), 128.75 (p), 128.50 (p), 128.12 (p), 128.03 (p), 127.65 (p), 127.65 (p), 126.84 (p), 126.80 (p), 125.12 (p), 123.52 (p), 121.48 (q), 121.35 (q), 121.29 (p), 121.02 (p), 120.21 (p), 120.19 (p), 119.80 (p), 36.05 (s), 36.03 (s). Step 1b): 2-Bromo-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] A solution of the product from step 1a) (20.9 g, 57.5 mmol) in ortho-dichlorobenzene was added dropwise within 1 h to a solution of trifluoromethane sulfonic acid (4.36 g, 28.8 mol) in ortho-dichlorobenzene (200 mL) at a temperature of 60 to 75 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 30 minutes at this temperature, then cooled to room temperature and quenched by the addition of triethylamine (8.7 g, 86 mmol). The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the crude product was partitioned between heptane (200 mL) and water (50 mL). The organic layer was separated and filtered over a pad of silica gel, which was subsequently washed with heptane (1.0 L). The product was then further purified by repeated column chromatography (silica gel, heptane) and crystallization from 94 % ethanol (10 mL / g) to give the target compound as a colorless solid (6.3 g, 38 %). NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (32.41 / 3.42, CH2), (40.09 / 2.63, CH2), (63.25, C-q), (120.13 / 7.73, CH), (121.42 / 7.65, CH), (121.79, C-q), (123.70 / 6.39, CH), (124.03 / 7.15, CH), (125.17 / 7.39, CH), (127.22 / 7.00, CH), (127.31 / 7.28, CH), (127.68 / 7.19, CH), (127.76 / 7.34, CH), (128.31 / 7.25, CH), (130.57 / 7.45, CH), (138.95, C-q), (138.97, C-q), (144.19, C-q), (146.77, C-q), (152.28, C-q), (154.76, C-q). Example 2: 2-Bromo-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro-[fluorene-9,1'-indene] Step 2a): 2-Bromo-9-phenyl-9H-fluorene via bromination of 9-phenyl-9H-fluorene 9-Phenyl-9H-fluorene (153 g, 0.63 mol) was dissolved in o-dichlorobenzene (550 mL) at 60 °C. The solution was cooled to 45 °C and ca. 20% of the total amount of bromine (101 g, 0.63 mol) was added. The solution was stirred for 20 minutes, before the next 20% of bromine were added. After cooling to 25 °C, the next 20% of bromine were added. When the vigorous HBr emission had ceased, the remaining bromine was added again in two portions of 20% of the total amount. Then, the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at 20 °C. The reaction mixture was cooled to 5 °C and additional bromine (15 g, 94 mmol) was added at 5 – 10 °C. The mixture was stirred overnight and then allowed to reach room temperature and quenched by the addition of 20 % aqueous NaOH (200 mL). The organic layer was separated, and methanol (1650 mL) was slowly added under stirring at 20 °C. The product crystallized over the course of 1 h. It was filtered off, washed with a 1:3 v/v mixture of o-dichlorobenzene and methanol (50 mL), followed by methanol (50 mL) to give 33.3 g of the product. A second quantity was obtained from the filtrate after the addition of water (18 mL), followed by stirring for 16 h. The crystals were filtered off and washed with a 1:3 v/v mixture of o-dichlorobenzene and methanol (50 mL), followed by methanol (50 mL), to give in total 41.3 g (32 %) of the product. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CDCl3): δ = 149.92 (q), 147.63 (q), 140.70 (q), 140.02 (2C, q), 130.55 (p), 128.89 (2C, p), 128.62 (p), 128.35 (2C, p), 127.79 (p), 127.58 (p), 127.18 (p), 125.44 (p), 121.24 (p), 121.09 (q), 119.99 (p), 54.39 (p). The spectroscopic data are consistent with those given in J. Org. Chem.2017, 82, 18, 9675–9681. Alternatively, 2-bromo-9-phenyl-9H-fluorene can be prepared as described in US 2021/50523 A1 by the addition of phenylmagnesiumbromide to 2-bromofluoren-9- one and reduction of the resulting alcohol to the hydrocarbon with triethylsilane and trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane. The NMR data of the product are identical with the NMR data of the product obtained by the procedure above. Step 2b): 2-Bromo-9-(2-methylallyl)-9-phenyl-9H-fluorene To a solution of the material from step 2a) (74.7 g, 232 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was added sodium tert-butoxide (27.6 g, 279 mmol) under an inert atmosphere in small portions at a temperature between 25 and 35 °C. The mixture was stirred at 30 °C for 30 minutes, then methallyl chloride (27.3 g, 302 mmol) was added within 15 minutes. After stirring for another 15 minutes, the reaction mixture was filtered over a pad of silica gel. The filter pad was subsequently washed with TBME (100 mL). From the combined filtrates the solvent was removed on a rotavapor. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate (100 mL) and isopropanol (100 mL). The product was filtered off and washed with a mixture of the same solvents (30 mL). After drying, 71.7 g (90 %) of the product was obtained as a white solid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CDCl3): δ = 153.50 (q), 151.05 (q), 144.44 (q), 141.06 (q), 139.91 (q), 139.84 (q), 130.45 (p),128.56 (p), 128.34 (p), 127.71 (p), 127.51 (p), 126.77 (p), 126.50 (p), 125.21 (p), 121.31 (p), 120.99 (q), 120.03 (p), 115.51 (s), 58.93 (q), 45.48 (s), 24.08 (t). Step 2c): 2-Bromo-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro-[fluorene-9,1'-indene] A solution of the material from step 2b) (71 g, 0.19 mol) in DCM (200 mL) was added to a solution of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (9.4 g, 60 mmol, 0.31 eq) in DCM (400 mL) within 140 minutes at -10 °C. The mixture was then warmed for 10 minutes to 5 °C and then cooled again to -10 °C. Excess triethylamine (5.4 g) was added to quench the acid. The solvent was distilled off, and the crude product was dissolved in a mixture of toluene (50 mL) and 94 % ethanol (200 mL). A first quantity of the product crystallized. It was filtered off to give 15.6 g of a colorless solid. The mother liquor was evaporated and purified by repeated column chromatography (silica gel, heptane/toluene 20:1 or heptane/DCM 7:3) followed by fractional crystallization from either heptane/isopropanol 10:1 or acetone to give further product (15.4 g). Total yield: 31.0 g, 44 %. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1) δ / δ = (32.68 / 1.71, CH3), (32.79 / 1.71, CH3), (44.26, C-q), (54.10 / 2.71, CH2), (62.81, C-q), (119.80 / 7.80, CH), (121.12 / 7.69, CH), (121.54, C-q), (122.98 / 7.41, CH), (124.41 / 6.44, CH), (124.49 / 7.26, CH), (127.39 / 7.43, CH), (127.54 / 7.09, CH), (127.80 / 7.39, CH), (127.91 / 7.35, CH), (128.36 / 7.34, CH), (130.40 / 7.55, CH), (138.82, C-q), (139.04, C-q), (145.14, C-q), (153.21, C-q), (154.68, C-q), (156.92, C-q). Example 3: Alternative route for 2-bromo-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro-[fluorene-9,1'-indene] Step 3a): 2-Bromo-9-(2-methyl-2-phenylpropyl)-9H-fluoren-9-ol A three necked flask fitted with a reflux condenser and a dropping funnel was charged under an inert atmosphere with magnesium turnings (6.1g, 0.25 mol) and THF (30 mL). After the addition of bromine (0.3 mL), the mixture was heated to reflux. From the dropping funnel which contained neophyl chloride (34.0g, 0.2 mL) approx. 10% of the total quantity of the chloride was added to the flask and heating was continued until the reaction mixture had become turbid. Then, additional THF (120 mL) was added to the flask, and the remaining neophyl chloride was added at reflux within 45 minutes. After the addition was complete, heating at reflux was continued for another four hours. Then a warm solution of 2-bromo-9-fluorenone (39 g, 0.15 mol) in THF (150 mL) was added within 10 minutes at 60 °C. The mixture was kept at reflux for another 10 minutes and was then quenched by the addition of 2 M aqueous mono-ammonium citrate solution (200 mL). After cooling to room temperature, the organic layer was separated and evaporated. The crude product was dissolved in cyclohexane and subjected to a chromatography on a silica gel column (heptane/DCM gradient 9:1 -> 3:7, followed by heptane/ethyl acetate gradient 9:1 -> 4:1) to give 45.2 g (76 %) of the product as an orange, viscous oil. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ = 151.05 (q), 149.30 (q), 148.24 (q), 138.50 (q), 138.23 (q), 131.06 (p), 128.52 (p), 128.49 (p), 127.72 (p), 127.65 (p), 125.63 (p), 125.50 (p), 124.74 (p), 121.56 (q), 120.62 (p), 119.60 (p), 81.17 (q), 52.96 (s), 36.41 (q), 31.52 (t), 29.15 (t). Step 3b): 2-Bromo-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro-[fluorene-9,1'-indene] Anhydrous aluminium chloride (28 g, 0.21 mol, 5 eq.) and DCM (300 mL) were placed under an inert atmosphere in a three necked 1 L flask fitted with internal thermometer and a dropping funnel. The dropping funnel was filled with a solution of the product from step 3a) (16.6 g, 0.042 mol) in dichloromethane (50 mL). The flask was immersed in a cooling bath, and the contained slurry was cooled under stirring to -50 °C. Then, the solution in the dropping funnel was added slowly into the reaction flask, whilst the temperature was maintained in the range between -50 °C and -40 °C. The time required for the addition was approx. two hours. After the addition was complete, stirring of the mixture was continued for another 30 minutes, whilst the temperature was maintained in the range between -40 °C and -30 °C. Then, the reaction was quenched by carefully adding 10% aqueous hydrochloric acid (300 mL), whilst keeping the temperature below -10 °C. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate and afterwards the solvent was removed on a rotavapor. The crude product was then re-dissolved in dichloromethane and coated on silica (40 g). Plug filtration over a plug from silica (50 mL) with cyclohexane (0.75 l) as eluent gave a yellow filtrate. After removal of the solvent, a solid was obtained, which was slurried in ethanol (80 mL), filtered off and dried to give 7.93 g (50%) of a yellowish solid. After recrystallization from cyclohexane (80 mL) 6.06 g (38%) of pure product was obtained. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1) δ / δ = (32.68 / 1.71, CH3), (32.79 / 1.71, CH3), (44.26, C-q), (54.10 / 2.71, CH2), (62.81, C-q), (119.80 / 7.80, CH), (121.12 / 7.69, CH), (121.54, C-q), (122.98 / 7.41, CH), (124.41 / 6.44, CH), (124.49 / 7.26, CH), (127.39 / 7.43, CH), (127.54 / 7.09, CH), (127.80 / 7.39, CH), (127.91 / 7.35, CH), (128.36 / 7.34, CH), (130.40 / 7.55, CH), (138.82, C-q), (139.04, C-q), (145.14, C-q), (153.21, C-q), (154.68, C-q), (156.92, C-q). Example 4: 2-Bromo-3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] Step 4a): 2-bromo-9-(2,5-dimethylphenyl)-9H-fluoren-9-ol In a 2.5 L apparatus with overhead stirrer a Grignard reaction mixture was prepared under an argon atmosphere from magnesium turnings (29 g, 1.2 mol, 1.2) and THF (200 mL), followed by the addition of a few pearls of iodine. Approximately one-twentieth of the total amount of 2-bromo-p-xylene (205 g, 1.1 mol) was added to the reaction mixture. As soon as the reaction had started, THF (500 mL) was added, followed by a dropwise addition of the remaining 2-bromo-p-xylene within 40 minutes. The reaction mixture was further stirred for one hour and allowed to cool to 30 °C. Then, a solution of 2-bromo-9- fluorenone (259 g, 1.0 mol) in 800 mL THF at 60 °C was added at such a rate, that the reaction refluxed constantly. After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred for further 30 minutes, and then a solution of sulfuric acid (100 g, 1.0 mol) in 400 mL of water was added under reflux. The organic layer was separated and the THF removed by rotary evaporation. The remaining crude product was dissolved in methanol (700 mL) at 60 °C. Upon addition of a few seed crystals, the product crystallized and was filtered off at 40 °C. The product was washed with ethanol (50 mL) followed by methanol (3 x 100 mL). After drying, 292 g (80 %) of the product was obtained as colorless solid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, acetone-d6): d = 152.43 (q), 149.99 (q), 139.97 (q), 139.40 (q), 134.69 (q), 131.70 (p), 131.65 (q), 131.51 (p), 128.83 (p), 128.64 (p), 128.26 (p), 128.08 (p), 127.87 (p), 124.75 (p), 122.20 (q), 121.36 (p), 120.11 (p), approx. 82.0 (q, broad, found by HMBC) 21.61 (t), 19.29 (t). One quaternary arylic carbon resonance is missing, probably due to slow exchange on the NMR timescale. Step 4b): 2-Bromo-9-(2,5-dimethylphenyl)-9H-fluorene Under an inert atmosphere, the material from step 4a) (43 g, 118 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (200 mL). The solution was cooled to 0 °C, followed by the addition of triethylsilane (34.2 g, 294 mmol). Within 15 minutes, boron trifluoride THF-complex (41.2 g, 294 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for another hour at 0 °C and then carefully added under vigorous stirring to ice-cold water (200 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (100 mL). The combined organic layers were evaporated, and the residue recrystallized from isopropanol (200 mL) to give 33.0 g (80 %) of the product as a white solid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ = 150.65 (q), 149.10 (q), 148.25 (q), 146.75 (q), 140.24 (q), 140.17 (q), 139.88 (q), 139.83 (q), 138.77 (q), 137.19 (q), 135.83 (q), 135.18 (q), 133.86 (q), 133.63 (p), 132.89 (q), 131.98 (p), 130.71 (p), 130.42 (p), 130.35 (p), 128.52 (p), 128.48 (p), 128.09 (p), 128.05 (p), 128.01 (p), 127.94 (p), 127.89 (p), 127.57 (p), 127.50 (p), 125.33 (p), 124.81 (p), 121.58 (q), 121.53 (q), 121.44 (p), 121.39 (p), 120.26 (p), 120.23 (p), 56.31 (p), 50.00 (p), 21.27 (t), 20.99 (t), 20.12 (t), 17.96 (t). Alternatively, the product of step 4b) can be prepared as follows: 2-bromo-9H-fluoren-9- ol (5.2 g, 20 mmol) is dissolved in p-xylene (100 mL) at 110 °C. p-Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (1.9 g, 10 mmol) is added, followed by stirring at 110 °C for 2 h. After cooling to 20 °C, water (40 mL) is added, the organic layer is separated, and the solvent is removed by rotary evaporation. The residue is dissolved in isopropanol at 60 °C and crystallized at 20 °C after the addition of a few seed crystals.5.2 g (74 %) of a colorless solid is obtained. The GC retention time and NMR-spectral data of the product is equivalent to those of the product from Example 2, Step 4b) described above. Step 4c) 2-Bromo-9-(2,5-dimethylphenyl)-9-(2-methylallyl)-9H-fluorene To a solution of the material from step 4b) (6.99 g, 20.0 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added sodium tert-butoxide (2.31 g, 24 mmol). After 15 minutes of stirring, methallyl chloride (2.72 g, 20 mmol) was added at a temperature between 20 and 30 °C. After 15 minutes of stirring, water (10 mL) and heptane (25 mL) were added. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4 and filtered. After removal of the solvent from the filtrate, the product was obtained by crystallization of the residue from isopropanol (50 mL). 6.53 g (81 %) of a colorless solid was obtained. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d6) δ = 150.65 (q), 149.10 (q), 148.25 (q), 146.75 (q), 140.24 (q), 140.17 (q), 139.88 (q), 139.83 (q), 138.77 (q), 137.19 (q), 135.83 (q), 135.18 (q), 133.86 (q), 133.63 (p), 132.89 (q), 131.98 (p), 130.71 (p), 130.42 (p), 130.35 (p), 128.52 (p), 128.48 (p), 128.09 (p), 128.05 (p), 128.01 (p), 127.94 (p), 127.89 (p), 127.57 (p), 127.50 (p), 125.33 (p), 124.81 (p), 121.58 (q), 121.53 (q), 121.44 (p), 121.39 (p), 120.26 (p), 120.23 (p), 56.31 (p), 50.00 (p), 21.27 (t), 20.99 (t), 20.12 (t), 17.96 (t). Step 4d) 2-Bromo-3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] The product from step 4c) (5.0 g, 12 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (20 mL). Boron trifluoride-THF-complex (10 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for three days. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of water (50 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous potassium bicarbonate solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated. The product was crystallized from isopropanol (20 mL) and filtered off to give 3.40 g (70 %) of a colorless solid. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (17.01 / 1.09, CH3), (19.39 / 2.55, CH3), (30.42 / 1.69, CH3), (30.45 / 1.70, CH3), (44.77, C-q), (57.23 / 2.51, CH2), (62.45, C-q), (119.99 / 7.70, CH), (121.22 / 7.62, CH), (121.93, C-q), (124.17 / 7.12, CH), (127.32 / 7.32, CH), (127.45 / 7.24, CH), (128.38 / 7.27, CH), (130.04 / 6.69, CH), (130.16 / 7.44, CH), (131.29, C-q), (131.73 / 6.93, CH), (132.78, C-q), (139.04, C-q), (139.21, C-q), (142.64, C-q), (150.34, C-q), (153.26, C-q), (155.75, C-q). Example 5 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)- 1,3,2-dioxaborolane^ In a flask were placed sodium acetate (12.3 g, 150 mmol, 3.0 eq), bis(pinacolato)diboron (14.0 g, 58 mmol, 1.1 eq.) and the product from Example 4, Step 4d) (20.17 g, 50 mmol, 1.0 eq). Then 2-methyl tetrahydrofuran (200 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was set under an inert atmosphere by three evacuation/nitrogen refilling cycles. Under a nitrogen counterflow, Pd(dppf)Cl2 * CH2Cl2 (0.81 g, 1 mmol, 2 mol%) was added. The mixture was stirred at reflux for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature water (100 ml) was added. The organic layer was separated and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (heptane/EtOAc 10:1 -> 5:1). The pure fractions were combined and the solvent evaporated. The residue was crystallized from 20 ml of heptane to give 4.1 g of a colorless solid. Another crop (4.1 g) of product were obtained by evaporation of the mother liquor. The total yield is 8.2g (36% of theory based on the aryl bromide). NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2; acetone d65:1) δ / δ (17.04 / 1.03, CH3), (19.52 / 2.56, CH3), (24.98 / 1.34, 2 * CH3), (25.02 / 1.33, 2 * CH3), (30.45 / 1.73, CH3), (30.53 / 1.70, CH3), (44.74, C-q), (57.25 / 2.48 , 2.53, CH2), (62.19, C-q), (83.32, 2 x C-q), (119.02 / 7.69, C-H), (120.21 / 7.73, C-H), (124.25 / 7.13, C-H), (127.08 / 7.32, C-H), (128.36 / 7.25, C-H), (129.91 / 6.67, C-H), (130.35 / 7.48, C-H), (131.1, C-q), (131.43 / 6.92, C-H), (132.85, C-q), (134.05 / 7.74, C-H), (140, C-q), (142.91, C-q), (143.41, C-q), (150.26, C-q), (152.59, C-q), (154.07, C-q). The quaternary carbon adjcent to the boronic ester was not observed in the 13C spectrum, most probably because it is too broad. Example 6 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)- 1,3,2-dioxaborolane In a flask were placed the product obtained from Example 5 (4.50 g, 10 mmol, 1.0 eq), potassium carbonate (4.5 g, 33 mmol, 3.3 eq) and 2-chloro-4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazine (2.91 g, 10.5 mmol, 1.1 eq). Water (11 g) and THF (60 ml) were added. The apparatus was set under an inert atmosphere by the three evacuation / nitrogen refilling cycles. Under a nitrogen counterflow were added bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride (95 mg, 0.135 mmol, 1.35 mol %) and triphenylphosphine (72 mg, 0.275 mmol, 2.75 mol%). The mixture was heated at reflux for 12 h. Sodium diethyldithiocarbamate trihydrate (3.0 g, 13 mmol) was then added and the mixture was held at reflux for another 30 minutes. Toluene was added (60 mL), the organic layer was separated, and dried over MgSO4. After filtration, the organic solvent was removed, and the residue crystallized from acetone (50 mL). The crystals were filtered off, washed with acetone (20 ml) and dried to give the product (4.50 g, 81% based on the product from Example 5) as colorless, blue fluorescing solid. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2; acetone d65:1) δ / δ (17.14 / 1.14, CH3), (19.55 / 2.62, CH3), (30.37 / 1.90, CH3), (30.58 / 1.77, CH3), (44.89, C-q), (57.23 / 2.68, 2.62, CH2), (62.46, C-q), (119.86 / 7.94, C-H), (120.67 / 7.85, C-H), (124.39 / 7.20, C-H), (124.92 / 8.59, C-H), (127.37 / 7.39, C-H), (128.64 / 7.55, 4 * C-H), (128.66 / 8.82, C-H), (129 / 7.34, C-H), (129.12 / 8.72, 4 * C-H), (130.13 / 6.70, C-H), (131.32, C-q), (131.72 / 6.96, C-H), (132.51 / 7.59, 2 * C-H), (132.89, C-q), (135.67, C-q), (136.25 2 * C-q), (139.42, C-q), (143.04, C-q), (144.66, C-q), (150.42, C-q), (153.62, C-q), (154.82, C-q), (171.2 / , 2 * C-q), (171.43, C-q). Example 7 2-bromo-3',3',5',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] Step 7a) 2-bromo-9-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-9-(2-methylallyl)-9H-fluorene At 55 °C, a solution of 2-bromofluoren-9-one (25.9 g, 100 mmol, 1 eq) in m-xylene (100 mL) and methanol (40 mL) is prepared. To this solution is added within 60 minutes a solution of sodium borohydride (1.89 g, 50 mmol, 0.5 eq) in 20 % aqueous NaOH (16 g, 80 mmol, 0.8 eq). The resulting mixture is stirred and kept at reflux for another 30 minutes. Then water (100 mL) is added and stirring stopped after five minutes. After separation of the layers, the lower aqueous layer is discarded. To the remaining organic layer is added m-xylene (100 mL). The remaining water is removed via azeotropic distillation with a Dean-Stark trap. Then, phosphoric acid (85%, 2.5 g, 22 mmol, 0.22 eq) is added, and the reaction mixture kept at reflux for two hours. After cooling to 20 °C, the mixture is washed with water (100 mL). The organic layer is isolated, and the aqueous layer is extracted with m-xylene (50 mL). The combined organic layers are evaporated to dryness and the remaining crude product dissolved in THF (200 mL). Sodium tert-butoxide (9.8 g, 0.10 mol, 1 eq) was added, followed by methallyl chloride (15 g, 0.17 mol, 1.6 eq), which resulted in a slightly exothermic reaction. The mixture is stirred for further two hours and then quenched by the addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution (100 mL). Heptane (100 mL) is added, and after separation of the layers, the aqueous layer is removed. The organic layer is washed once more with water (200 mL). After removal of the solvents from the organic layer, the residue is crystallized from a mixture of methanol / toluene 4:1 (150 ml). The crystallized product is filtered off and washed with cold methanol (50 mL) to give after drying 19.1 g of a yellowish solid. A second crop is obtained by evaporation of the mother liquor and crystallization of the residue from acetone / MeOH 1:1 (100 mL). The solid is filtered off to give 5.1 g of a brown solid. The combined yield was 24.2 g (60 %). 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2/Acetone-d6 5:1) δ 153.00 (q), 150.48 (q), 140.77 (q), 140.69 (q), 139.52 (q), 137.84 (q), 137.41 (q), 136.37 (q), 133.51 (p), 130.15 (p), 127.79 (p), 127.41 (p), 127.38 (p), 127.17 (p), 126.60 (p), 124.16 (p), 121.42 (q), 121.19 (p), 120.07 (p), 116.35 (s), 58.20 (q), 48.27 (s), 24.45 (t), 20.95 (t), 19.87 (t). Step 7b) 2-bromo-3',3',5',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] A suspension of the product from step 7a) (20.2 g, 50.2 mmol) and dry Amberlyst 15® hydrogen form (6.3 g) in chlorobenzene (150 mL) was heated to 90 °C for 48 hours. After cooling to 20 °C, the Amberlyst was filtered over a pad of silica gel and washed with toluene (100 mL). The filtrate was evaporated to dryness, and the remaining crude product crystallized from a mixture of isopropanol / heptane 1:1 v:v (80 mL, 60 °C -> 20 °C). The crystals were filtered off, washed twice with the mixture of isopropanol / heptane 1:1 v:v (10 mL) to give 11.3 g of a colorless solid. Evaporation of the mother liquor and crystallization of the residue from a mixture of isopropanol / heptane 5:1 v:v (60 mL, 60 °C -> 20 °C) gave another crop of product which was filtered off and washed first with isopropanol / heptane 5:1 v:v (10 mL) followed with isopropanol (10 ml) to give another 4.0g of the product. Total yield: 15.3 g (76 %). NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 ; acetone D65:1) δ / δ (17.07 / 1.11, CH3), (21.5 / 2.36, CH3), (32.65 / 1.58, CH3), (32.76 / 1.58, CH3), (43.37, C-q), (55.66 / 2.51, CH2), (62.54, C-q), (119.93 / 7.7, C-H), (121.16 / 7.62, C-H), (121.27 / 6.95, C-H), (121.98, C-q), (124.18 / 7.11, C-H), (127.32 / 7.32, C-H), (127.48 / 7.23, C-H), (128.38 / 7.25, C-H), (130.17 / 7.44, C-H), (130.66 / 6.61, C-H), (134.67, C-q), (137.88, C-q), (139.01, C-q), (139.06, C-q), (139.17, C-q), (153.16, C-q), (154.17, C-q), (155.66, C-q). Example 8 2-bromo-3',3',4',5',7'-pentamethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] Step 8a) 2-bromo-9-(2,4,5-trimethylphenyl)-9H-fluoren-9-ol Under an inert atmosphere were placed magnesium turnings (14.7 g, 605 mmol, 1.2 eq) and THF (100 mL). A spatula tip of iodine was added to the reaction mixture, followed by 3 mL of a solution of 1-bromo-2,4,5-trimethylbenzene (109.6 g, 550.5 mmol, 1.1 eq) in THF (80 mL). As soon as the Grignard reaction had started, the reaction mixture was diluted with THF (170 mL) and the remaining part of the aryl bromide solution was added dropwise. When the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred further at 60 °C for 45 minutes. Separately, a warm (60 °C) solution of 2-bromo-9-fluorenone (130.1 g, 502.6 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (450 mL) was prepared. This solution was added to the Grignard reaction mixture which was kept at reflux.
When ca. 200 mL of the 2-bromofluorenone solution had been added into the Grignard reaction mixture, an insoluble mass formed, which could not be stirred anymore. Thus, the addition was stopped, and the reaction mixture allowed to cool to ambient temperature. Then it was quenched by adding an ice-cold mixture of sulfuric acid (66 g) and water (220 mL), which resulted in the formation of a clear, biphasic mixture. The organic layer was separated, and the solvent removed on the rotavapor. The residue was crystallized from methanol (100 mL). The crystals were filtered off, washed with methanol (100 mL) and dried to give 71.3 g (37 %) of the desired product.
13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2/Acetone-d6 5:1) δ 152.61 (q), 150.17 (q), 139.35 (q), 139.31 (q), 137.34 (q), 135.21 (q), 133.37 (p), 133.22 (q), 131.97 (q), 131.56 (p), 128.88 (p), 128.71 (p), 128.57 (p), 128.22 (p), 124.84 (p), 122.35 (q), 121.35 (p), 120.13 (p), 82.14 (q), 19.88 (t), 19.40 (t), 19.29 (t).
Step 8b)
2-bromo-9-(2,4,5-trimethylphenyl)-9H-fluorene
To a cooled solution (1 °C) of the product from step 8a) (69.8 g, 184 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (200 mL) was added triethyl silane (28.1 g, 242 mmol, 1.3 eq) in one portion. Then, boron trifluoride tetrahydrofuran complex (33.6 g, 240 mmol, 1.3 eq) was added dropwise within 30 minutes, whilst the temperature was maintained in the range between 0 to 15 °C. After the addition of the boron trifluoride was complete, the mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. A solid began to separate during the reduction, thus some more DCM (50 mL) was added. After stirring briefly with a glass rod, methanol (200 mL) was added, and DCM was distilled off from the mixture, followed by the addition of isopropanol (500 ml). After heating to reflux, the mixture was allowed to cool to 20 °C. The formed crystals were filtered off and washed with isopropanol (100 mL). After drying, 62.9 g (94 %) of the product was obtained as a colorless solid.
The 1H-NMR spectrum shows signals of two rotamers in a ratio of 1.7 : 1.0 (p and p') with slow exchange on the NMR timescale.
1H NMR: (400 MHz, CS2 : acetone-cfe 5:1) δ 7.76 (m, 1 H Arp and 1 H Arp'), 7.67 (m, 1H Arp and 1 H Arp'), 7.54 - 7.42 (m, 1 H Arp and 1 H Arp'), 7.40 - 7.21 (m, 3H Arp and 4H Arp'), 7.18 (m, 1H Arp and 1 H Arp'), 7.02 (s, 1 H Arp), 6.70 (s, 1H Arp'), 6.03 (s, 1H Arp), 5.29 (s, 1H, C-Hp), 4.91 (s, 1H, C-Hp'), 2.71 (s, 3H, CH3p), 2.38 (s, 3H, CH3p'), 2.25 (s, 3H, CH3p'), 2.21 (s, 3H, CH3p), 1.96 (s, 3H, CH3p), 1.08 (s, 3H, CH3p').
Step 8c)
2-bromo-9-(2-methylallyl)-9-(2,4,5-trimethylphenyl)-9H-fluorene
The product from step 8b) (61.7 g, 170 mmol, 1.0 eq) was suspended in THF (200 mL) followed by the addition of sodium tert-butoxide (18.0 g, 187 mmol, 1.1 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred in an ice bath. At 0 °C, methallyl chloride (19.5 g, 215 mmol, 1.3 eq) was added within 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 2 hours, then water (100 ml) and heptane (200 mL) were added, followed by tert-butyl methyl ether (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (100 mL), separated, and dried over MgSO4. During the filtration, a part of the product crystallized. It was re-dissolved with toluene (150 mL). The filtrate was concentrated on the rotavapor, which led to the crystallization of most of the product. The crystals were filtered off and washed with isopropanol. The mother liquor was evaporated to give 29.3 g of an orange oil, which was crystallized from isopropanol (reflux -> 20 °C). The crystals were filtered off and washed with isopropanol (10 mL). Total yield: 52.6 g (75 %) of a colorless solid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2/Acetone-d6 5:1) δ 153.13 (q), 150.61 (q), 140.76 (q), 140.70 (q), 139.60 (q), 138.07 (q), 134.77 (q), 134.75 (q), 134.23 (p), 133.15 (q), 130.09 (p), 128.73 (p), 127.76 (p), 127.47 (p), 127.32 (p), 124.20 (p), 121.42 (q), 121.13 (p), 120.03 (p), 116.33 (s), 58.21 (q), 48.30 (s), 24.50 (t), 19.95 (t), 19.39 (t), 19.20 (t). Step 8d) 2-bromo-3',3',4',5',7'-pentamethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] A suspension of the product from step 8c (38.4 g, 92.0 mmol) and dry Amberlyst 15® as the hydrogen form, (7.04 g) in chlorobenzene (180 mL) was heated to 90 °C for 90 minutes. After cooling to 20 °C, the catalyst was filtered off, and washed with toluene (30 mL). From the filtrate, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The residue was crystallized from a 10:1 v:v mixture of toluene and isopropanol (55 mL, reflux -> 20 °C). The crystals were filtered off, washed with toluene, and dried. A second fraction was obtained after evaporation of the mother liquor and crystallization from 5:3 v:v mixture of toluene and isopropanol (20 mL, reflux -> 20 °C) followed by washing with heptane. Total yield: 33.3 g (87 %) of a colorless solid. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1) δ / δ (15.52 / 2.43, CH3), (17.02 / 1.07, CH3), (20.33 / 2.26, CH3), (31.03 / 1.72, CH3), (31.08 / 1.71, CH3), (44.8, C-q), (57.96 / 2.51, CH2), (61.97, C-q), (119.93 / 7.69, C-H), (121.13 / 7.60, C-H), (121.98, C-q), (124.18 / 7.14, C-H), (127.25 / 7.31, C-H), (127.51 / 7.26, C-H), (128.34 / 7.25, C-H), (129.86, C-q), (130.08 / 7.43, C-H), (132.14, C-q), (132.22 / 6.62, C-H), (137.38, C-q), (139, C-q), (139.13, C-q), (140.5, C-q), (150.46, C-q), (153.52, C-q), (156, C-q). Example 9: Mixture of 2-bromo-6'-methoxy-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] and 2-bromo-4'-methoxy-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] Step 9a) 2-Bromo-9-(3-methoxyphenyl)-9H-fluorene In THF (220 mL) the Grignard reagent was prepared from magnesium turnings (5.35 g, 220 mmol) and 3-bromoanisole (41.1 g, 220 mmol). A warm solution of 2-bromo-9- fluorenone (51.8 g, 200 mmol) in THF (300 mL) was then added to the Grignard solution. At the beginning, the temperature of the Grignard solution was 50 °C and reached reflux temperature during the addition. The reaction mixture was stirred for one hour and then allowed to cool to 30 °C. The reaction mixture was then poured onto a mixture of ice (100 g), 32 % HCl (100 mL) and saturated sodium chloride solution (100 mL). Cyclohexane (200 mL) was added, and the organic layer was separated and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and removal of the solvent, the crude compound was obtained as an oil, which was dissolved in DCM (250 mL). Under inert gas, the solution was cooled to -10 °C and triethylsilane (34.9 g, 300 mmol) was added, followed by the slow addition of BF3-THF complex (42.0 g, 300 mmol). After the exothermic reaction had ceased, the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 30 min. Then it was cooled to 0 °C, water (200 mL) was added, followed by heptane (200 mL). The organic layer was separated, neutralized with saturated potassium bicarbonate solution (50 mL) and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and removal of the solvent on the rotavapor, the crude compound was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, heptane / ethyl acetate gradient, 1:20 -> 1:10) to give 65.3 g of the product as a colorless oil. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d6): δ = 160.02 (q), 149.81 (q), 147.34 (q), 141.78 (q), 140.05 (q), 139.99 (q), 130.60 (p), 129.91 (p), 128.75 (p), 127.93 (p), 127.78 (p), 125.55 (p), 121.59 (q), 121.37 (p), 120.76 (p), 120.18 (p), 114.16 (p), 112.57 (p), 54.75 (p), 54.57 (p). Step 9b) 2-Bromo-9-(3-methoxyphenyl)-9-(2-methylallyl)-9H-fluorene The product from step 9a) (32.6 g, 92.8 mmol) was placed in a flask followed by THF (180 mL). To the resulting solution, sodium tert-butoxide (10.7 g, 111 mmol) was added at a temperature between 0 to 15 °C. The solution turned red immediately. Methallyl chloride (14.6 g, 139 mmol) was added within approx. 5 minutes at a temperature in the range between 5 to 25 °C. After 1 h of stirring at room temperature, 75 mL of n-heptane was added to the reaction mixture, followed by 75 mL of a 1:1 mixture of saturated ammonium chloride solution and water. After separation of the layers, the aqueous layer was discarded and the organic layer dried (MgSO4). After filtration, the solvent was removed from the filtrate by rotary evaporation and the residual crude product crystallized from 150 mL of methanol. The crystals were filtered off at room temperature, washed with 50 mL of methanol and dried to give 20.8 g (55 %) of a colorless solid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d6 5:1): δ = 159.69 (q), 153.37 (q), 150.74 (q), 145.73 (q), 140.80 (q), 139.83 (q), 139.81 (q), 130.40 (p), 129.46 (p), 128.37 (p), 127.73 (p), 127.63 (p), 125.28 (p), 121.43 (p), 121.27 (q), 120.18 (p), 118.97 (p), 115.83 (s), 113.27 (p), 111.39 (p), 58.81 (q), 54.72 (t), 45.27 (s), 24.16 (t). Step 9c) Mixture of 2-bromo-6'-methoxy-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] and 2-bromo-4'-methoxy-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] The product from step 9b) (16.5 g, 41 mmol) was dissolved in 80 mL of DCM. This solution was then added within 15 minutes dropwise at room temperature into a solution of trifluoromethane sulfonic acid (2.4 g, 16 mmol, 0.4 eq) in 100 mL of DCM. The mixture was then stirred for another 30 minutes at room temperature, followed by the addition of water (50 mL) and saturated potassium bicarbonate solution (50 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with TBME (20 mL). The combined organic layers were evaporated, and the residual crude product dissolved in cyclohexane. The solution was filtered over a silica gel column (diameter = 7 cm, height = 2 cm, eluent = 650 mL 20:1 heptane / ethyl acetate). From the filtrate the solvent was evaporated, and the crude product was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, heptane / ethyl acetate 92:8). From the column fractions, isomer A was crystallized from heptane (6.7 g, 41 %) and isomer B was crystallized from heptane / ethyl acetate 95:5 (2.8 g, 17 %). NMR: 13C / 1H of isomer A (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d6 5:1): δ / δ = (32.76 / 1.64, CH3), (32.81 / 1.63, CH3), (43.27, C-q), (54.67 / 2.62, CH2), (54.75 / 3.51, O-CH3), (62.66, C-q), (108.04 / 5.76, CH), (115.43 / 6.79, CH), (120.01 / 7.71, CH), (121.30 / 7.63, CH), (122.01, C-q), (123.64 / 7.19, CH), (124.51 / 7.16, CH), (127.60 / 7.33, CH), (127.82 / 7.27, CH), (128.50 / 7.27, CH), (130.45 / 7.46, CH), (138.83, C-q), (139.02, C-q), (145.12, C-q), (145.91, C-q), (154.24, C-q), (156.70, C-q), (159.58, C-q). NMR: 13C / 1H of isomer B (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (30.06 / 1,74; 1.75, 2 x CH3), (44.90, C-q), (54.87 / 2.59, CH2), (54.91 / 3.92, O-CH3), (62.98, C-q), (109.56 / 6.71, CH), (116.79 / 5.84, CH), (119.93 / 7.70, CH), (121.22 / 7.62, CH), (121.90, C-q), (124.54 / 7.16, CH), (127.49 / 7.31, CH), (127.84 / 7.27, CH), (128.41 / 7.25, CH), (129.11 / 6.93, CH), (130.33 / 7.44, CH), (138.78, C-q), (138.98, C-q), (139.22, C-q), (146.81, C-q), (154.30, C-q), (156.70, C-q), (156.78, C-q). Example 10 2-bromo-5'-methoxy-3',3',4',6'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] Step 10a) 2-bromo-9-methoxy-9-(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-9H-fluorene Under an inert atmosphere were placed magnesium turnings (12.8 g, 525 mmol, 1.2 eq) and THF (85 mL). A spatula tip of iodine was added to the reaction mixture, followed by 3 mL of a solution of 5-bromo-2-methoxy-1,3-dimethyl-benzene (98.8 g, 459 mmol, 1.1 eq) in THF (210 mL). After the Grignard reaction had started, the remaining part of the aryl bromide solution was added at reflux temperature within 45 minutes. Then, the mixture was kept at reflux for another 45 minutes, and then stirred at 60 °C for another 45 minutes. A warm solution (60 °C) of 2-bromo-9-fluorenone (109 g, 421 mmol, 1.0 eq) was prepared in THF (340 mL). This solution was added into the Grignard mixture, whilst this was kept at vigorous reflux. After the addition was complete, the mixture was kept at reflux for another 45 minutes. Then the reaction was quenched by carefully adding a mixture of sulfuric acid (43.5 g) and water (170 mL) at reflux temperature. After separation of the layers, the organic layer was isolated, and the solvent removed from it. The remaining oily crude product was crystallized from methanol (300 mL), filtered off and washed with cold methanol (100 mL) to give 126 g (73 %) of the desired product as a colorless solid. NMR analysis revealed, that during recrystallization, solvolysis of the carbinol to the methyl ether had taken place, which was most likely caused by the presence of traces of sulfuric acid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 / Acetone-d6 5:1) δ 156.27 (q), 149.75 (q), 146.88 (q), 139.92 (q), 139.76 (q), 137.52 (q), 132.04 (p), 130.22 (q), 129.33 (p), 128.61 (p), 128.56 (p), 126.12 (2 *p), 125.51 (p), 122.42 (q), 121.54 (p), 120.26 (p), 88.59 (q), 59.08 (t), 51.10 (t), 16.31 (2 * t). Step 10b) 2-bromo-9-(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-9H-fluorene To a solution of the product from step 10a) (60.0 g, 147 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (200 mL) at 0 °C was added triethylsilane (44.6 g, 380 mmol, 2.6 eq). At 0 °C, boron trifluoride tetrahydrofuran complex (52.9 g, 380 mmol, 2.6 eq) was added between 0 and 30 °C within 10 minutes. The mixture was stirred for one hour at 20 °C. Then, the mixture was poured into water, the organic layer was separated and washed with 5 % sodium hydroxide solution (100 mL). The organic layer was isolated, and the solvent removed from it by rotary evaporation. The crude product was suspended in isopropanol (150 mL), and then filtered off and washed with cold isopropanol (50 mL) to give 50.5 g (91 %) of a colorless solid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 / Acetone-d6) d 156.19 (q), 150.35 (q), 147.83 (q), 139.96 (q), 139.95 (q), 135.51 (q), 131.06 (2 * q), 130.46 (p), 128.75 (3 * p), 127.89 (p), 127.66 (p), 125.58 (p), 121.45 (q), 121.38 (p), 120.14 (p), 59.14 (t), 54.01 (p), 16.20 (2 * t). Step 10c) 2-bromo-9-(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-9-(2-methylallyl)-9H-fluorene In a 500 mL flask the material from step 10b) (25.6 g, 67.5 mmol, 1.0 eq) and sodium tert-butoxide (7.64 g, 79.5 mmol, 1.18 eq) were dissolved in THF (170 mL). To the obtained mixture was added methallyl chloride (9.5 g, 0.10 mol, 1.6 eq) within 10 minutes at a temperature between 0 – 20 °C. Stirring was continued at 20 °C for another two hours, then heptane (100 mL) and water (50 mL) were added. The organic layer was separated dried over magnesium sulfate. After filtration, the solvent was removed from the filtrate to give the crude product. The product was purified by crystallization from isopropanol (170 mL, 60 °C -> 20 °C). The crystals were filtered off and washed with cold isopropanol (50 mL) to give 23.6 g (81 %) of the product as a colorless solid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 / Acetone-d6 5:1) d 155.83 (q), 153.82 (q), 151.18 (q), 140.84 (q), 139.80 (q), 139.19 (q), 130.48 (q), 130.30 (p), 128.35 (p), 127.74 (p), 127.53 (p), 126.98 (2 *p), 125.27 (p), 121.38 (p), 121.32 (q), 120.13 (p), 115.76 (s), 59.11 (t), 58.35 (q), 45.40 (s), 24.20 (p), 16.36 (2 *p). One quaternary carbon signal is overlapping. Step 10d) 2-bromo-5'-methoxy-3',3',4',6'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] The material obtained from step 10c) (19.2 g, 44.3 mmol, 1.0 eq) was suspended in chlorobenzene (68 mL). The slurry was heated to 60 °C, then boron trifluoride tetrahydrofuran complex (12.3 g, 87.0 mmol, 2.0 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 16 hours. After cooling to 20 °C, the reaction was quenched with water (35 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with 5 % aqueous NaOH (35 mL), followed by water (35 mL). The organic layer was separated and dried over MgSO4. After filtration, the solvent was removed from the filtrate to give the crude product. This was crystallized from heptane (120 mL, 60 °C -> 20 °C). The solid was filtered off and washed with heptane (20 mL) to give a colorless solid (12.5 g, 65 %). NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1) δ / δ = (11.85 / 2.45, CH3), (16.27 / 2.02, CH3), (30.55 / 1.74, CH3), (30.59 / 1.75, CH3), (45.36, C-q), (56.35 / 2.62, CH2), (59.12 / 3.68, CH3), (61.69, C-q), (119.91 / 7.71, C-H), (121.23 / 7.63, C-H), (121.82, C-q), (124.26 / 5.89, C-H), (124.54 / 7.15, C-H), (126.83, C-q), (127.42 / 7.31, C-H), (127.81 / 7.26, C-H), (128.37 / 7.25, C-H), (130.24 / 7.44, C-H), (130.26, C-q), (138.73, C-q), (138.97, C-q), (140.63, C-q), (148.57, C-q), (154.62, C-q), (157.16, C-q), (157.26, C-q). Example 11: 2-bromo-2',3',3',4',7'-pentamethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] The product of Example 4 step 4a) (18.3 g, 50.0 mmol) was added to a mixture of dichloromethane (25 mL) and 2-methyl-2-butene (13 g, 0.19 mol). The resulting mixture was vigorously stirred at 0 °C. Then, BF3-THF complex (22.8 g, 163 mmol) was added followed by stirring for 16 h at room temperature. The resulting precipitate was filtered off and washed twice with TBME (20 mL). The product was obtained as a colorless solid (8.2 g, 39 %) as a mixture of diastereomers in a 1:1.4 ratio. 13C NMR of the major isomer A (2'R*,9S*)-2-bromo-2',3',3',4',7'-pentamethyl-2',3'- dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d6 5:1): δ = 156.10 (q), 150.83 (q), 147.71 (q), 142.11 (q), 140.28 (q), 139.50 (q), 132.67 (q), 131.50 (Ar-CH), 131.30 (q), 130.14 (Ar-CH), 129.62 (Ar-CH), 129.24 (Ar-CH), 127.39 (Ar-CH), 127.13 (Ar-CH), 126.15 (Ar-CH), 121.80 (q), 121.00 (Ar-CH), 120.03 (Ar-CH), 66.89 (q), 57.47 (CH) 46.62 (q), 29.65 (CH3), 23.44 (CH3), 19.64 (CH3), 17.39 (CH3), 8.76 (CH3). 13C NMR of the minor isomer B (2'R*,9R*)-2-bromo-2',3',3',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'- dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-indene] (101 MHz, CS2 :acetone-d6 5:1): δ = 153.52 (q), 150.77 (q), 150.33 (q), 142.00 (q), 140.43 (q), 139.40 (q), 132.64 (q), 131.56 (Ar-CH), 131.39 (q), 130.22 (Ar-CH), 129.65 (Ar-CH), 128.19 (Ar-CH), 127.35 (Ar-CH), 127.22 (Ar-CH), 123.80 (Ar-CH), 121.09 (q), 121.16 (Ar-CH), 119.81 (Ar-CH), 66.96 (q), 57.63 (CH), 46.47 (q), 29.72 (CH3), 23.52 (CH3), 19.63 (CH3), 17.44 (CH3), 8.61 (CH3). Example 12 2-Bromo-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalene] Step 12a) 2-Bromo-9-(3-methylbut-2-en-1-yl)-9-phenyl-9H-fluorene The product from Example 2, step 2a) (34.6 g, 108 mmol) was placed in a flask under an inert atmosphere, followed by addition of THF (150 mL). To the resulting solution, sodium tert-butoxide (15.5 g, 162 mmol) was added at a temperature between 0 to 15 °C. The solution immediately turned red. Prenyl chloride (approx. 85 mass % purity, 20 g, 160 mmol) was added within approximately 5 minutes, whilst the temperature was maintained between 25 to 35 °C. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature and was then concentrated to approximately half of its volume by rotary evaporation. The resulting suspension was dissolved in a mixture of toluene (100 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic layer was separated, filtered over a pad of silica gel, and rinsed down with toluene (100 mL). The combined filtrates were evaporated, and the residue taken up in a mixture of isopropanol (60 mL) and ethyl acetate (3 mL). The product crystallized spontaneously to give 21.2 g of material. After evaporation of the mother liquor, a second quantity (8.0 g) of the product was obtained after crystallization from isopropanol (25 mL). Total yield: 70 %. The compound crystallizes as a solvate with isopropanol. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ = 154.93 (q, 1C), 152.30 (q 1C), 144.69 (q 1C), 140.72 (q 1C), 140.35 (q 1C), 134.49 (q 1C), 131.13 (p 1C), 129.31 (p, 2 C), 128.74 (p, 1C), 128.66 (p, 1C), 128.32 (p, 1C), 127.56 (p, 2C), 127.48 (p, 1C), 125.51 (p, 1C), 122.45 (p, 1C), 121.41 (q, 1C), 120.96 (p, 1C), 120.07 (p, 1C), 59.89 (q, 1C), 36.71 (s, 1C), 18.13 (t, 2C). Step 12b) 2-Bromo-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalene] The material from step 12a) was placed in a flask and melted in vacuum to remove residual 2-propanol to give 26.5 g (68.1 mmol) of solvent free material. This material was dissolved in 200 mL of DCM. In another flask, a solution of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (1.6 mL, 17 mmol) in 200 mL of DCM was prepared. The solution of the starting material was dripped slowly within 30 minutes into the acid solution, whilst the reaction temperature was maintained in a range between 0 and 10 °C. After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred further at 0 to 10 °C for one hour. Then, the reaction was quenched by the addition of triethyl amine (3 mL, 22 mmol). The reaction mixture was concentrated to a total volume of approx.100 mL, isopropanol was added (150 mL) and more solvent was removed until a volume of 100 mL had been reached by rotary evaporation at a bath temperature of 70 °C and a final pressure of 350 mbar. When the product started to crystallize, the flask was removed from the heating bath and cooled to room temperature. The product was filtered off and washed with isopropanol (100 mL). The crude product was then recrystallized from a mixture of isopropanol (150 mL) and toluene (50 mL) to give 11.7 g (44 %) of a colorless solid. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (32.37 / 1.63, CH3), (32.42 / 1.62, CH3), (33.27 / 2.14, CH2), (33.77, C-q), (36.11 / 2.14, CH2), (55.55, C-q), (120.29 / 7.75, CH), (121.51 / 7.66, CH), (121.88, C-q), (125.08 / 7.20, CH), (126.21 / 6.82, CH), (126.72 / 7.48, CH), (127.28 / 7.15, CH), (127.60 / 7.35, CH), (128.12 / 7.26, CH), (128.28 / 7.36, CH), (129.02 / 6.24, CH), (130.46 / 7.49, CH), (136.54, C-q), (138.80, C-q), (139.00, C-q), (146.00, C-q), (154.79, C-q), (157.17, C-q). Example 13 Mixture of 2-bromo-7'-methoxy-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene-9,1'- naphthalene] (A) and 2-bromo-5'-methoxy-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalene] (B) Step 13a) 2-Bromo-9-(3-methoxyphenyl)-9-(3-methylbut-2-en-1-yl)-9H-fluorene A flask was charged with the product from Example 9, step 9a) (32.6 g, 92.8 mmol) followed by THF (180 mL). To the resulting solution, sodium tert-butoxide (10.7 g, 111 mmol) was added at a temperature between 0 and 15 °C. The solution immediately turned red. Prenyl chloride (approx. 85 mass% purity, 14.6 g, 119 mmol) was added within approx. 5 minutes at a temperature between 5 to 25 °C. After 1 h of stirring at room temperature, 75 mL of n-heptane was added to the reaction mixture, followed by 75 mL of a 1:1 mixture of a saturated ammonium chloride solution and water. The organic layer was separated and dried over MgSO4. After filtration, the solvent was removed from the filtrate by rotary evaporation and the crude product was purified by column chromatography (Silica gel, n-heptane : ethyl acetate 95 : 5) to give 29.6 g (76 %) product as a colorless oil. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d6 5:1): δ = 159.76 (q), 153.73 (q), 151.21 (q), 144.83 (q), 139.55 (q), 139.48 (q), 133.76 (q), 130.32 (p), 129.49 (p), 127.99 (p), 127.87 (p), 127.56 (p), 124.77 (p), 121.40 (q), 121.39 (p), 120.13 (p), 119.71 (p), 119.28 (p), 113.59 (p), 111.35 (p), 58.87 (q), 54.71 (t), 36.45 (s), 25.78 (t), 17.98 (t). Step 13b) Mixture of 2-Bromo-7'-methoxy-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene-9,1'- naphthalene] A and 2-bromo-5'-methoxy-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene- 9,1'-naphthalene] B In a flask, the product from step 13a) (23.6 g, 56.3 mmol) was dissolved in 80 mL of dichloromethane. This solution was added dropwise within 20 minutes to a solution of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (2.0 mL, 22.4 mmol, 0.4 eq) at 20 °C in DCM (100 mL). The resulting dark colored reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature and then quenched by the addition of 5 mL of triethyl amine. The dark color immediately vanished. The solvent was stripped off and the crude product was partitioned between cyclohexane (150 mL) and water (50 mL). The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with a mixture of cyclohexane (20 mL) and TBME (5 mL). The combined organic layers were evaporated. Product A was obtained in a yield of 7.79 g by repeated recrystallization from isopropanol (ca.4 mL/g). The combined mother liquors were evaporated and subjected to a column chromatography, followed by crystallization of the product fractions from isopropanol to give isomer B (4.95 g) and an additional quantity of isomer A (2.96 g). Total yield of A: 46 % and of B: 21 %. NMR: 13C / 1H of isomer A (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (32.34 / 1.57, CH3), (32.40 / 1.56, CH3), (33.21, C-q), (33.37 / 2.09, CH2), (36.07 / 2.08, CH2), (54.48 / 3.45, CH3), (55.75, C-q), (113.13 / 5.67, CH), (113.47 / 6.72, CH), (120.32 / 7.77, CH), (121.62 / 7.69, CH), (121.62, C-q), (124.93 / 7.19, CH), (127.60 / 7.35, CH), (127.79 / 7.37, CH), (128.08 / 7.26, CH), (128.12 / 7.33, CH), (130.44 / 7.42, CH), (137.67, C-q), (138.32, C-q), (138.70, C-q), (138.95, C-q), (154.60, C-q), (156.98, C-q), (157.44, C-q). NMR: 13C / 1H of isomer B (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1) δ / δ = (28.92 / 1.68, 2 x CH3), (33.21, C-q), (33.84 / 2.07, CH2), (38.88 / 2.07, CH2), (54.94 / 3.90, CH3), (56.07, C-q), (109.95 / 6.67, CH), (120.24 / 7.73, CH), (121.46 / 7.64, CH), (121.69, C-q), (121.95 / 5.81, CH), (125.15 / 7.17, CH), (126.73 / 6.76, CH), (127.48 / 7.33, CH), (127.98 / 7.23, CH), (128.32 / 7.30, CH), (130.31 / 7.46, CH), (134.50, C-q), (138.74, C-q), (138.87, C-q), (138.95, C-q), (154.77, C-q), (157.21, C-q), (158.84, C-q). Example 14 2-bromo-4',4',5',8'-tetramethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalene] Step 14a 2-bromo-9-(4-methylpent-3-en-1-yl)-9-phenyl-9H-fluorene Prenyl chloride was prepared from 2-methyl-3-buten-2-ol and 32% HCl as described in Synthesis, 1990(11), 1027-1031. The obtained product contained 84% of prenyl chloride and 16% of 3-chloro-3-methylbut-1-ene and was used as obtained. A 1 L flask was charged with the product from Example 4 Step 4b) (110.74 g, 0.317 mol) and THF (300 ml). To the obtained solution was added sodium t-butoxide (34.4 g, 0.348 mol), and a deep red suspension formed. This mixture was cooled (ice bath), and then prenyl chloride (39.8 g, 0.380 mol) was added. A yellow suspension formed, to which water (200 ml) and heptane (200 ml) were added. After short stirring and separation of the layers, the organic layer was separated and dried over MgSO4. After removal of the solvents the crude product (138.9 g, 92% purity) was obtained as yellow orange resin and used as such in the next step. Step 14b The material from Example 14 step 14a (137.4 g, 0.329 mol) was dissolved in warm chlorobenzene (500 mL), and Amberlyst® 15 (Hydrogen form) (26.4 g) was added. This mixture was heated at reflux overnight, and then cooled to ambient temperature. To remove the Amberlyst, the mixture was filtered over a pad of silica. The silica pad was washed with toluene, and from the combined filtrates the solvent was removed on the rotavapor. The residue was re-dissolved at 80 °C in heptane (300 ml) and then the solution was allowed to cool slowly. Scratching a small sample in a test vial gave seed crystals, which were added to the heptane solution at 30 °C. Slow crystallization of the product began, and after stirring for three hours at ambient temperature the crystals were filtered off, washed with heptane (150 ml) and methanol (50 ml). After drying, 43.1 g of the product in a purity of 94.4% was obtained. Recrystallization from heptane gave 39.2 g (31.8% yield) of product in 99% purity. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CS2 / Acetone-d65:1) δ 7.75 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, Ar-H, 1H), 7.66 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, Ar-H, 1H), 7.46 (br, Ar-H, 1H), 7.33 (br, Ar-H, 1H), 7.24 (td, J = 7.4, 1.1 Hz, Ar-H, 1H), approx. 7.20 (br, Ar-H, 1H, overlapping), 7.14 – 6.94 (br, Ar-H, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, Ar-H, 1H), 6.63 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, Ar-H, 1H), 2.66 (s, CH3, 3H), 2.43 (br, CH2, 1H), 2.26 (br, CH2, 1H), 1.68 (s, CH3, 3H), 1.66 (s, CH3, 3H), 1.63 (br, CH2, 1H, identified by HSQC due to overlap with CH3-Signals) 1.22 (br, CH2, 1H), 1.01 (s, CH3, 3H). The chemical shifts of the broad aromatic multiplets caused by the fluctional structure of this compound could not be accurately determined due to partial overlap with other signals. Example 15 3,3-Dimethylindan-1-on Step 15a) 3-Methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid The starting material 3-methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid was prepared by the procedure described in J. E. Leffler and J. T. Barbas J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1981, 103(26), 7768 - 7773. From 168 g (1.0 mol) of neophyl chloride 105 g (58.5%) of 3-methyl-3- phenylbutanoic acid was obtained. Removal of the solvent from the mother liquor gave a residue (55 g) containing 70% of the acid. Thus, approx. 20% of additional product could be obtained. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ = 7.42 ('d', 2 H), 7.37 ('tr', 2 H), 7.25 ('tr', 1 H), 2.70 (s, 2 H), 1.52 (s, 6 H). 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CDCl3) d 178.13 (CO), 148.02 (q), 128.27 (2 Ar- CH), 126.09 (Ar-CH), 125.43 (2 Ar-CH), 48.07 (CH2), 37.03 (q), 28.85 (2 CH3). Step 15b) 3,3-Dimethylindan-1-on A flask was charged with sulfuric acid 96% (200 mL) and heated to 50 °C. Then, 102 g (0.572 mol) of the solid 3-methyl-3-phenylbutanoic acid from step 15a) were added. During addition, the temperature of the mixture increased to 95 °C and the mixture was then kept stirring at 80 °C until the conversion was complete (20 minutes). The mixture was cooled to 50 °C and poured on crushed ice (500 g). To the obtained lukewarm mixture heptane (30 mL) was added and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with additional heptane (30 mL) and with TBME (50 mL). The combined organic layers were neutralized with saturated potassium hydrogen carbonate solution and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of the solvents from the filtrate, the 3,3-dimethylindan-1-on was obtained as colorless oil (66.4g, 72%, purity >99%). 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ = 7.49, ("d", 1 H), 7.40 ("tr", 1 H), 7.32 ("d", 1 H), 7.15 ("tr", 1 H), 2.38 (s, 2 H), 1.21 (s, 6 H). 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CDCl3): δ = 205.19 (CO), 163.55 (q), 135.15 (q), 134.79 (CH), 127.24 (CH), 123.43 (CH), 123.04 (CH), 52.72 (CH2), 38.29 (q), 29.82 (CH3). Example 16 2-chloro-3',3'-dimethyl-10-phenyl-2',3'-dihydro-10H-spiro[acridine-9,1'-indene] Step 16a) 6-Chloro-3',3'-dimethyl-1-phenyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-4,1'-inden]- 2(1H)-one To a solution of tert-butyl-N-(2-bromo-4-chloro-phenyl)-N-phenyl-carbamate (27.0 g 70.6 mmol) in THF (250 mL) cooled to -70 °C) was added n-butyllithium (30 mL, 74.1 mmol) under an inert atmosphere whilst the temperature was maintained between -70 and - 50 °C. The mixture was stirred for one hour at -75 °C, then a solution of 3,3- dimethylindan-1-on (12.4 g, 77.6 mmol) from example 9, step 9b) in THF (30 mL) was added, whilst the temperature was maintained between - 70 and - 40 °C. Stirring of the mixture in the cooling bath was continued for another 15 minutes, and then the mixture was allowed to warm to 20 °C. The solvent was removed on the rotavapor, and the residue was dissolved in toluene (200 m) and then filtered over a pad of silica gel. The silica pad was washed with additional toluene (100 mL) and from the filtrate the solvent was removed. The product was obtained after chromatography on silica gel (heptane/ethyl acetate gradient 9:1 -> 4:1) and precipitation from heptane (50 mL) in the form of an off-white solid (6.3 g, 25 %). 13C NMR: (101 MHz,CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ = 153.67 (q), 149.01 (q), 139.37 (q), 138.35 (q), 137.54 (q), 130.91 (p), 129.89 (p), 129.18 (p), 129.14 (q), 128.59 (p), 128.57 (p), 128.43 (q), 127.91 (p), 125.42 (p), 124.82 (p), 123.08 (p), 116.94 (p), 90.17 (q), 55.14 (s), 42.86 (q), 30.89 (t), 29.42 (t). Step 16b) 2-Chloro-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydro-10H-spiro[acridine-9,1'-indene] To a solution of the product of step 16a) (5.90 g, 15.1 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (80 mL) sulfuric acid 96 % (0.83 g, 8.3 mmol) was added. The mixture was refluxed for 1 h, cooled to 40 °C and then quenched by the addition of triethyl amine (5.0 mL). The solvent was removed on the rotavapor, and the residue was partitioned between DCM (50 mL) and a 20 % aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (50 mL). TBME (20 mL) was added to facilitate phase separation. The organic layer was separated and evaporated in the presence of 20 g of silica gel. The crude compound adsorbed on silica gel was placed on a column filled with 40 g of silica gel. The desired compound was obtained by elution with 4:1 heptane/ethyl acetate. After removal of the solvent from the eluate, the product (4.14 g, 79 %) was obtained as a yellowish solid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ = 153.78 (q), 145.03 (q), 139.11 (q), 138.32 (q), 131.48 (q), 129.11 (q), 128.35 (p), 127.90 (p), 127.35 (p), 126.96 (p), 126.93 (p), 126.88 (p), 126.53 (p), 124.93 (q), 122.62 (p), 120.78 (p), 114.89 (p), 113.77 (p), 61.99 (s), 53.86 (q), 42.91 (q), 31.65 (t), 31.63 (t). Step 16c) 2-Chloro-3',3'-dimethyl-10-phenyl-2',3'-dihydro-10H-spiro[acridine-9,1'-indene] To a solution of the product from step 11 b) (2.41 g, 6.97 mmol) in bromobenzene (25 g, 0.16 mol, 23 eq) was added tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(0) (33 mg, 35 mmol, 0.5 mol%), 4-(di-tert.-butylphosphino)-N,N-dimethylaniline (38 mg, 0.14 mmol, 2 mol%), and sodium tert.-butoxide (0.837 g, 8.71 mmol, 1.25 eq) under an inert atmosphere. The resulting solution was stirred for 16 hours at 90 °C. Then, silica gel (10 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred briefly and filtered over silica gel (10 g). From the filtrate, the solvent was removed on the rotavapor. After addition of methanol (20 mL) to the residue, the product crystallized and was filtered off. After washing with methanol (15 mL) and drying, the product (2.83 g, 96 %) was obtained as a yellowish solid. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (31.59 / 1.32, CH3), (31.61 / 1.36, CH3), (43.02, C-q), (53.94, C-q), (62.27 / 2.35, CH2), (114.29 / 6.35, CH), (115.42 / 6.33, CH), (121.31 / 6.75, CH), (122.86 / 7.40, CH), (125.81, C-q), (126.31 / 6.88, CH), (126.68 / 6.92, CH), (126.74 / 6.65l, CH), (127.11 / 7.23, CH), (127.17 / 6.64, CH), (128.03 / 7.43, CH), (128.60 / 7.47, CH), (128.63 / 7.58, CH), (130.59, C-q), (131.08 / 7.70, 2 x CH), (131.17 / 7.41, 2 x CH), (132.94, C-q), (140.18, C-q), (140.77, C-q), (141.02, C-q), (144.48, C-q), (154.02, C-q). Example 17 2'-chloro-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene] A flask was charged under an inert atmosphere with 4-chlorodiphenyl ether (17.0 g, 83.1 mmol) and diethyl ether (80 mL). After cooling to -10 °C, a 2.5 M solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (40 mL, 91 mmol) was added dropwise to the obtained solution, whilst the temperature was maintained in the range between -10 and -5 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 h. Then THF (50 mL) was added, and the mixture cooled to -40 °C. A solution of the product from example 9, step 9b) (16.1 g, 99.7 mmol) in THF was added dropwise, whilst the temperature was maintained between -40 and -30 °C. After the addition was complete, the cooling bath was removed, and the mixture allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After adding a mixture of saturated NH4Cl solution (50 mL) and water (50 mL) followed by separation of the layers, the organic layer was separated, and the solvent removed on the rotavapor. The residue was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (150 mL). Sulfuric acid (15 mL, 96 %) was added and the reaction was heated to 100 °C for 1 h. After cooling to 20 °C, the mixture was poured into water (400 mL) and extracted twice with cyclohexane (100 mL, then 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 20 % aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (100 mL). The organic layer was separated and filtered over a pad of silica gel, which was subsequently washed with cyclohexane (300 mL). The filtrate was evaporated, and the residue dissolved in isopropanol (60 mL), from which a first fraction of product was obtained as a white solid (3.70 g). A second fraction was obtained by removal of the solvents from the mother liquor in vacuum (15 mbar) at a temperature up to 190 °C. Subsequent crystallization of the residue from acetonitrile (50 mL), gave another 3.65 of the desired product. Total yield: 7.35 g, 26 %. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : Acetone-d65:1): δ = 153.52 (q), 151.50 (q), 149.43 (q), 145.86 (q), 132.32 (q), 131.70 (q), 131.30 (q), 128.34 (p), 128.12 (p), 128.08 (p, 2 C), 127.98 (p), 127.39 (p), 126.70 (p), 123.26 (p), 122.50 (p), 116.33 (p), 116.24 (p), 62.94 (s), 51.41 (q), 43.17 (q), 31.88 (t), 31.78 (t). Example 18 2'-Bromo-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene] Step 18a) 3,3-Dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene] A flask was charged under an inert atmosphere with diphenyl ether (34.0 g, 200 mmol) and THF (120 mL). After cooling to -30 °C, 88 mL (220 mmol) of 2.5 M solution of n- butyllithium in hexane was added dropwise to the obtained solution, whilst the temperature was maintained in a range between -30 and -20 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 20 °C within one hour to complete the lithiation reaction and was then again cooled to 0 °C. A solution of 3,3-dimethylindan-1-on from example 9, step 9b (28.9 g, 180 mmol) was added dropwise, whilst the temperature was maintained between 0 and 10 °C, followed by stirring at 5 °C for 30 minutes. The reaction was quenched by addition of a mixture of 32 % HCl (50 mL) and water (25 mL) at 15 to 25 °C. The organic layer was separated, and the solvent removed on the rotavapor. The residue was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (250 mL), sulfuric acid 96 % (25 mL) was added and the mixture was heated to 110 °C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and extracted twice with cyclohexane (first 300 mL, then 100 mL). The combined cyclohexane layers were neutralized with saturated potassium hydrogen carbonate solution (500 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The residue was crystallized from acetonitrile (100 mL), filtered off, washed with acetonitrile (50 mL) and dried to give 17.5 g of a colorless solid. An additional quantity was obtained by concentration of the mother liquor and addition of methanol (100 mL), followed by washing with methanol (50 mL). The total yield of the product was 20.3 g (36.1 %). 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ = 153.54 (q), 151.38 (q), 145.78 (q), 131.65 (q), 128.38 (p), 128.11 (p), 127.94 (p, 2 C), 127.47 (p, 2 C), 126.67 (p), 123.50 (p, 2 C), 122.50 (p), 116.39 (p, 2 C), 62.93 (s), 51.37 (q), 43.17 (q), 31.83 (t). Step 18b) 2'-bromo-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene] The material from step 18 a) (27.0 g, 86.4 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of acetonitrile (150 mL) and chlorobenzene (15 mL) at 70 °C. N-Bromo succinimide (15.4 g, 86.4 mmol) was added in small portions over 30 minutes. The reaction was refluxed for 24 hours, then methanol (35 mL) was added to prevent precipitation of succinimide upon cooling. The mixture was cooled to 40 °C and seed crystals were added. After cooling to room temperature, the formed solid was filtered off and washed with acetonitrile (50 mL) followed by methanol (50 mL). The compound was dried and recrystallized from a mixture of toluene (30 mL) and isopropanol (30 mL) to give 10.3 g (31 %) of the target compound as colorless solid. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (31.82 / 1.40, CH3), (31.86 / 1.43, CH3), (43.29, C-q), (51.50, C-q), (62.85 / 2.36, CH2), (116.20, C-q), (116.45 / 7.11, CH), (118.28 / 7.04, CH), (122.73 / 7.36, CH), (123.87 / 6.94, CH), (126.51 / 6.98, CH), (127.74 / 7.18, CH), (127.95 / 6.69, CH), (128.41 / 7.33, CH), (128.81 / 7.43, CH), (130.45 / 7.29, CH), (130.46 / 6.83, CH), (131.07, C-q), (134.00, C-q), (144.81, C-q), (150.61, C-q), (151.10, C-q), (153.60, C-q). Example 19 2'-bromo-3,3,7'-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene] Step 19a) Under an inert atmosphere, a flask was charged with THF (200 mL) and 4-methyldiphenylether (36.8 g, 200 mmol, 1 eq). After cooling to – 70 °C, a solution of n-butyllithium 2.5 M in hexanes (80 mL, 200 mmol, 1 eq) was added, whilst the temperature was maintained in the range between -75 to -50 °C. Then, the reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature overnight. After re-cooling to -75 °C, a solution of the product from Example 9 (35.2 g, 220 mmol, 1.1 eq) in THF (80 mL) was added dropwise, whilst the temperature was maintained in the range from -75 to - 70 °C. The time required for this addition was 60 minutes. The mixture was stirred in the cooling bath for another 45 minutes and then allowed to warm to -20 °C. Then, the reaction was quenched by adding a mixture of saturated ammonium chloride solution (60 mL) and water (40 mL). After the addition of cyclohexane (100 mL) and stirring for a couple of minutes, the layers were allowed to separate. From the organic layer the solvent was distilled off, and unreacted starting materials were distilled off in vacuum at a pressure of 20 mbar and an external temperature of 200 °C. The residue was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (300 mL) at 40 °C. Sulfuric acid (96 %, 30 mL, 54 g, 0.53 mol) was added and the reaction was stirred for one hour at 80 °C. After cooling to 30 °C, the reaction mixture was poured into water (700 mL) and extracted three times with cyclohexane (200 mL, then twice 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (200 mL) and then the solvent removed on the rotavapor. The residue was crystallized from isopropanol (100 mL, 60 °C to 20 °C). The crystals were filtered off and dried to give 16.9 g of the desired compound as colorless crystals. A second crop of 4.6 g was obtained from the mother liquor after column chromatography (Silica gel, heptane) and crystallization from methanol (50 mL). Total yield: 21.5 g (33 %). 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2/Acetone-d6 5:1) δ 153.51 (Cq), 151.49 (Cq), 149.42 (Cq), 145.85 (Cq), 132.31 (Cq), 131.69 (Cq), 131.28 (Cq), 128.33 (Cp), 128.11 (Cp), 128.08 (2 * Cp), 127.98 (Cp), 127.38 (Cp), 126.70 (Cp), 123.26 (Cp), 122.49 (Cp), 116.32 (Cp), 116.24 (Cp), 62.94 (Cs), 51.40 (Cq), 43.16 (Cq), 31.89 (Ct), 31.79 (Ct), 21.07 (Ct). Step 19b) 2'-bromo-3,3,7'-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene] The product from step 19a) (21.0 g, 64.3 mmol, 1.0 eq) was suspended in acetonitrile (120 ml). The mixture was heated to 70 °C to dissolve the starting material, then N-Bromo succinimide (11.5 g, 64.3 mmol, 1.0 eq) was added and the mixture heated at reflux for one hour. At this point, GC analysis of the mixture indicated the presence of unreacted starting material. Thus, more N-Bromo succinimide (1.2 g, 6.7 mmol, 0.1 eq) was added and the mixture kept at reflux for two more hours. Then methanol (12 mL) was added, and after cooling to 5 °C the product crystallized. The crystals were filtered off and washed with a mixture of acetonitrile (15 mL) and methanol (15 mL). The product was recrystallized from isopropanol (200 mL, reflux to -10 °C), filtered off, washed with isopropanol (50 mL, 0 °C) and dried to give 17.6 g (68 %) of the desired compound as colorless powder. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1) δ, δ (21.06 / 2.21, CH3), (31.77 / 1.40, CH3), (31.82 / 1.40, CH3), (43.25, C-q), (51.5, C-q), (62.83 / 2.32, CH2), (115.89, C-q), (116.27 / 6.97, C-H), (118.2 / 6.99, C-H), (122.7 / 7.35, C-H), (126.51 / 6.95, C-H), (128.04 / 6.46, C-H), (128.36 / 7.32, 6.97, 2C-H), (128.74 / 7.425, C-H), (130.32 / 7.25, C-H), (130.46 / 6.74, C-H), (130.67, C-q), (132.77, C-q), (134.01, C-q), (144.86, C-q), (149.11, C-q), (150.69, C-q), (153.55, C-q). Example 20 2'-bromo-3,3-dimethyl-7'-(trifluoromethyl)-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene] Step 20a) 3,3-dimethyl-2'-(trifluoromethyl)-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene] Under an inert atmosphere, a flask was charged with THF (200 mL) and 4- trifluoromethyldiphenylether (23.8 g, 100 mmol, 1 eq). The solution was cooled to -75 °C, and n-hexyllithium 2.3 M in hexanes (44 mL, 100 mmol, 1 eq) was added whilst the temperature was maintained below -50 °C. Then, the mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature overnight. After cooling the mixture back to -75 °C, a solution of the product of Example 9 (17.6 g, 110 mmol, 1.1 eq) in THF (40 mL) was added within 30 minutes, whilst the temperature was maintained below -60 °C. After the addition was complete, stirring was continued at ca. -60 °C for another 30 minutes, and then the mixture was allowed to warm to -15 °C. The reaction was quenched by adding a mixture of saturated ammonium chloride solution (60 mL) and water (40 mL). Then, cyclohexane (100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and after separation of the layers, the organic layer was isolated, and the solvent removed from it at the rotavapor. From the residue, the unreacted starting materials were distilled off in vacuum (14 mbar) at an oil bath temperature of 200 °C. The remaining residue was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (150 mL), and sulfuric acid (96 %, 15 mL, 27 g, 0.27 mol) was added. This mixture was stirred for 19 h at 80 °C. After cooling to 30 °C, the mixture was poured into water (750 mL) and the product extracted with cyclohexane/TBME 9:1 (200 mL, then twice 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (100 mL), and the solvent was removed on the rotavapor. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel, heptane > heptane/DCM 9:1). Removal of the solvent from the fractions containing the product gave a colorless oil (20.9 g, 50 % based on 4-trifluoromethyldiphenylether). 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 /Acetone-d6) δ 153.76 (q, q, J = 1.4 Hz), 153.60 (q), 150.76 (q), 144.70 (q), 132.38 (q), 130.99 (q), 128.91 (p), 128.47 (p), 127.98 (p), 127.87 (p), 126.34 (p), 125.46 (q, q, J = 32.6 Hz), 125.26 (p, q, J = 3.8 Hz), 124.65 (p, q, J = 3.7 Hz), 124.27 (p), 123.99 (q, J = 272.0 Hz), 122.77 (p), 116.98 (p), 116.45 (p), 62.97 (s), 51.38 (q), 43.28 (q), 31.74 (t), 31.66 (t). Step 20b) 2'-bromo-3,3-dimethyl-7'-(trifluoromethyl)-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthene] To a solution of the product from step 20a) (16.4 g, 43.1 mmol, 1.0 eq) in chlorobenzene (20 mL) was added iodine (0.1 g, 0.4 mmol, 0.9 mol%). The mixture was cooled to -30 °C, then bromine (7.0 g, 43.8 mmol, 1.02 eq) was added within 2 minutes. After the exothermic reaction had ceased, the mixture was allowed to warm to 20 °C. The reaction was checked after 60 minutes for conversion of the starting material by GC. Additional bromine (0.70 g, 4.4 mmol, 0.10 eq) was added at 20 °C, and the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for another three hours. Finally, the reaction was quenched by adding 20 % aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (20 ml). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with TBME (10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (100 ml), filtered over a cotton plug, and evaporated to dryness at a temperature up to 120 °C at 25 mbar to remove more volatile materials. The residue was pure product, which was obtained as a colorless, glassy solid. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone d65:1) δ / δ (31.61 / 1.40, CH3), (31.73 / 1.44, CH3), (43.39, C-q), (51.47, C-q), (62.88 / 2.37, 2.36, CH2), (117.02, C-q), (117.05 / 7.26, C-H), (118.32 / 7.09, C-H), (122.98 / 7.41, C-H), (123.88 / , C-q, q, J = 272.1 Hz), (124.91 / 7.49, C-H, q, J = 3.7 Hz), (125.27 / 7.09, C-H, q, J = 3.8 Hz), (125.86 / , C-q, q, J = 32.6 Hz), (126.16 / 6.98, C-H), (128.75 / 7.39, C-H), (129.31 / 7.49, C-H), (130.52 / 6.84, C-H), (130.86 / 7.34, C-H), (131.82, C-q), (133.28, C-q), (143.76, C-q), (149.95, C-q), (153.41 / , C-q, q, J = 1.3 Hz), (153.65, C-q). Example 21 3,4-dihydro-2H-spiro[naphthalene-1,9'-xanthen]-2'-amine Step 21a) A solution of diphenyl ether (51.0 g, 0.30 mol, 1.0 eq) in THF (100 mL) was cooled to -75 °C. Then, under an inert atmosphere was added dropwise a solution of n-butyllithium 2.5 M in hexanes (120 mL, 0.30 mol, 1.0 eq), whilst the temperature was maintained in the range between -78 to – 50 °C. The mixture was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature overnight. Then, it was cooled back to -75 °C, and a solution of alpha- tetralone (45.3 g, 310 mmol, 1.03 eq) in tert-butyl methyl ether (30 mL) was added dropwise, whilst the temperature was maintained in the range between -75 to – 60 °C. When the addition was complete, stirring in the cooling bath was continued for 30 minutes. Then, the reaction was warmed to -10 °C and quenched by adding saturated ammonium chloride solution (100 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer extracted with toluene (50 mL). From the combined organic layers, the solvent was removed on the rotavapor. Unreacted materials were then removed from the residue by distillation in vacuum (20 mbar) at a temperature of up to 190 °C. After cooling, the residue was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (400 mL), sulfuric acid was added (96 %; 27 mL, 39 g, 0.48 mol), and the mixture heated to 110 °C for 60 minutes. After cooling to 20 °C, the reaction mixture was poured into water (1.2 L). The product was extracted with toluene (three times 100 ml). From the combined extracts, the solvent was removed on the rotavapor. The resulting crude product was dissolved at 60 °C in cyclohexane (100 mL) and purified by column chromatography (d = 12.5 cm, h = 5 cm, elution with 4 L of heptane). After evaporation of the solvent, 45 g of a colorless oil was obtained, which was crystallized from 94 % ethanol (denatured with 1 % Toluene, 450 mL, reflux -> 0 °C). The crystals were filtered off, washed twice with 94 % ethanol (30 mL each time) to give 38.5 g (43 %) of the desired product. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2/Acetone-d65:1) δ 151.25 (q), 140.57 (q), 138.94 (q), 132.18 (p), 131.71 (q), 129.54 (p), 128.82 (p), 127.42 (p), 126.71 (p), 126.60 (p), 123.02 (p), 116.22 (p), 44.22 (q), 43.17 (s), 30.58 (s), 19.14 (s). Step 21b) 2'-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-spiro[naphthalene-1,9'-xanthene] The product from step 21a) (38.0 g, 127 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in a mixture of chlorobenzene (100 mL) and glacial acetic acid (50 mL). In an Erlenmeyer flask, was prepared a mixture of sulfuric acid (96 %; 23.5 g, 0.24 mol, 1.9 eq) and nitric acid (99 %, 8.9 g; 0.14 mol, 1.1 eq). The nitrating acid was transferred to a dropping funnel, the residual acid in the Erlenmeyer flask was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (20 mL) and directly added to the reaction mixture at 10 °C. The nitrating acid was added at a temperature of 10 °C dropwise within 30 minutes into the reaction mixture. Stirring was continued at 10 °C for one hour followed by a quench with water (250 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with chlorobenzene (50 mL). From the combined organic layers the solvent was removed on the rotavapor, then the remaining crude product was dissolved in a mixture of isopropanol (200 mL) and toluene (10 mL) at 70 °C. The product crystallized upon cooling to 30 °C. The crystals were filtered off and washed twice with isopropanol (20 mL each). After drying, the product 29.5 g (68 %) was obtained as a colorless solid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2/Acetone-d65:1) δ 155.60 (q), 150.16 (q), 143.48 (q), 139.18 (q), 139.11 (q), 132.78 (q), 131.69 (p), 130.53 (q), 129.72 (p), 129.28 (p), 128.06 (p), 127.45 (p), 127.12 (p), 125.35 (p), 124.29 (p), 123.34 (p), 117.03 (p), 116.41 (p), 44.46 (q), 43.35 (s), 30.26 (s), 18.84 (s). Step 21c) 3,4-dihydro-2H-spiro[naphthalene-1,9'-xanthen]-2'-amine The product from step 21b (29.0 g, 84.4 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in a flask in THF (100 mL) and methanol (100 mL) was added. The atmosphere in the flask was changed from air to nitrogen by one cycle of evacuation and venting with nitrogen. Under nitrogen, the catalyst (4.2 g of 5 % Pd on charcoal, water content 50 %, 1.0 mmol, 1.2 mol%) was added, followed by evacuation and venting with hydrogen. The reaction was stirred, starting with a temperature of 20 °C. The temperature rose over 45 minutes to a peak temperature of 45 °C indication the ongoing hydrogenation. After a total reaction time of 2.5 hours, the starting material was completely converted, and the reaction cooled to room temperature. Under an inert atmosphere the catalyst was filtered off over a pad of of 25 μm silica gel (d = 5 cm, h = 2 cm). The filter pad was washed with a 1:1 mixture of THF and MeOH (200 mL). After evaporation of the solvents, the product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, heptane : EtOAc 9:1 -> 4:1). The product fractions were evaporated to give 24.9 g (94 %) of the product as a reddish, amorphous solid. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CD2Cl2) δ / δ (18.69 / 1.80, CH2), (30.03 / 2.98, CH2), (42.67 / 2.02, CH2), (44.41, C-q), (114.41 / 6.58, C-H), (115.24 / 6.06, C-H), (115.75 / 7.13, C-H), (116.37 / 6.98, C-H), (122.19 / 6.94, C-H), (126.15 / 7.13, C- H), (126.36 / 7.25, C-H), (127.12 / 7.21, C-H), (128.58 / 7.28, C-H), (129.49 / 6.70, C-H), (131.81, C-q), (132.03 / 6.95, C-H), (132.71, C-q), (139.46, C-q), (140.78, C-q), (141.93, C-q), (144.39, C-q), (151.74, C-q). Example 22: 2'-Chloro-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-thioxanthene Step 22a) (4-Chloro-2-(1,1-dimethyl-1H-inden-3-yl)phenyl)(phenyl)sulfane (2-Bromo-4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)sulfane (700 mg, 2.33 mmol) was dissolved in THF (5 mL) under an inert atmosphere, After cooling to -60 °C, n-BuLi (0.69g of 2.5 N solution in hexane, 2.5 mmol) was carefully added via syringe. The mixture was stirred for 5 minutes, while the temperature dropped to -70 °C. Afterwards, 3,3-dimethylindan-1-on (0.80g, 5 mmol) from example 9, step 9b) was added at a temperature below – 50 °C. The mixture was stirred for further 30 minutes and then allowed to warm to ambient temperature. It was quenched by the addition of a mixture of water (20 mL) and saturated ammonium chloride solution (20 mL). Extraction with TBME (40 mL) and removal of the solvent from the organic layer gave a residue, which was re-dissolved in acetic acid (25 mL) and sulfuric acid (2 mL). This mixture was heated to 100 °C for 45 minutes in order to effect the cyclization. After cooling to 30 °C, water (100 mL) was added, and the mixture extracted with TBME (20 mL). The extract was subjected to a chromatography on silica (Biotage, 100 g) with heptane. After eluting with ten times of the column volume with heptane, none of the obtained fractions contained the product, and only (4-chlorophenyl)phenylsulfide was eluted. Thus, chromatography was continued with twice the volume of the column with a mixture of heptane / ethyl acetate (4 : 1, v : v). Here, one fraction contained the product and 3,3-dimethylindan-1-one in a ratio of ca. 1 : 1. The indanone was removed in vacuum (180 °C, 50 mbar) to leave the product (170 mg). The structure of the product was elucidated from its NMR spectra as (4-chloro-2- (1,1-dimethyl-1H-inden-3-yl) phenyl)-(phenyl)sulfane. Step 22b) 2'-Chloro-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-thioxanthene] The material obtained from step 12a) (170 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved at 20 °C in a mixture of boron trifluoride THF complex (3.0 mL) and dichloromethane (5.0 mL). 0.34 g (2.3 mmol9 of trifluoromethane sulfonic acid was added, the reaction mixture stirred for 2 minutes and then quenched by the addition of water (20 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with a mixture of heptane (10 mL) and TBME (10 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the solvent was removed on the rotavapor. Cyclohexane (30 mL) was added to the residue, and this solution was chromatographed on silica gel with heptane to yield 60 mg (35 %) of the desired compound as a colorless oil. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (30.90 / 1.23, CH3), (30.93 / 1.18, CH3), (42.87, C-q), (54.91 / 2.39, CH2), (58.65, C-q), (123.59 / 7.41, CH), (126.34 / 7.14, CH), (126.49 / 7.06, CH), (126.54 / 7.16, CH), (127.06 / 7.43, CH), (127.12 / 6.85, CH), (127.36 / 6.81, CH), (127.47 / 7.47, CH), (128.02 / 7.23, CH), (128.19 / 7.41, CH), (128.98 / 7.51, CH), (131.61, C-q), (132.39, C-q), (132.41, C-q), (141.74, C-q), (143.00, C-q), (145.74, C-q), (154.26, C-q). Example 23 2'-bromo-3,3,7'-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-thioxanthene] Step 23a) 2',3,3-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-thioxanthene] A three-necked flask fitted with reflux condenser and dropping funnel was charged under an inert atmosphere with magnesium turnings (1.45 g, 59.7 mmol, 1.26 eq) and 3 mL of a solution of 1-bromo-2-(p-tolylsulfanyl)benzene (13.3 g, 47.5 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (40 mL). The reaction was activated by the addition of a drop of bromine. After the Grignard- reaction had started, the remaining aryl bromide was added within 15 minutes while maintaining a gentle reflux. After completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for further 20 minutes and then allowed to cool to room temperature. The product from Example 15b (8.2 g, 51 mmol, 1.1 eq) was added dropwise into the Grignard reagent within 5 minutes. After the exothermic reaction had ceased, the mixture was stirred for further 10 minutes. Then, the reaction was quenched by adding of a 2 M aqueous solution of mono-ammonium citrate (50 ml). The organic layer was separated, and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The remaining crude product was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (25 mL), and sulfuric acid (96 %, 1.0 mL, 18 mmol, 0.39 eq) was added. The reaction was stirred at 20 °C for 30 minutes. Then it was poured into water (150 mL) and the product extracted with cyclohexane (40 mL). The organic layer was separated and filtered over a silica gel pad (d = 6 cm, h = 2 cm), which was subsequently eluted with cyclohexane (400 mL). The filtrate was evaporated to give 21.6 g of crude (2-(1,1-dimethyl-1H-inden-3-yl)phenyl)(p-tolyl)sulfane. This was dissolved in DCM (20 mL), and the solution was added dropwise within 15 minutes at 20 °C into a solution of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (1.0 mL, 11 mmol, 0.24 eq) in DCM (20 mL). The mixture was stirred for ten more minutes, and then quenched with 20 % NaOH (40 mL). The product was extracted with TBME (40 mL). The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and from the filtrate the solvent removed on the rotavapor. The residue was suspended in isopropanol at 60 °C, and the suspension cooled back to 20 °C. The crystals were filtered off, washed with cold isopropanol (10 mL) and methanol (20 mL) to provide after drying 5.2 g (32 %) of a colorless solid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2: acetone d65:1) δ 154.27 (q), 143.77 (q), 143.65 (q), 142.63 (q), 135.52 (q), 133.22 (q), l29.51 (q), 128.57 (p), 128.32 (p), 127.72 (p), 127.23 (p), 127.12 (p), 127.05 (p), 127.04 (p), 127.01 (p), 126.19 (p), 126.01 (p), 58.55 (q), 55.07 (s), 42.77 (q), 30.97 (t), 30.93 (t), 21.43 (t). Step 23b) 2'-bromo-3,3,7'-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-thioxanthene] The product obtained from step 23a) (4.8 g, 14 mmol, 1.0 eq) was suspended in DCM (40 mL). Iodine (0.3 g, 1 mmol, 0.08 eq) was added, followed by bromine (2.3 g, 14 mmol, 1.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 30 minutes. Then the solvent was removed on the rotavapor, and the residue crystallized from acetonitrile (50 mL) at 20 °C. The crystals were filtered off and washed twice with acetonitrile (20 mL each time). After drying, 4.6 g (78 %) of the product was obtained as a colorless solid. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CDCl3) δ / δ (21.32 / 2.21, CH3), (30.88 / 1.18, 2 * CH3), (43.03, C-q), (54.65 / 2.41, CH2), (58.66, C-q), (119.87, C-q), (123.39 / 7.41, C-H), (126.83 / 7.38, C-H), (127.08 / 7.01, C-H), (127.18 / 7.49, C-H), (127.88 / 6.68, C-H), (128.13 / 7.28, C-H), (128.35 / 7.32, C-H), (128.65 / 7.53, C-H), (128.71, C- q), (129.00 / 7.29, C-H), (129.91 / 7.00, C-H), (132.42, C-q), (136.15, C-q), (141.72, C- q), (143.25, C-q), (146.34, C-q), (154.52, C-q). I.b) Preparation of secondary amines Example 24 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-amine This material was synthesized as described in WO 2018/206769 A1 via the coupling of 2-bromo-dibenzo[b,d]furan with 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.22 / 1.49, 2 x CH3), (46.44, C-q), (110.34 / 7.76, CH), (110.87 / 7.17, CH), (111.73 / 7.52, CH), (112.13 / 7.46, CH), (115.48 / 7.05, CH), (118.97 / 7.56, CH), (119.97 / 7.28, CH), (120.84 / 7.90, CH), (120.98 / 7.54, CH), (122.45 / 7.36, CH), (122.68 / 7.31, CH), (124.46, C-q), (124.96, C-q), (125.91 / 7.17, CH), (127.12 / 7.24, CH), (127.23 / 7.44, CH), (131.37, C-q), (139.23, C-q), (139.69, C-q), (144.64, C-q), (151.50, C-q), (152.73, C-q), (155.07, C-q), (156.75, C-q), (7.13, NH). Example 25 N1-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-N4,N4-diphenylbenzene-1,4-diamine This material was synthesized as described in WO 2012/015265 A1 via the coupling of 4-aminotriphenylamine with 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.24 / 1.48, 2 x CH3), (46.44, C-q), (111.42 / 7.15, CH), (116.17 / 7.02, CH), (118.74 / 7.08, 2 x CH), (119.04 / 7.54, CH), (120.94 / 7.51, CH), (122.04 / 6.92, 2 x CH), (122.45 / 7.34, CH), (123.12 / 7.04, 4 x CH), (126.00 / 7.16, CH), (126.86 / 7.00, 2 x CH), (127.13 / 7.23, CH), (129.26 / 7.20, 4 x CH), (131.68, C-q), (139.60, C-q), (139.75, C-q), (140.29, C-q), (143.43, C-q), (148.03, 2 x C-q), (152.74, C-q), (154.98, C-q). Example 26 N-(4-(9,9-dimethylacridin-10(9H)-yl)phenyl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine This material was synthesized as described in CN 111675687 A via the coupling of 9,9- dimethyl-10-(4´-bromophenyl)-9,10-dihydro-acridine with 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2- amine. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.30 / 1.52, 2 x CH3), (31.51 / 1.68, 2 x CH3), (35.74, C-q), (46.55, C-q), (112.89 / 7.28, CH), (114.46 / 6.37, 2 x CH), (117.56 / 7.15, CH), (118.33 / 7.34, 2 x CH), (119.31 / 7.57, CH), (120.73 / 6.84, 2 x CH), (121.04 / 7.58, CH), (122.53 / 7.36, CH), (125.21 / 7.37, 2 x CH), (126.37 / 7.19, CH), (126.56 / 6.92, 2 x CH), (127.24 / 7.25, CH), (129.61, C-q), (131.95 / 7.13, 2 x CH), (132.55, C-q), (132.84, C-q), (139.40, C-q), (141.22, C-q), (142.31, C-q), (143.75, C-q), (152.86, C-q), (155.03, C-q), (2.32, NH). Example 27 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-10-phenyl-9,10-dihydroacridin-2-amine This material was synthesized via coupling of 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine with 2- bromo-9,9-dimethyl-10-phenyl-9,10-dihydro-acridine. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.37 / 1.43, 2 x CH3), (31.63 / 1.68, 2 x CH3), (35.99, C-q), (46.34, C-q), (109.63 / 6.99, CH), (114.13 / 6.18, CH), (115.00 / 6.80, CH), (115.12 / 6.15, CH), (117.77 / 7.25, CH), (118.78 / 6.71, CH), (118.86 / 7.47, CH), (120.60 / 6.82, CH), (121.04 / 7.42, CH), (122.38 / 7.29, CH), (125.43 / 7.36, CH), (125.73 / 7.12, CH), (126.60 / 6.87, CH), (127.11 / 7.19, CH), (128.13 / 7.53, CH), (129.00, C-q), (130.59, C-q), (130.64, C-q), (130.95 / 7.65, 2 x CH), (131.49 / 7.33, 2 x CH), (136.06, C-q), (136.17, C-q), (139.79, C-q), (140.89, C-q), (141.56, C-q), (144.99, C-q), (152.54, C-q), (154.93, C-q), (6.33, NH). Example 28 bis(dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-yl)amine Step 28a) N,N-bis(dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-yl)acetamide This material was synthesized as described in EP2239259 via the coupling of 2- bromodibenzo[b,d]furan and acetamide using 1.4-dioxane as solvent. Step 28b) bis(dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-yl)amine The amine was synthesized as described in in EP2239259 by amide cleavage using potassium hydroxide in ethanol / THF. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1) δ / δ (109.80 / 7.66, 2 x CH), (111.74 / 7.60, 2 x CH), (112.29 / 7.53, 2 x CH), (119.27 / 7.22, 2 x CH), (120.74 / 7.89, 2 x CH), (122.51 / 7.34, 2 x CH), (124.27, 2 x C-q), (125.11, 2 x C-q), (127.21 / 7.48, 2 x CH), (140.07, 2 x C-q), (151.74, 2 x C-q), (156.86, 2 x C-q), (5.74, NH). Example 29 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-xanthen-2-amine This material was synthesized as described in WO 2021/141356 A1 via the coupling of 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine with 2-bromo-9,9-dimethyl-9H-xanthene, using Amphos (di-tert.-butyl-(4-dimethylaminophenyl)-phosphine) instead of P(t-Bu)3 as the catalyst. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.36 / 1.50, 2 x CH3), (32.59 / 1.69, 2 x CH3), (34.06, C-q), (46.46, C-q), (110.48 / 7.07, CH), (115.65 / 6.91, CH), (116.54 / 7.00, CH), (117.05 / 7.23, CH), (117.28 / 6.97, CH), (119.07 / 7.55, CH), (119.19 / 6.97, CH), (121.15 / 7.52, CH), (122.53 / 7.35, CH), (123.17 / 7.07, CH), (126.06 / 7.20, CH), (126.42 / 7.41, CH), (127.24 / 7.26, CH), (127.60 / 7.19, CH), (129.22, C-q), (130.33, C-q), (131.38, C-q), (138.43, C-q), (139.62, C-q), (144.30, C-q), (145.05, C-q), (150.44, C-q), (152.68, C-q), (155.06, C-q), (6.17, NH). Example 30 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-thioxanthen-2-amine This material was synthesized in analogy to WO 2021/141356 A1 via the coupling of 9,9- dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine with 2-bromo-9,9-dimethyl-9H-thioxanthene, using Amphos instead of P(t-Bu)3 as the catalyst. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (25.22 / 1.67, 2 x CH3), (27.30 / 1.48, 2 x CH3), (40.40, C-q), (46.46, C-q), (111.64 / 7.18, CH), (114.60 / 7.37, CH), (115.88 / 6.97, CH), (116.69 / 6.99, CH), (119.13 / 7.55, CH), (121.05 / 7.52, CH), (122.49 / 7.35, CH), (123.46, C-q), (124.75 / 7.49, CH), (126.13 / 7.15, CH), (126.13 / 7.19, CH), (126.48 / 7.23, CH), (127.19 / 7.25, CH), (127.34 / 7.39, CH), (128.07 / 7.26, CH), (132.00, C-q), (133.86, C-q), (139.55, C-q), (142.03, C-q), (142.56, C-q), (143.21, C-q), (143.27, C-q), (152.75, C-q), (154.96, C-q), (6.93, NH). Example 31 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-amine This material was synthesized via the coupling of 9-(4-bromophenyl)-9H-carbazole with 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine following the general procedure for Buchwald-Hartwig aminations (see further below) NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 ; acetone D65:1) δ / δ (27.36 / 1.48, 2 x CH3), (46.42, C-q), (109.87 / 7.39, CH), (110.01 / 7.10, CH), (110.46 / 7.35, CH), (111.80 / 7.89, CH), (114.81 / 6.98, CH), (118.89 / 7.52, CH), (120.14 / 7.21, CH), (120.58 / 8.00, CH), (120.64 / 7.25, CH), (121.04 / 7.49, CH), (122.43 / 7.33, CH), (123.38, C-q), (124.36, C-q), (125.76 / 7.15, CH), (126.27 / 7.38, CH), (126.83 / 7.59, 2 x CH ), (127.14 / 7.23, CH), (127.30 / 7.46, CH), (130.08 / 7.63, 2 x CH), (130.78, C-q), (136.35, C-q), (136.80, C-q), (138.00, C-q), (139.85, C-q), (141.16, C-q), (145.57, C-q), (152.64, C-q), (155.07, C-q), (6.71, NH). Example 32 N-(4-(9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenyl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine This material was synthesized as described in KR2016/12500, 2016 A via the coupling of 9-(4-bromophenyl)-9H-carbazole with 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 ; acetone D65:1) δ / δ (27.29, 2 x CH3), (46.54, C-q), (109.92 / 7.36, 2 x CH), (112.75 / 7.28, CH), (117.44 / 7.15, CH), (117.70 / 7.33, 2 x CH), (119.30 / 7.57, CH), (119.95 / 7.21, 2 x CH), (120.40 / 8.05, 2 x CH), (121.05 / 7.58, CH), (122.53 / 7.36, CH), (123.21, 2 x C-q), (126.04 / 7.37, 2 x CH), (126.36 / 7.19, CH), (127.24 / 7.25, CH), (128.19 / 7.39, 2 x CH), (129.21, C-q), (132.80, C-q), (139.41, C-q), (141.26, C-q), (142.42, C-q), (143.43, 2 x C-q), (152.84, C-q), (155.05, C-q), (7.25, NH). Example 33 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-amine This material was synthesized via the coupling of 9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine with 5-bromo-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydro-benzofuran. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz / 400 MHz, CS2: acetone-d6), δ / δ = (27.31 / 1.44, 2 x CH3), (27.41 / 1.37, 2 x CH3), (41.97, C-q), (46.32, C-q), (84.40 / 4.20, CH2), (109.60 / 6.95, CH), (110.04 / 6.62, CH), (114.53 / 6.81, CH), (115.59 / 6.93, CH), (118.80 / 7.48, CH), (120.74 / 6.87, CH), (120.95 / 7.43, CH), (122.38 / 7.31, CH), (125.67 / 7.13, CH), (127.09 / 7.21, CH), (130.43, C-q), (136.26, C-q), (137.18, C-q), (139.83, C-q), (145.63, C-q), (152.54, C-q), (154.77, C-q), (154.94, C-q), (6.46 NH). Example 34 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)benzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazol-5-amine The starting material 5-bromobenzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazole was synthesized as described in RSC Adv., 2016, 6, 66978 via reaction of 4-bromobenzene-1,2-diamine and thionyl chloride. 13C (101 MHz, CDCl3) d 155.27, 153.33, 133.20, 124.52, 123.82, 122.17. As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig coupling (see further below), the aryl bromide 5-bromobenzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazole (31.7 g, 147 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (32.4 g, 155 mmol,1.05 eq.) were coupled in toluene (250 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (20% solution in THF; 77.9 g, 162 mmol, 1.1 eq.), tri tert butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.54 g, 1.84 mmol, 1.25 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.68 g, 0.74 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). After cooling, functionalized silica gel (1.5 g, 3-Mercaptopropyl ethyl sulfide silica, SPM32, PhosphonicS.com) was added to the reaction mixture. The suspension was stirred until it appeared to be homogenous. It was then filtered over a pad of silica gel (ca.25 g), which was then washed with about the same volume of toluene as the volume of the column. After removal of the solvent from the combined filtrates, the product was purified further by column chromatography (heptane/ EtOAc) followed by crystallization from cyclohexane. The product was obtained as an orange solid (35.2 g, 70%) in a purity better than 98.3% (according to HPLC@340 nm). NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1) δ / δ (27.17 / 1.51, 2 x CH3), (46.62, C-q), (99.04 / 7.45, CH), (114.50 / 7.34, CH), (119.15 / 7.22, CH), (119.57 / 7.59, CH), (121.04 / 7.63, CH), (121.61 / 7.74, CH), (122.59 / 7.37, CH), (125.96 / 7.42, CH), (126.73 / 7.21, CH), (127.28 / 7.26, CH), (134.14, C-q), (139.12, C-q), (140.98, C-q), (145.38, C-q), (151.01, C-q), (153.03, C-q), (155.02, C-q), (156.70, C-q), (7.75, NH). Example 35 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3,7-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-amine Step 35a) 5-bromo-3,3,7-trimethyl-2H-benzofuran To a solution of 4-bromo-2-methylphenol (100 g, 0.53 mol) in DCM (150 mL) was added concentrated sulfuric acid (96 %; 28 g, 0.28 mol). At a temperature of 30 to 40 °C methallyl chloride (97 g, 1.1 mol) was added dropwise within two hours. When the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred at a temperature between 20 and 30 °C for another hour. The obtained mixture was then added carefully within 30 minutes to a vigorously stirred solution of sodium hydroxide (80 g, 2.0 mol) in water (180 mL). Due to the neutralization heat, the solvent partially distilled off. The remaining dichloromethane was also distilled off and the remaining mixture was extracted twice with cyclohexane (at first 100 mL, then 50 mL). The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporation.87 g of crude product was obtained, which was distilled (bp. = 135 to 141 °C at 15 mbar). The product was then purified further by column chromatography (silica gel, n-heptane) to give 19.0 g (15 %) of a colorless oil. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CDCl3), δ = 156.68 (q), 138.04 (q), 131.72 (p), 122.85 (p), 121.89 (q), 112.13 (q), 84.52 (s), 42.42 (q), 27.49 (2 * Ct), 15.00 (t). Step 35b) N-(3,3,7-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)acetamide Under an inert atmosphere was placed cuprous iodide (1.42 g, 7.42 mmol), potassium phosphate (22.0 g, 103 mmol) and acetamide (8.82 g, 149 mmol).1,4-Dioxane (60 mL), 5-bromo-3,3,7-trimethyl-2H-benzofuran (15.0 g, 62.2 mmol), and N,N'-dimethyl ethylenediamine (1.32 g, 14.9 mmol) were added. Then the reaction mixture was refluxed for 17 h. After cooling to 20 °C, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and washed with a mixture of saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL) and 25 % aqueous ammonia (50 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated by rotary evaporation. The residue was recrystallized from mixture of cyclohexane (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 mL), filtered off and washed with a mixture of ethyl acetate (20 mL) and cyclohexane (40 mL) to give 12.8 g (78 %) of a colorless solid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, DMSO), δ = 167.96 (q), 153.24 (q), 136.19 (q), 133.02 (q), 120.85 (p), 118.75 (q), 112.18 (p), 83.89 (s), 42.32 (q), 27.63 (2 * Ct), 24.23 (t), 15.48 (t). Step 35c) N-(9,9-dimethylfluoren-2-yl)-N-(3,3,7-trimethyl-2H-benzofuran-5-yl)acetamide Under an argon atmosphere were placed the product from step 35b (9.27 g, 42.3 mmol), 2-bromo-9,9-dimethyl-fluorene (12.7 g, 46.5 mmol), potassium phosphate (10.9 g, 50.7 mmol) and cuprous iodide (0.80 g, 4.2 mmol).1,4-Dioxane (80 mL) was added, followed by N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine (0.75 g, 8.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred under reflux for 5 h, then additional cuprous iodide (0.80 g, 4.2 mmol) was added. The mixture was held at reflux for 15 hours, then cooled to room temperature and diluted with toluene (100 mL). The organic layer was washed twice with saturated ammonium chloride solution (2 x 50 mL). The aqueous layers were combined and extracted with 20 mL of toluene. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and then filtered over a pad of silica gel (d = 5 cm, h = 1 cm), which was subsequently washed with ethyl acetate (150 mL). The filtrate was evaporated to dryness and the residue then refluxed with isopropanol (50 mL) until a solid began to appear. After cooling to room temperature, the solid was filtered off and washed with isopropanol (20 mL) to give 14.0 g of N-(9,9-dimethylfluoren-2-yl)-N-(3,3,7-trimethyl-2H-benzofuran-5-yl)acetamide. Step 35d) Hydrolysis of the material from step 35c) to obtain the final product Under an inert atmosphere, the solid obtained in step 35c) was placed in a flask together with potassium hydroxide (85 % purity, 9.3 g, 0.14 mol). A mixture of THF (45 mL) and ethanol (45 mL) was added and the resulting suspension was refluxed for 21 h. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the solid residue was partitioned between water (40 mL) and tert-butyl methyl ether (60 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (40 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporation. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Silica gel, toluene/n-heptane 1:1) to afford 11.3 g (72 %) of the desired compound. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (15.51 / 2.19, CH3), (27.34 / 1.45, 2 x CH3), (27.50 / 1.36, 2 x CH3), (42.23, C-q), (46.31, C-q), (84.13 / 4.21, CH2), (109.68 / 6.94, CH), (113.12 / 6.78, CH), (114.50 / 6.81, CH), (118.80 / 7.49, CH), (119.94, C-q), (120.93 / 7.43, CH), (122.32 / 6.71, CH), (122.38 / 7.31, CH), (125.65 / 7.13, CH), (127.10 / 7.21, CH), (130.34, C-q), (136.14, C-q), (136.28, C-q), (139.87, C-q), (145.78, C-q), (152.54, C-q), (153.24, C-q), (154.93, C-q), (6.30, NH). Example 36 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3,5-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-7-amine Step 36a) 7-bromo-3,3,5-trimethyl-2H-benzofuran To a solution of 2-bromo-4-methyl-phenol (100 g, 0.53 mol) in DCM (100 mL) was added trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (8.0 g, 53 mmol). At a temperature of 5 °C methallyl chloride (53 g, 0.58 mol) was added dropwise within 30 minutes. After completion of the addition, the mixture was stirred for 22 h at 20 °C. The reaction mixture was then added carefully within 30 minutes to a vigorously stirred solution of sodium hydroxide (32 g, 0.79 mol) in water (120 mL). The reaction came to reflux due to the neutralization heat. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with toluene (100 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with 2 M sodium hydroxide solution (50 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated by rotary evaporation. 116 g of crude product was obtained, which was distilled at 143 to 145 °C at 15 mbar to give 81.2 g (62 %) of a colorless oil. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CDCl3): δ = 153.64 (q), 137.26 (q), 130.90 (q), 130.39 (p), 121.44 (p), 101.34 (q), 83.77 (s), 42.29 (q), 26.74 (2 * Ct), 19.89 (t). Step 36b) N-(3,3,5-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-7-yl)acetamide Under an inert atmosphere were placed cuprous iodide (4.74 g, 24.9 mmol), potassium phosphate (81.7 g, 373 mmol) and acetamide (44.1 g, 747 mmol).1,4-Dioxane (240 mL), 7-bromo-3,3,5-trimethyl-2H-benzofuran (60.0 g, 249 mmol) and N,N'- dimethylethylenediamine (4.39 g, 49.8 mmol) were added, then the reaction mixture was refluxed for 21 h. After cooling to 20 °C, the reaction mixture was washed with a mixture of saturated sodium chloride solution (60 mL), 32 % hydrochloric acid (60 mL) and water (60 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate, and evaporated by rotary evaporation to give 50.1 g (90 %) of a brown solid. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, DMSO): δ = 168.76 (q), 147.47 (q), 137.21 (q), 129.67 (q), 122.13 (p), 122.03 (q), 118.62 (p), 84.36 (s), 42.44 (q), 27.52 (2 * Ct), 23.94 (t), 21.28 (t). Step 36c) N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-N-(3,3,5-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-7-yl)- acetamide The product from step 36b) (13.4 g, 61.0 mmol) was placed under an argon atmosphere together with 2-bromo-9,9-dimethyl-fluorene (18.3 g, 67.1 mmol), potassium phosphate (15.5 g, 73.2 mmol) and cuprous iodide (1.16 g, 6.10 mmol). 1,4-Dioxane (50 mL) was added, followed by N,N'-dimethyl ethylenediamine (1.08 g, 12.2 mmol). The mixture was kept at reflux for 16 hours, was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with toluene (60 mL) and washed with saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted once more with toluene (50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate and then filtered over a pad of silica gel (d = 5 cm, h = 1 cm), which was subsequently washed with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The filtrate was evaporated to dryness and the residue purified by fractional crystallization either from cyclohexane / isopropanol 9:1 (1.5 – 3.0 mL / g) or n-heptane / isopropanol 19:1 (1.0 – 3.0 mL /g) to give 20.0 g of the solid N-(9,9-dimethylfluoren-2-yl)-N-(3,3,5-trimethyl-2H-benzofuran-7-yl)acetamide. Step 36d) Hydrolysis of the product from step 36c) to obtain the final product Under an inert atmosphere, the product from step 36c) was placed in a flask together with potassium hydroxide (85 % purity, 8.2 g, 0.12 mol, 4.0 eq). A mixture of THF (45 mL) and ethanol (45 mL) was added, and the resulting suspension was refluxed for 17 h. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and then the solid residue was partitioned between water (40 mL) and tert-butyl methyl ether (60 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (40 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated by rotary evaporation. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Silica gel, toluene/n-heptane 1:1) to afford 9.78 g (43 %) of the desired compound. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (21.61 / 2.31, CH3), (27.30 / 1.48, 2 x CH3), (27.42 / 1.39, 2 x CH3), (42.57, C-q), (46.43, C-q), (84.58 / 4.23, CH2), (111.84 / 7.10, CH), (114.92 / 6.49, CH), (116.24 / 6.92, CH), (116.34 / 7.01, CH), (119.11 / 7.54, CH), (120.81 / 7.51, CH), (122.46 / 7.34, CH), (126.05 / 7.17, CH), (127.03, C-q), (127.14 / 7.24, CH), (130.36, C-q), (131.85, C-q), (136.36, C-q), (139.63, C-q), (142.86, C-q), (146.50, C-q), (152.76, C-q), (154.84, C-q), (6.07, NH). Example 37 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]thiophen-2-amine The amine was synthesized via the coupling of 2-bromodibenzo[b,d]thiophene with 9,9- dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine as described in KR2016149879 A using Amphos instead of P(t-Bu)3 as the catalyst. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz / 400 MHz, CS2/acetone-d6): δ / δ = (27.32 / 1.51, 2 x CH3), (46.51, C-q), (110.11 / 7.92, CH), (111.88 / 7.23, CH), (116.58 / 7.09, CH), (119.18 / 7.56, CH), (119.27 / 7.27, CH), (121.10 / 7.56, CH), (121.69 / 8.00, CH), (122.52 / 7.35, CH), (123.01 / 7.79, CH), (123.43 / 7.67, CH), (124.35 / 7.39, CH), (126.19 / 7.19, CH), (126.85 / 7.41, CH), (127.23 / 7.25, CH), (131.43, C-q), (132.16, C-q), (135.49, C-q), (136.71, C-q), (139.56, C-q), (140.65, C-q), (141.14, C-q), (143.51, C-q), (152.79, C-q), (155.08, C-q), (6.97, NH). Example 38 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-amine Following the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig coupling (see below), 5- bromobenzo[d][1,3]dioxole (40.0 g, 199 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren- 2-yl)amine (42.5 g, 203 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (300 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (20% solution in THF; 105 g, 219 mmol, 1.1 eq.), tri tert butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.87 g, 2.98 mmol, 1.5 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (1.09 g, 1.19 mmol, 0.6 mol-%). After complete conversion and cooling to ambient temperature, functionalized silica gel (1.5 g, 3-mercaptopropyl ethyl sulfide silica, SPM32, PhosphonicS.com) was added to the reaction mixture. The suspension was stirred until it appeared to be homogenous. It was then filtered over a pad of silica gel (20-30 g). The filter cake was further washed with about the same volume of toluene as the volume of the column. Removal of the solvent from the combined filtrates left the crude product. It was purified by column chromatography (heptane/ EtOAc) followed by crystallization from isopropanol to provide the product as a yellowish solid (37.3 g, 57%) purity 99.1% (according to HPLC@340 nm). NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1) δ / δ (27.30 / 1.45, 2 x CH3), (46.39, C-q), (100.96 / 5.90, CH2), (101.84 / 6.66*, CH), (108.65 / 6.66*, CH), (110.55 / 6.99, CH), (112.04 / 6.55, CH), (115.40 / 6.87, CH), (118.97 / 7.49, CH), (120.96 / 7.45, CH), (122.41 / 7.31, CH), (125.90 / 7.14, CH), (127.13 / 7.21, CH), (131.22, C-q), (137.88, C-q), (139.66, C-q), (142.30, C-q), (144.45, C-q), (148.26, C-q), (152.63, C-q), (154.97, C-q). II. Preparation of compounds of formula (I) General Procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination Under an inert atmosphere, the aryl halide, the mono- or di-arylamine and sodium tert- butanolate are suspended in toluene (approx.15 mL / mmol aryl halide). To the obtained suspension is added under an inert atmosphere the catalyst Pd2(dba)3 or Pd(OAc)2 and the appropriate ligand (RuPhos or SPhos). The resulting mixture is heated at reflux for 16 hours. The workup is done following one of the general workup procedures described below. Workup procedure A After cooling, aqueous ammonium chloride solution (ca. 20%, 10 mL / mmol product) was added to the reaction mixture. The resulting emulsion was filtered through a filter layer made up of Celite, which has been slurried up in ethyl acetate. Later, the Celite pad was washed with ethyl acetate (ca. 15 mL / mmol). From the filtrate, after separation of the layers, the organic layer is washed subsequently with water (10 mL / mmol), saturated sodium chloride solution (10 mL / mmol), and then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and removal of the solvent from the filtrate gave the crude product which was purified further as described for the corresponding examples. Workup procedure B After cooling, aqueous ascorbic acid solution (5 %, ca.10 mL / mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. The resulting emulsion was filtered through a Celite pad which has been made up as described in Workup procedure 1, and subsequently washed with ethyl acetate (ca. 15 mL / mmol). From the filtrate, after separation of the layers, the organic layer was washed subsequently with water (10 mL / mmol), saturated sodium chloride solution (10 mL / mmol), and then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and removal of the solvent from the filtrate gave the crude product which was purified further as described for the corresponding examples. Workup procedure C After cooling, silica gel (ca. 2 g / mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. The suspension was stirred, until it appears to be homogenous. It was then filtered over a pad of silica gel (20 - 30 g) which was then washed with about the same volume of toluene as the volume of the column. After removal of the solvent from the combined filtrates, the product was purified further as described for the corresponding examples. Workup procedure D After cooling, 1.5 g of a functionalized silica gel (3-mercaptopropyl ethyl sulfide silica, PhosphonicS SPM32) was added to the reaction mixture. The suspension was stirred, until it appears to be homogenous. It was then filtered over a pad of silica gel (20 - 30 g), which was then washed with about the same volume of toluene as the volume of the column. After removal of the solvent from the combined filtrates, the product was purified further as described for the corresponding examples. Example 39 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide obtained from Example 1, step 1b) (5.90 g, 17.0 mmol) and the bis(9,9-dimethyl- 9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (6.96 g, 17.3 mmol) were coupled in 120 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.71 g, 17.8 mmol), Amphos (0.092 g, 0.34 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.079 g, 0.09 mmol). The workup was performed according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (11.1 g, 98%) in a purity of 95.9% according to HPLC@340 nm. Further purification by crystallization from tert-butyl methyl ether / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (10.0 g, 88%) with a purity of 96.6% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give a purity of up to 99.4% according to HPLC@340 nm. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.05 / 1.43, 2 x CH3), (27.08 / 1.37, 2 x CH3), (32.35 / 3.20, CH2), (40.50 / 2.57, CH2), (46.56, 2 q-C), (63.15, q-C), (118.57 / 7.24, 2 x CH), (119.45 / 7.65, CH), (119.60 / 7.04, CH), (119.66 / 7.58, 2 x CH), (120.76 / 7.63, CH), (120.91 / 7.53, 2 x CH), (122.59 / 7.35, 2 x CH), (123.22 / 7.07, 2 x CH), (123.45 / 7.15, CH), (123.66 / 6.51, CH), (123.89 / 7.10, CH), (125.03 / 7.24, CH), (126.74 / 7.21, 2 x CH), (127.06 / 7.15, CH), (127.07 / 6.99, CH), (127.27 / 7.26, 2 x CH), (127.34 / 7.09, CH), (127.59 / 7.29, CH), (134.23, 2 x C-q), (134.87, C-q), (139.04, 2 x C-q), (139.70, C-q), (144.10, C-q), (147.31, 2 x C-q), (147.44, C-q), (147.76, C-q), (152.56, C-q), (153.23, 2 x C-q), (154.09, C-q), (154.78, 2 x C-q). Example 40 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'- inden]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide obtained from Example 2, step 2c) (4.50 g, 12.0 mmol) and bis(9,9-dimethyl- 9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.01 g, 12.5 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.23 g,12.8 mmol), Amphos (0.065 g, 0.24 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.055 g, 0.06 mmol). The workup was done according to procedure B. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / isopropanol provided the product as an off-white solid (6.0 g, 72%) in a purity of 96.6% (according to HPLC using an UV-VIS detector at a wavelength of 340 nm, HPLC@340 nm). After concentration of the mother liquor additional product was obtained (1.36 g, purity 90.0 % (HPLC@340 nm). The total yield of product was 87 %. The title compound was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the product in a purity of up to 99.5% according to HPLC@340 nm. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.04 / 1.35, 2 x CH3), (27.08 / 1.42, 2 x CH3), (32.37 / 1.34, CH3), (32.52 / 1.58, CH3), (43.74, C-q), (46.55, 2 x C-q), (54.47 / 2.58, CH2), (62.52, C-q), (118.52 / 7.23, 2 x CH), (119.28 / 7.64, CH), (119.65 / 7.58, 2 x CH), (119.94 / 6.98, CH), (120.60 / 7.62, CH), (120.87 / 7.54, 2 x CH), (122.58 / 7.35, 2 x CH), (122.85 / 7.15, CH), (123.18 / 7.13, CH), (123.26 / 7.05, 2 x CH), (124.35 / 6.39, CH), (124.41 / 7.07, CH), (126.73 / 7.22, 2 x CH), (127.17 / 7.16, CH), (127.25 / 7.26, 2 x CH), (127.37 / 7.28, CH), (127.51 / 7.00, CH), (127.75 / 7.15, CH), (134.21, 2 x C-q), (134.73, C-q), (139.03, 2 x C-q), (139.73, C-q), (145.60, C-q), (147.27, 2 x C-q), (147.84, C-q), (152.66, C-q), (153.23, 2 x C-q), (154.62, C-q), (154.79, 2 x C-q), (156.21, C-q). Example 41 N-(3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H- fluoren-2-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-xanthen-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide obtained from Example 2, step 2c) (5.21 g, 13.9 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the product from Example 29 (6.02 g, 14.4 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.43 g,14.8 mmol), Amphos (0.075 g, 0.28 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.062 g, 0.07 mmol). The workup was done according to procedure C. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (7.7 g, 77%) in a purity of 92.0% (according to HPLC@340 nm). Upon reduction of the mother liquor additional product was obtained (1.36 g, purity 90.0 % (HPLC@340 nm). Further purification of the crude product (6.3 g) by column chromatography (heptane/ dichloromethane) and crystallization (heptane/ isopropanol) gave the title compound as an off white solid (4.6 g, 73%) in a purity of 98.4% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the product in a purity of up to 99.5% according to HPLC@340 nm. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.02 / 1.33, CH3), (27.06 / 1.41, CH3), (32.36 / 1.36, CH3), (32.38 / 1.56, CH3), (32.46 / 1.58, CH3), (32.67 / 1.48, CH3), (33.97, C-q), (43.75, C-q), (46.51, C-q), (54.44 / 2.57, CH2), (62.50, C-q), (116.44 / 6.99, CH), (117.40 / 6.95, CH), (117.61 / 7.18, CH), (119.03 / 6.94, CH), (119.20 / 7.64, CH), (119.55 / 7.58, CH), (120.57 / 7.61, CH), (120.81 / 7.52, CH), (122.36 / 7.06, CH), (122.42 / 6.99, CH), (122.55 / 7.36, CH), (122.86 / 7.17, CH), (123.07 / 7.23, CH), (123.30 / 7.06, CH), (124.32 / 6.38, CH), (124.36 / 7.07, CH), (124.71 / 6.94, CH), (126.43 / 7.38, CH), (126.61 / 7.21, CH), (127.06 / 7.15, CH), (127.21 / 7.26, CH), (127.34 / 7.27, CH), (127.48 / 6.99, CH), (127.59 / 7.18, CH), (127.73 / 7.16, CH), (129.18, C-q), (130.63, C-q), (133.75, C-q), (134.26, C-q), (139.06, C-q), (139.78, C-q), (142.83, C-q), (145.71, C-q), (146.33, C-q), (147.27, C-q), (147.90, C-q), (150.17, C-q), (152.67, C-q), (153.19, C-q), (154.58, C-q), (154.76, C-q), (156.17, C-q). Example 42 N-(3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H- fluoren-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide obtained from Example 2, step 2c) (5.50 g, 14.7 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the product from Example 24 (5.72 g, 15.2 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.51 g,15.7 mmol, 1.07 eq.), Amphos (0.079 g, 0.29 mmol,) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.067 g, 0.07 mmol). The workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / toluene provided the product as a yellowish solid (5.5 g, 56%) with a purity of 99.7% (according to HPLC@340 nm). Upon reduction of the mother liquor and crystallization of the residue from isopropanol, additional product was obtained (3.6 g, 37%, purity of 95.5% according to HPLC@340 nm). The total yield was 93 %. The title compound was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the product in a purity of up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.12 / 1.32,CH3), (27.15 / 1.42, CH3), (32.31 / 1.32, CH3), (32.57 / 1.57, CH3), (43.72, C-q), (46.55, C-q), (54.60 / 2.57, CH2), (62.54, C-q), (111.85 / 7.53, CH), (112.53 / 7.47, CH), (117.71 / 7.24, CH), (117.84 / 7.77, CH), (119.02 / 7.02, CH), (119.23 / 7.63, CH), (119.60 / 7.57, CH), (120.64 / 7.60, CH), (120.92 / 7.51, CH), (121.01 / 7.79, CH), (122.32 / 7.06, CH), (122.56 / 7.35, CH), (122.66 / 7.01, CH), (122.86 / 7.14, CH), (122.96 / 7.28, CH), (124.40 / 7.08, CH), (124.40 / 6.41, CH), (125.54 / 7.35, CH), (126.67 / 7.22, CH), (127.11 / 7.16, CH), (127.25 / 7.25, CH), (127.38 / 7.29, CH), (127.51 / 7.44, CH), (127.51 / 7.01, CH), (127.77 / 7.16, CH), (124.20, C-q), (125.39, C-q), (133.86, C-q), (134.24, C-q), (139.06, C-q), (139.82, C-q), (143.30, C-q), (145.63, C-q), (147.59, C-q), (148.31, C-q), (152.68, C-q), (152.80, C-q), (153.20, C-q), (154.55, C-q), (154.80, C-q), (156.22, C-q), (156.84, C-q). Example 43 N-(3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H- fluoren-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]thiophen-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide obtained from Example 2 step 2c) (5.50 g, 14.7 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine obtained from Example 37 (5.91 g, 15.1 mmol,1.03 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.51 g, 15.7 mmol, 1.07 eq.), Amphos (0.079 g, 0.29 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.067 g, 0.07 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). The workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / toluene provided the product as a yellowish solid (6.8 g, 68%) purity 98.7% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.54 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10- 7 mbar, 150-255°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (3.61 g, purity up to 99.7% according to HPLC@340 nm). NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz / 400 MHz, CS2/acetone-d6): δ / δ = (27.10 / 1.32, CH3), (27.14 / 1.42, CH3), (32.30 / 1.30, CH3), (32.57 / 1.57, CH3), (43.72, C-q), (46.57, C-q), (54.59 / 2.57, CH2), (62.54, C-q), (117.59 / 7.93, CH), (118.24 / 7.24, CH), (119.29 / 7.63, CH), (119.59 / 7.01, CH), (119.67 / 7.56, CH), (120.70 / 7.60, CH), (120.97 / 7.52, CH), (121.87 / 7.88, CH), (122.58 / 7.34, CH), (122.81 / 7.09, CH), (122.87 / 7.12, CH), (122.97 / 7.80, CH), (123.06 / 7.04, CH), (123.58 / 7.69, CH), (124.36 / 6.41, CH), (124.43 / 1.07, CH), (124.57 / 7.36, CH), (124.85 / 7.27, CH), (126.77 / 7.20, CH), (127.03 / 7.42, CH), (127.20 / 7.17, CH), (127.27 / 7.27, CH), (127.39 / 7.29, CH), (127.52 / 6.99, CH), (127.79 / 7.13, CH), (134.13, C-q), (134.23, C-q), (134.65, C-q), (135.28, C-q), (136.86, C-q), (139.00, C-q), (139.73, C-q), (140.50, C-q), (145.11, C-q), (145.54, C-q), (147.24, C-q), (147.92, C-q), (152.68, C-q), (153.22, C-q), (154.57, C-q), (154.87, C-q), (156.28, C-q). Example 44 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-6'-methoxy-3',3'-dimethyl-2',3'-dihydro- spiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide from Example 9 step 9c), the major isomer A (5.50 g, 13.6 mmol) and bis(9,9- dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.56 g, 13.8 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.37 g, 14.2 mmol), Amphos (0.074 g, 0.27 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.062 g, 0.07 mmol). The workup was performed according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from tert-butyl methyl ether / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (8.0 g, 81%) in a purity 98.0% according to HPLC@340 nm. Upon reduction of the mother liquor additional product was obtained, (1.0 g, purity 98.1 % according to HPLC@340 nm). The total yield was 91 %. The product was purified further by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150- 245°C) to give the product in a purity of up to 98.6% according to HPLC@340 nm. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 ; acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.05 / 1.37, 2 x CH3), (27.11 / 1.44, 2 x CH3), (32.60 / 1.32, CH3), (32.79 / 1.55, CH3), (43.05, C-q), (46.57, 2 x C-q), (54.76 / 3.58, CH3), (55.12 / 2.58, CH2), (62.53, C-q), (108.25 / 5.89, CH), (114.89 / 6.70, CH), (118.57 / 7.26, 2 x CH), (119.31 / 7.64, CH), (119.67 / 7.59, 2 x CH), (119.94 / 7.02, CH), (120.64 / 7.62, CH), (120.89 / 7.55, 2 x CH), (122.60 / 7.36, 2 x CH), (123.18 / 7.14, CH), (123.31 / 7.08, 2 x CH), (123.41 / 7.03, CH), (124.43 / 7.10, CH), (126.76 / 7.22, 2 x CH), (127.23 / 7.18, CH), (127.27 / 7.27, 2 x CH), (127.43 / 7.29, CH), (134.25, 2 x C-q), (134.69, C-q), (139.05, 2 x C-q), (139.74, C-q), (144.97, C-q), (146.72, C-q), (147.28, 2 x C-q), (147.88, C-q), (153.26, 2 x C-q), (154.49, C-q), (154.82, 2 x C-q), (156.10, C-q), (159.47, C-q). Example 45 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-2',3',3',4',7'-pentamethyl-2',3'- dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the mixture of the aryl bromides from Example 11 (5.00 g, 12.0 mmol) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H- fluoren-2-yl)amine (4.91 g, 12.2 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.21 g, 12.6 mmol), Amphos (0.065 g, 0.24 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.055 g, 0.06 mmol). The workup was performed according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from tert-butyl methyl ether / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (7.5 g, 84%) in a purity of 96.5% according to HPLC@340 nm. The title compound was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give a purity of up to 99.7% according to HPLC@340 nm. 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ = 8.82, 9.18, 17.54, 17.74, 19.58, 19.65, 23.31, 23.45, 27.03, 27.10, 27.11, 27.17, 29.61, 29.74, 46.28, 46.44, 46.54, 46.56, 57.53, 57.55, 66.69, 66.82, 118.03, 118.29, 119.25, 119.39, 119.61, 119.66, 119.92, 120.54, 120.67, 120.80, 120.90, 122.58, 122.73, 123.01, 123.36, 123.76, 123.77, 124.09, 126.08, 126.11, 126.68, 126.71, 127.19, 127.22, 127.27, 129.49, 129.54, 131.19, 131.23, 131.28, 132.37, 132.60, 133.87, 134.11, 135.73, 136.79, 139.08, 139.10, 140.27, 141.18, 142.70, 142.77, 146.78, 147.45, 147.52, 147.66, 147.81, 149.53, 150.60, 150.66, 153.18, 153.18, 153.75, 154.75, 155.46. Example 46 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene- 9,1'-inden]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the product from Example 4, step 4d) (3.20 g, 7.9 mmol) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (3.25 g, 8.1 mmol) were coupled in 80 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (0.80 g,8.3 mmol), Amphos (0.043 g, 0.16 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.036 g, 0.04 mmol). The workup was performed according to procedure D. Purification of the crude material by crystallization from THF / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (4.4 g, 76%) in a purity 94.8% according to HPLC@340 nm. The title compound was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give a purity of up to 99.5% according to HPLC@340 nm. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (17.29 / 1.27, CH3), (19.39 / 2.42, CH3), (27.03 / 1.39, 2 x CH3), (27.16 / 1.43, 2 x CH3), (30.29 / 1.65, CH3), (30.52 / 1.45, CH3), (44.61, C-q), (46.56, 2 x C-q), (57.70 / 2.50, CH2), (62.34, C-q), (118.31 / 7.21, 2 x CH), (119.32 / 7.65, CH), (119.65 / 7.58, 2 x CH), (120.21 / 7.00, CH), (120.69 / 7.64, CH), (120.86 / 7.53, 2 x CH), (122.58 / 7.36, 2 x CH), (123.02 / 7.07, 2 x CH), (123.68 / 7.16, CH), (124.17 / 7.08, CH), (126.71 / 7.22, 2 x CH), (127.18 / 7.18, CH), (127.18 / 7.30, CH), (127.26 / 7.27, 2 x CH), (129.90 / 6.67, CH), (131.17, C-q), (131.43 / 6.83, CH), (132.59, C-q), (134.10, 2 x C-q), (135.30, C-q), (139.07, 2 x C-q), (139.89, C-q), (143.30, C-q), (147.40, 2 x C-q), (147.82, C-q), (150.11, C-q), (153.20, 2 x C-q), (153.32, C-q), (154.77, 2 x C-q), (155.28, C-q). Example 47 9-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-9H-carbazole As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide from Example 4 Step 4c) (8.50 g, 21.1 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and 9H-carbazole (3.70 g, 22.1 mmol,1.05 eq.) were coupled in toluene (150 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (2.23 g, 23.2 mmol, 1.1 eq.), Amphos (0.114 g, 0.42 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.097 g, 0.11 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). The workup was done following the general procedure D. The crude product was purified by crystallization from acetone / toluene to give a colorless solid (8.6 g, 83%) in a purity of 100% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The compound (5.56 g) was purified further by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 100-200°C) to give the product as a colorless solid (5.02 g, purity up to 100% according to HPLC@340 nm). The product has a melting point of 233 °C. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1) δ / δ (17.16 / 1.23, CH3), (19.39 / 2.48, CH3), (30.39 / 1.71, CH3), (30.42 / 1.63, CH3), (44.75, C-q), (57.59 / 2.62, CH2), (62.56, C-q), (109.79 / 7.29, 2 x CH), (120.10 / 7.81, CH), (120.26 / 7.20, 2 x CH), (120.43 / 8.02, 2 x CH), (121.04 / 7.98, CH), (122.70 / 7.31, CH), (123.46, C-q), (124.31 / 7.19, CH), (125.73 / 7.54, CH), (126.13 / 7.31, 2 x CH), (127.37 / 7.38, CH), (128.27 / 7.30, CH), (129.98 / 6.71, CH), (131.32, C-q), (131.70 / 6.89, CH), (132.68, C-q), (137.00, C-q), (139.32, C-q), (139.36, C-q), (140.73, C-q), (142.86, C-q), (150.33, C-q), (153.86, C-q), (155.58, C-q). Example 48 3,6-diphenyl-9-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-9H- carbazole As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide of Example 4 Step 4c) (7.00 g, 17.4 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the amine 3,6-diphenyl- 9H-carbazole (5.65 g, 17.7 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.75 g, 18.2 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.094 g, 0.35 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.079 g, 0.09 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). As the conversion was not complete, additional (tri tert butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.201 g, 0.69 mmol, 4 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.159 g, 0.17 mmol, 1.0 mol-%)) was added, and then the reaction went to completion. The workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by column chromatography (heptane/ DCM) provided the product as a colorless solid (10.4 g, 93%) purity 99.9% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (11.0 g) of was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-230°C) to give the title compound as a colorless solid (9.73 g), in a purity up to 100% according to HPLC@340 nm. The purified product had a Tg of 150.9 °C. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d6 5:1) δ / δ (17.20 / 1.25, CH3), (19.41 / 2.49, CH3), (30.43 / 1.66, CH3), (30.43 / 1.72, CH3), (44.78, C-q), (57.61 / 2.64, CH2), (62.60, C-q), (110.27 / 7.39, 2 x CH), (119.12 / 8.34, 2 x CH), (120.15 / 7.83, CH), (121.12 / 8.01, CH), (122.52 / 7.37, CH), (124.27, 2 x C-q), (124.33 / 7.19, CH), (125.55 / 7.61, CH), (125.80 / 7.60, 2 x CH), (126.69 / 7.29, 2 x CH), (127.31 / 7.66, 4 x CH), (127.40 / 7.39, CH), (128.33 / 7.31, CH), (128.94 / 7.43, 4 x CH), (130.01 / 6.73, CH), (131.37, C-q), (131.75 / 6.90, CH), (132.69, C-q), (133.65, 2 x C-q), (136.90, C-q), (139.27, C-q), (139.47, C-q), (140.66, 2 x C-q), (141.80, 2 x C-q), (142.84, C-q), (150.37, C-q), (153.87, C-q), (155.68, C-q). Example 49 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-N-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene- 9,1'-inden]-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide of Example 4 Step 4c) (6.50 g, 16.1 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine from Example 24 (6.17 g, 16.4 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.63 g, 16.9 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.087 g, 0.32 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.074 g, 0.08 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). The workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by column chromatography (heptane/ dichloromethane) provided the product as pale-yellow solid (12.1 g) purity 99.7% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.53 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (5.10 g), in a purity of up to 99.7% according to HPLC@340 nm. The purified product had a Tg of 134.2 °C. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d6 5:1) δ / δ (17.28 / 1.26, CH3), (19.35 / 2.39, CH3), (27.06 / 1.35, CH3), (27.18 / 1.41, CH3), (30.30 / 1.62, CH3), (30.36 / 1.39, CH3), (44.55, C-q), (46.53, C-q), (57.78 / 2.47, CH2), (62.31, C-q), (111.84 / 7.52, CH), (112.47 / 7.45, CH), (117.46 / 7.73, CH), (117.58 / 7.18, CH), (119.23 / 6.98, CH), (119.23 / 7.62, CH), (119.58 / 7.56, CH), (120.67 / 7.60, CH), (120.89 / 7.51, CH), (120.93 / 7.78, CH), (122.48 / 7.01, CH), (122.54 / 7.34, CH), (122.66 / 7.07, CH), (122.92 / 7.28, CH), (124.10 / 7.06, CH), (124.20, C-q), (125.33, C-q), (125.45 / 7.27, CH), (126.64 / 7.20, CH), (127.07 / 7.16, CH), (127.14 / 7.28, CH), (127.23 / 7.25, CH), (127.47 / 7.44, CH), (129.85 / 6.66, CH), (131.13, C-q), (131.41 / 6.81, CH), (132.60, C-q), (133.78, C-q), (134.75, C-q), (139.07, C-q), (139.92, C-q), (143.28, C-q), (143.47, C-q), (147.70, C-q), (148.27, C-q), (150.10, C-q), (152.66, C-q), (153.15, C-q), (153.28, C-q), (154.78, C-q), (155.18, C-q), (156.82, C-q). Example 50 N-(dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-yl)-N-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'- inden]-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide of Example 4 Step 4c) (6.25 g, 15.5 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine from Example 28 b) (5.52 g, 15.8 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.56 g, 16.3 mmol, 1.05 eq.), tri tert butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.180 g, 0.62 mmol, 4 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.142 g, 0.15 mmol, 1 mol-%). The workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as a colorless solid (9.8 g, 94%) purity 99.9% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.0 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-245°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (4.5 g, purity up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a Tg of 131.5 °C. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d65:1) δ / δ (17.28 / 1.26, CH3), (19.29 / 2.35, CH3), (30.02 / 1.32, CH3), (30.38 / 1.60, CH3), (44.48, C-q), (57.98 / 2.46, CH2), (62.29, C-q), (111.82 / 7.51, 2 x CH), (112.46 / 7.44, 2 x CH), (116.93 / 7.72, 2 x CH), (118.04 / 6.95, CH), (119.17 / 7.61, CH), (120.63 / 7.58, CH), (120.95 / 7.76, 2 x CH), (121.32 / 7.01, CH), (122.89 / 7.27, 2 x CH), (123.99 / 7.05, CH), (124.19, 2 x C-q), (125.00 / 7.27, 2 x CH), (125.33, 2 x C-q), (126.96 / 7.16, CH), (127.12 / 7.27, CH), (127.46 / 7.44, 2 x CH), (129.75 / 6.65, CH), (131.12, C-q), (131.41 / 6.79, CH), (132.65, C-q), (134.09, C-q), (139.98, C-q), (143.22, C-q), (143.78, 2 x C-q), (148.74, C-q), (150.13, C-q), (152.48, 2 x C-q), (153.33, C-q), (155.08, C-q), (156.82, 2 x C-q). Example 51 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-N-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene- 9,1'-inden]-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]thiophen-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide of Example 4 Step 4c) (7.00 g, 17.4 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine from Example 37 (6.93 g, 17.7 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.75 g, 18.2 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.094 g, 0.35 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.079 g, 0.09 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). The workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by column chromatography (heptane/ dichloromethane) provided the product as pale-yellow solid (10.8 g, 87%) (purity up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (10.5 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-260°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (10.2 g, purity up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a Tg of 143.2 °C. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d6 5:1) δ / δ (17.29 / 1.28, CH3), (19.34 / 2.39, CH3), (27.02 / 1.37, CH3), (27.17 / 1.42, CH3), (30.28 / 1.62, CH3), (30.36 / 1.39, CH3), (44.57, C-q), (46.57, C-q), (57.76 / 2.49, CH2), (62.34, C-q), (117.28 / 7.92, CH), (118.08 / 7.23, CH), (119.33 / 7.65, CH), (119.66 / 7.58, CH), (119.79 / 7.02, CH), (120.77 / 7.64, CH), (120.96 / 7.54, CH), (121.80 / 7.88, CH), (122.57 / 7.35, CH), (122.86 / 7.07, CH), (122.98 / 7.80, CH), (123.22 / 7.12, CH), (123.55 / 7.70, CH), (124.13 / 7.08, CH), (124.53 / 7.36, CH), (124.62 / 7.27, C-q), (126.74 / 7.22, C-q), (127.03 / 7.42, CH), (127.17 / 7.29, CH), (127.17 / 7.18, CH), (127.26 / 7.26, CH), (129.86 / 6.66, CH), (131.18, C-q), (131.43 / 6.81, CH), (132.55, C-q), (133.94, C-q), (134.16, C-q), (135.19, C-q), (135.28, C-q), (136.83, C-q), (139.02, C-q), (139.86, C-q), (140.51, C-q), (143.24, C-q), (145.29, C-q), (147.37, C-q), (147.91, C-q), (150.12, C-q), (153.21, C-q), (153.33, C-q), (154.87, C-q), (155.29, C-q). Example 52 3,6-di-tert-butyl-9-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-9H- carbazole As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide of Example 4 Step 4c) (8.00 g, 19.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the amine 3,6-ditert- butyl-9H-carbazole (5.65 g, 20.2 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (2.00 g, 20.8 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.107 g, 0.40 mmol, 2.0 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.091 g, 0.10 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). The workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as a colorless solid (11.1 g, 91%) in a purity of 99.3% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (11.0 g) of was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-230°C) to give the title compound as a colorless solid (9.73 g, with a purity of up to 100% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a melting point of 260.0 °C. 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d6 5:1) δ / δ (17.18 / 1.24, CH3), (19.43 / 2.50, CH3), (30.42 / 1.72, CH3), (30.48 / 1.66, CH3), (32.14 / 1.49, 6 x CH3), (34.49, C-q), (44.77, C-q), (57.63 / 2.63, CH2), (62.55, C-q), (109.37 / 7.23, 2 x CH), (116.57 / 8.04, 2 x CH), (120.01 / 7.80, CH), (120.94 / 7.95, CH), (122.22 / 7.30, CH), (123.55, 2 x C-q), (123.75 / 7.38, 2 x CH), (124.29 / 7.18, CH), (125.30 / 7.53, CH), (127.34 / 7.38, CH), (128.12 / 7.29, CH), (129.97 / 6.73, CH), (131.31, C-q), (131.69 / 6.90, CH), (132.71, C-q), (137.58, C-q), (138.85, C-q), (139.15, 2 x C-q), (139.43, C-q), (142.36, 2 x C-q), (142.95, C-q), (150.34, C-q), (153.82, C-q), (155.49, C-q). Example 53 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-5'-methoxy-3',3',4',6'-tetramethyl-2',3'- dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide of Example 10 Step 10d) (6.00 g, 13.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.67 g, 14.1 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.40 g, 14.5 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.075 g, 0.28 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.063 g, 0.07 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). The workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from heptane provided the product as a yellowish solid (9.8 g, 93%) purity 98.5% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.48 g) was purified further by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-255°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (4.89 g, purity up to 99.4% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a Tg of 153.4 °C. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz / 400 MHz, CS2: acetone-d6 5:1) δ / δ (11.85 / 2.30, CH3), (16.53 / 2.07, CH3), (27.00 / 1.36, 2 x CH3), (27.09 / 1.42, 2 x CH3), (30.54 / 1.42, CH3), (30.56 / 1.66, CH3), (45.14, C-q), (46.54, 2 x C-q), (56.87 / 2.54, CH2), (59.04 / 3.62, OCH3), (61.57, C-q), (118.53 / 7.24, 2 x CH), (119.19 / 7.60, CH), (119.64 / 7.57, 2 x CH), (119.92 / 7.01, CH), (120.50 / 7.58, CH), (120.86 / 7.53, 2 x CH), (122.58 / 7.35, 2 x CH), (123.00 / 7.10, CH), (123.32 / 7.06, 2 x CH), (124.31 / 6.02, CH), (124.48 / 7.07, CH), (126.59, C-q), (126.73 / 7.21, 2 x CH), (127.10 / 7.15, CH), (127.26 / 7.26, 3 x CH), (129.97, C-q), (134.19, 2 x C-q), (134.65, C-q), (139.05, 2 x C-q), (139.62, C-q), (141.38, C-q), (147.28, 2 x C-q), (147.72, C-q), (148.35, C-q), (153.22, 2 x C-q), (154.77, 2 x C-q), (154.90, C-q), (156.44, C-q), (157.02, C-q). Example 54 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3',3',5',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene- 9,1'-inden]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide of Example 7 Step 7b) (6.50 g, 16.1 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H- fluoren-2-yl)amine (6.60 g, 16.4 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.63 g, 16.9 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.087 g, 0.32 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.074 g, 0.08 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). The workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as a colorless solid (10.8 g, 93%) purity 98.4% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.07 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-245°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (4.69 g, purity up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a Tg of 142.9 °C. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC) CS2 : acetone-d6 5:1) δ / δ (17.23 / 1.27, CH3), (21.41 / 2.27, CH3), (26.95 / 1.37, 2 x CH3), (27.09 / 1.41, 2 x CH3), (32.54 / 1.31, CH3), (32.63 / 1.52, CH3), (43.19, C-q), (46.53, 2 x C-q), (56.06 / 2.48, CH2), (62.41, C-q), (118.28 / 7.19, 2 x CH), (119.27 / 7.64, CH), (119.62 / 7.57, 2 x CH), (120.12 / 6.97, CH), (120.63 / 7.63, CH), (120.83 / 7.52, 2 x CH), (121.13 / 6.81, CH), (122.56 / 7.35, 2 x CH), (123.02 / 7.04, 2 x CH), (123.59 / 7.13, CH), (124.13 / 7.07, CH), (126.70 / 7.21, 2 x CH), (127.16 / 7.17, CH), (127.16 / 7.29, CH), (127.24 / 7.26, 2 x CH), (130.51 / 6.58, CH), (134.07, 2 x C-q), (134.40, C-q), (135.23, C-q), (137.44, C-q), (139.04, 2 x C-q), (139.72, C-q), (139.86, C-q), (147.36, 2 x C-q), (147.78, C-q), (153.19, 2 x C-q), (153.25, C-q), (153.94, C-q), (154.74, 2 x C-q), (155.11, C-q). Example 55 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3',3',4',5',7'-pentamethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro- [fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide of Example 8 Step 8c) (7.00 g, 16.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine bis(9,9- dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (6.87 g, 17.1 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.69 g, 17.6 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.091 g, 0.34 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.077 g, 0.08 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). The workup was done following the general procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as a colorless solid (11.2 g, 91%) purity 99.4% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.43 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-245°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (5.07 g, purity of up to 99.7% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a Tg of 148.0 °C. NMR: 1H / 13C (400 MHz, 101 MHz (HSQC) CS2 ; acetone-d6) δ / δ (15.41 / 2.28, CH3), (17.18 / 1.21, CH3), (20.25 / 2.18, CH3), (26.97 / 1.38, 2 x CH3), (27.14 / 1.42, 2 x CH3), (30.83 / 1.65, CH3), (31.06 / 1.45, CH3), (44.60, C-q), (46.52, 2 x C-q), (58.38 / 2.48, CH2), (61.79, C-q), (118.26 / 7.19, 2 x CH), (119.26 / 7.62, CH), (119.62 / 7.56, 2 x CH), (120.20 / 6.98, CH), (120.62 / 7.61, CH), (120.83 / 7.51, 2 x CH), (122.55 / 7.34, 2 x CH), (123.00 / 7.04, 2 x CH), (123.61 / 7.12, CH), (124.13 / 7.07, CH), (126.68 / 7.21, 2 x CH), (127.07 / 7.28, CH), (127.12 / 7.16, CH), (127.24 / 7.25, 2 x CH), (129.72, C-q), (131.87, C-q), (132.05 / 6.57, CH), (134.03, 2 x C-q), (135.25, C-q), (136.93, C-q), (139.06, 2 x C-q), (139.81, C-q), (141.13, C-q), (147.39, 2 x C-q), (147.72, C-q), (150.23, C-q), (153.17, 2 x C-q), (153.53, C-q), (154.71, 2 x C-q), (155.49, C-q). Example 56: N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene- 9,1'-naphthalen]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide from Example 12, step 12c) (5.25 g, 13.5 mmol) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H- fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.63 g, 14.0 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.39 g,14.4 mmol), Amphos (0.073 g, 0.27 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.062 g, 0.07 mmol). The workup was done according to procedure C. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (9.0 g, 98%) in a purity 96.6% according to HPLC@340 nm. The title compound (6.15g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-245°C) to give the title compound (5.26 g in a purity of up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a melting point of 263.0 °C. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.04 / 1.44, 2 x CH3), (27.06 / 1.38, 2 x CH3), (32.04 / 1.22, CH3), (32.40 / 1.49, CH3), (33.49 / 2.07, CH2), (33.56, C-q), (36.03 / 1.96, CH2), (46.58, 2 x C-q), (55.37, C-q), (118.60 / 7.27, 2 x CH), (119.59 / 7.69, CH), (119.66 / 7.60, 2 x CH), (120.56 / 6.99, CH), (120.85 / 7.56, CH), (120.91 / 7.66, 2 x CH), (122.59 / 7.37, 2 x CH), (122.88 / 7.16, CH), (123.41 / 7.07, 2 x CH), (124.88 / 7.13, CH), (125.94 / 6.84, CH), (126.67 / 7.31, CH), (126.74 / 7.24, 2 x CH), (126.80 / 7.16, CH), (126.92 / 7.07, CH), (127.25 / 7.26, 2 x CH), (127.40 / 7.32, CH), (128.70 / 6.35, CH), (134.27, 2 x C-q), (134.50, C-q), (137.41, C-q), (139.03, 2 x C-q), (139.76, C-q), (145.78, C-q), (147.30, 2 x C-q), (147.41, C-q), (153.27, 2 x C-q), (154.65, C-q), (154.83, 2 x C-q), (156.11, C-q). Example 57: N-(4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalen]-2-yl)-N-(9,9-dimethyl- 9H-fluoren-2-yl)dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide from example 12, step 12c) (5.70 g, 14.6 mmol) and the product from Example 24 (5.61 g, 14.9 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.48 g,15.4 mmol), Amphos (0.079 g, 0.29 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.067 g, 0.07 mmol). The workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (9.0 g, 90%) in a purity of 98.1% according to HPLC@340 nm. The title compound (5.21 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-250°C) to give the title compound (4.95 g in a purity of up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature Tg of 139.3 °C. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.11 / 1.42, CH3), (27.17 / 1.34, CH3), (31.98 / 1.17, CH3), (32.47 / 1.47, CH3), (33.55, C-q), (33.56 / 2.07, CH2), (35.95 / 1.94, CH2), (46.56, C-q), (55.38, C-q), (111.85 / 7.53, CH), (112.54 / 7.48, CH), (117.80 / 7.25, CH), (117.91 / 7.78, CH), (119.52 / 7.66, CH), (119.61 / 7.57, CH), (119.66 / 6.99, CH), (120.88 / 7.61, CH), (120.94 / 7.53, CH), (121.02 / 7.79, CH), (122.01 / 7.08, CH), (122.56 / 7.35, CH), (122.85 / 7.01, CH), (122.96 / 7.28, CH), (124.21, C-q), (124.86 / 7.12, CH), (125.40, C-q), (125.80 / 7.30, CH), (125.93 / 6.83, CH), (126.66 / 7.29, CH), (126.69 / 7.27, CH), (126.74 / 7.15, CH), (126.93 / 7.05, CH), (127.25 / 7.26, CH), (127.40 / 7.29, CH), (127.51 / 7.45, CH), (128.74 / 6.35, CH), (133.92, C-q), (133.99, C-q), (137.42, C-q), (139.04, C-q), (139.82, C-q), (143.31, C-q), (145.75, C-q), (147.57, C-q), (147.86, C-q), (152.82, C-q), (153.22, C-q), (154.56, C-q), (154.81, C-q), (156.04, C-q), (156.84, C-q). Example 58 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-4',4',5',8'-tetramethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalen]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide from Example 14 step 14b) (7.00 g, 16.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (6.87 g, 17.1 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.69 g, 17.6 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.091 g, 0.34 mmol, 2.0 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.077 g, 0.08 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). The workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by column chromatography (heptane/ DCM) provided the product as a colorless solid (10.2 g, 82%) purity 99.4% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (10.0 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-250°C) to give the title compound (9.7 g in a purity of up to 99.4% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature Tg of 143.1 °C. 13C-NMR: (101 MHz, CS2 : acetone-d65:1) δ (20.67, CH3), (24.38, CH3), (27.03, 2 x CH3), (27.12, 2 x CH3), (27.97, CH3), (31.70, CH3), (35.20, C-q), (37.65, CH2), (40.31, CH2), (46.55, 2 x C-q), (57.09, C-q), (118.34, 2 x CH), (118.66, CH), (119.64, 2 x CH), (119.99, CH), (120.85, 2 x CH), (121.34, CH), (122.57, 2 x CH), (122.86, CH), (123.11, 2 x CH), (124.73, CH), (126.14, CH), (126.70, 2 x CH), (127.07, CH), (127.25, 2 x CH), (130.04, CH), (132.15, CH), (134.11, 2 x C-q), (134.44, C-q), (134.50, C-q), (134.68, C-q), (135.87, C-q), (136.15, C-q), (139.06, 2 x C-q), (139.45, C-q), (145.81, C-q), (147.40, 2 x C-q), (147.71, C-q), (153.20, 2 x C-q), (154.75, 2 x C-q), (157.81, C-q). Example 59 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-7'-methoxy-4',4'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[fluorene-9,1'-naphthalen]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the major isomer A of the aryl bromides from Example 13 step 13b) (6.00 g, 14.3 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.86 g, 14.6 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.44 g, 15.0 mmol), Amphos (0.077 g, 0.29 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.066 g, 0.07 mmol). The workup was performed according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from tert-butyl methyl ether / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (8.7 g, 82%) in a purity of 96.7% according to HPLC@340 nm. Upon reduction of the mother liquor additional product was obtained, (1.2 g, purity 96.2 % according to HPLC@340 nm). The total yield was 93 %. The title compound (5.9 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-245°C) to give the title compound (4.49 g a purity of up to 98.5% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature Tg of 147.6 °C. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 ; acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.15 / 1.42, 2 x CH3), (27.15 / 1.48, 2 x CH3), (32.33 / 1.22, CH3), (32.76 / 1.49, CH3), (33.11, C-q), (33.78 / 2.08, CH2), (36.16 / 1.97, CH2), (46.63, 2 x C-q), (54.55 / 3.54, OCH3), (55.71, C-q), (113.00 / 5.89, CH), (113.36 / 6.67, CH), (118.66 / 7.73, 2 x CH), (119.67 / 7.70, CH), (119.72 / 7.62, 2 x CH), (120.68 / 7.06, CH), (120.93 / 7.67, CH), (120.97 / 7.58, 2 x CH), (122.64 / 7.39, 2 x CH), (123.01 / 7.22, CH), (123.47 / 7.13, 2 x CH), (124.92 / 7.20, CH), (126.81 / 7.25, 2 x CH), (126.86 / 7.20, CH), (127.33 / 7.29, 2 x CH), (127.50 / 7.33, CH), (127.76 / 7.24, CH), (134.33, 2 x C-q), (134.50, C-q), (138.11, C-q), (138.57, C-q), (139.09, 2 x C-q), (139.74, C-q), (147.35, 2 x C-q), (147.41, C-q), (153.31, 2 x C-q), (154.51, C-q), (154.88, 2 x C-q), (155.98, C-q), (157.36, C-q). Example 60 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3',3'-dimethyl-10-phenyl-2',3'-dihydro-10H- spiro[acridine-9,1'-inden]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl chloride from example Example 16 step 16c) (2.63 g, 6.2 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and bis(9,9- dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (2.55 g, 6.4 mmol) were coupled in 50 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (0.63 g, 6.5 mmol), Amphos (0.034 g, 0.16 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.029 g, 0.03 mmol). The workup was performed according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by column chromatography (heptane / dichloromethane) provided the product as a yellowish solid (3.7 g, 75%) in a purity of 99.0% according to HPLC@340 nm. The title compound (3.28 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-260°C) to give the title compound (2.93 g in a purity of up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature Tg of 148.9 °C. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 ; acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (27.09 / 1.39, 2 x CH3), (27.16 / 1.40, 2 x CH3), (31.50 / 1.28, CH3), (31.77 / 1.21, CH3), (42.87, C-q), (46.45, 2 C-q), (54.00, C-q), (62.51, AB, 2.38, 2.41, 2 J = 13 Hz, CH2), (114.13 / 6.35, CH), (115.23 / 6.35, CH), (117.07 / 7.07, 2 x CH), (119.43 / 7.53, 2 x CH), (120.65 / 7.43, 2 x CH), (120.93 / 6.70, CH), (122.03 / 6.88, 2 x CH), (122.52 / 7.32, 2 x CH), (122.59 / 7.18, CH), (124.47 / 6.80, CH), (125.26 / 6.60, CH), (126.44 / 7.18, 2 x CH), (126.61 / 6.91, CH), (126.91 / 7.12, CH), (127.20 / 7.23, 2 x CH), (127.38 / 6.57, CH), (127.74 / 7.15, CH), (128.21 / 7.22, CH), (128.41 / 7.56, CH), (130.69, C-q), (130.96 / 7.70, 2 x CH), (131.36 / 6.45, 2 x CH), (132.45, C-q), (133.12, 2 x C-q), (138.16, C-q), (139.24, 2 x C-q), (140.83, C-q), (141.11, C-q), (141.26, C-q), (145.00, C-q), (147.69, 2 x C-q), (153.10, 2 x C-q), (153.57, C-q), (154.54, 2 x C-q). Example 61 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'- xanthen]-2'-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide obtained from Example 18, step 18b) (5.50 g, 14.1 mmol.) and bis(9,9-dimethyl- 9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.87 g, 14.6 mmol) were coupled in 100 mL toluene, using sodium tert-butanolate (1.45 g,15.0 mmol), Amphos (0.076 g, 0.28 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.064 g, 0.07 mmol). The workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone / isopropanol provided the product as a yellowish solid (7.0 g, 70%) in a purity 89.3% according to HPLC@340 nm. Upon reduction of the mother liquor additional product was obtained, (1.4 g, 14%, purity 95.3% according to HPLC@340 nm). The total yield was 84%. The title compound (5.62 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the title compound (4.97 g in a purity of up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature Tg of 131.0 °C. NMR: 13C / 1H (101 MHz, 400 MHz (HSQC), CS2 : acetone-d65:1): δ / δ = (26.97 / 1.40, 2 x CH3), (27.04 / 1.41, 2 x CH3), (31.53 / 1.34, CH3), (31.66 / 1.19, CH3), (43.08, C-q), (46.51, 2 x C-q), (51.58, C-q), (62.99 / 2.38, CH2), (116.31 / 7.12, CH), (117.38 / 7.11, CH), (117.46 / 7.12, 2 x CH), (119.50 / 7.59, 2 x CH), (120.76 / 7.51, 2 x CH), (122.24 / 6.94, 2 x CH), (122.50 / 7.18, CH), (122.56 / 7.37, 2 x CH), (123.45 / 6.94, CH), (125.02 / 7.08, CH), (125.21 / 6.61, CH), (126.24 / 6.94, CH), (126.57 / 7.22, 2 x CH), (127.20 / 7.26, 2 x CH), (127.56 / 7.19, CH), (128.05 / 7.16, CH), (128.15 / 6.64, CH), (128.34 / 7.22, CH), (131.26, C-q), (132.72, C-q), (133.56, 2 x C-q), (139.12, 2 x C-q), (143.23, C-q), (145.62, C-q), (147.55, 2 x C-q), (147.78, C-q), (151.38, C-q), (153.13, C-q), (153.18, 2 x C-q), (154.73, 2 x C-q). Example 62 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3,7'-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'- xanthen]-2'-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide from Example 19 step 19b) (6.00 g, 14.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (6.06 g, 15.1 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.49 g, 15.5 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.080 g, 0.30 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.069 g, 0.07 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). The workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone/ toluene provided the product as a colorless solid (7.8 g, 73%) purity 99.6% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.1 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (4.5 g in a purity of up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature Tg of 131.7 °C. NMR: 1H / 13C (400 MHz, 101 MHz (HSQC) CS2 ; acetone-d6) δ / δ (21.01 / 2.20, CH3), (27.03 / 1.39, 2 x CH3), (27.10 / 1.40, 2 x CH3), (31.70 / 1.34, CH3), (31.70 / 1.16, CH3), (43.07, C-q), (46.49, 2 x C-q), (51.59, C-q), (63.01 / 2.35, CH2), (116.20 / 6.98, CH), (117.34 / 7.06, CH), (117.42 / 7.08, 2 x CH), (119.50 / 7.55, 2 x CH), (120.73 / 7.47, 2 x CH), (122.21 / 6.91, 2 x CH), (122.47 / 7.15, CH), (122.54 / 7.34, 2 x CH), (125.00 / 7.04, CH), (125.36 / 6.53, CH), (126.29 / 6.91, CH), (126.56 / 7.20, 2 x CH), (127.22 / 7.25, 2 x CH), (128.05 / 7.14, CH), (128.19 / 6.98, CH), (128.30 / 7.22, CH), (128.30 / 6.43, CH), (130.84, C-q), (132.29, C-q), (132.73, C-q), (133.49, 2 x C-q), (139.12, 2 x C-q), (142.94, C-q), (145.71, C-q), (147.54, 2 x C-q), (147.91, C-q), (149.39, C-q), (153.04, C-q), (153.13, 2 x C-q), (154.66, 2 x C-q). Example 63 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3-dimethyl-7'-(trifluoromethyl)-2,3- dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'-xanthen]-2'-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide from Example 20 step 20b) (6.00 g, 13.1 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (5.35 g, 13.3 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.32 g, 13.7 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.071 g, 0.26 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.060 g, 0.07 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). The workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as pale-yellow solid (8.6 g, 83%) purity 99.7% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.0 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-230°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (4.6 g in a purity of up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature Tg of 125.1 °C. NMR: 1H / 13C (400 MHz, 101 MHz (HSQC) CS2 ; acetone-d6) δ / δ (27.03 / 1.40, 2 x CH3), (27.10 / 1.41, 2 x CH3), (31.50 / 1.34, CH3), (31.68 / 1.20, CH3), (43.18, C-q), (46.53, 2 x C-q), (51.58, C-q), (63.03 / 2.39, CH2), (117.00 / 7.27, CH), (117.46 / 7.14, CH), (117.71 / 7.11, 2 x CH), (119.57 / 7.57, 2 x CH), (120.81 / 7.50, 2 x CH), (122.44 / 6.95, 2 x CH), (122.58 / 7.36, 2 x CH), (122.73 / 7.20, CH), (123.33, CF3 (q, 1JC,F = 272.0 Hz)), (124.70 / 7.48, CH (q, J = 3.7 Hz)), (124.76 / 6.59, CH), (124.94 / 7.10, CH), (125.29, C-q (q, JC,F = 32.5 Hz)), (125.50 / 6.91, CH (q, JC,F = 3.9 Hz)), (125.97 / 6.94, CH), (126.70 / 7.22, 2 x CH), (127.26 / 7.27, 2 x CH), (128.43 / 7.20, CH), (128.85 / 7.27, CH), (131.96, C-q (q, JC,F = 1.0 Hz)), (133.84, 2 x C-q), (139.03, 2 x C-q), (144.04, C-q), (144.65, C-q), (146.85, C-q), (147.35, 2 x C-q), (153.12, C-q), (153.15, 2 x C-q), (153.77, C-q (q, JC,F = 1.1 Hz)), (154.78, 2 x C-q). Example 64 N,N-bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3,3,7'-trimethyl-2,3-dihydrospiro[indene-1,9'- thioxanthen]-2'-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig amination, the aryl bromide from Example 23 step 23b) (4.92 g, 11.7 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine bis(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amine (4.78 g, 11.9 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (1.18 g, 12.3 mmol, 1.05 eq.), Amphos (0.063 g, 0.23 mmol, 2 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.054 g, 0.06 mmol, 0.5 mol-%). The workup was done according to procedure D. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as a colorless solid (7.5 g, 87%) in a purity of 99.5% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (5.3 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-245°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (4.8 g in a purity of up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature Tg of 143.1 °C. NMR: 1H / 13C (400 MHz, 101 MHz (HSQC) CS2 ; acetone-d6) δ / δ (21.41 / 2.20, CH3), (27.04 / 1.41, 2 x CH3), (27.06 / 1.40, 2 x CH3), (30.88 / 1.14, CH3), (30.96 / 1.21, CH3), (42.71, C-q), (46.53, 2 x C-q), (54.81 / 2.44, CH2), (58.79, C-q), (118.08 / 7.10, 2 x CH), (119.59 / 7.59, 2 x CH), (120.79 / 7.50, 2 x CH), (122.41 / 7.02, CH), (122.58 / 7.36, 2 x CH), (122.96 / 6.93, 2 x CH), (123.18 / 7.19, CH), (123.99 / 6.64, CH), (126.70 / 7.22, 2 x CH), (126.77 / 6.97, CH), (127.01, C-q), (127.07 / 6.97, CH), (127.16 / 7.34, CH), (127.27 / 7.27, 2 x CH), (127.91 / 6.57, CH), (127.91 / 7.36, CH), (127.96 / 6.96, CH), (128.36 / 7.14, CH), (130.04, C-q), (133.98, 2 x C-q), (135.43, C-q), (139.07, 2 x C-q), (142.00, C-q), (143.50, C-q), (145.06, C-q), (146.17, C-q), (147.20, 2 x C-q), (153.20, 2 x C-q), (153.90, C-q), (154.72, 2 x C-q). Example 65 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-N-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene- 9,1'-inden]-2-yl)benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig Coupling, the aryl bromide from Example 4 step 4d) (8.00 g, 19.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine from Example 38 (6.66 g, 20.2 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (20% solution in THF; 10.5 g, 21.8 mmol, 1.1 eq.), tri-tert butyl phosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.014 g, 0.05 mmol, 0.25 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.018 g, 0.02 mmol, 0.1 mol-%). After cooling, trithio-cyanuric acid (0.035 g, 10 eq. relative to Pd2dba3) and celite (ca.1.5 g) were added to the reaction mixture. The suspension was stirred for additional 15 min. The mixture was then filtered over a pad of celite (ca. 1.8 g), and subsequently rinsed with toluene (ca. 10 mL). Evaporation of the solvent gave the crude product (15g) as a brown foam. Purification of the crude product by column chromatography (heptane/ DCM) followed by crystallization from acetone/ isopropanol provided the product as a colorless solid (10.9 g, 84%) purity 99.4% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The title compound (9.7 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-240°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (7.7 g in a purity of up to 99.8% according to HPLC@340 nm). NMR: 1H / 13C (400 MHz, 101 MHz (HSQC) CS2 ; acetone-d6) δ / δ (17.20 / 1.21, CH3), (19.37 / 2.43, CH3), (27.04 / 1.33, CH3), (27.18 / 1.39, CH3), (30.29 / 1.63, CH3), (30.38 / 1.44, CH3), (44.56, C-q), (46.48, C-q), (57.73 / 2.45, CH2), (62.27, C-q), (101.36 / 5.94, CH2), (107.26 / 6.61, CH), (108.70 / 6.68, CH), (117.21 / 7.09, CH), (118.76 / 6.57, CH), (119.08 / 6.89, CH), (119.19 / 7.61, CH), (119.52 / 7.54, CH), (120.53 / 7.58, CH), (120.74 / 7.48, CH), (122.19 / 6.93, CH), (122.50 / 7.33, CH), (122.52 / 7.00, CH), (124.07 / 7.05, CH), (126.55 / 7.19, CH), (127.00 / 7.15, CH), (127.10 / 7.27, CH), (127.18 / 7.24, CH), (129.85 / 6.66, CH), (131.10, C-q), (131.39 / 6.83, CH), (132.65, C-q), (133.54, C-q), (134.60, C-q), (139.10, C-q), (139.94, C-q), (142.19, C-q), (143.32, C-q), (144.02, C-q), (147.41, C-q), (148.00, C-q), (148.41, C-q), (150.11, C-q), (153.11, C-q), (153.25, C-q), (154.64, C-q), (155.03, C-q). Example 66 N-([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-yl)-N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'- dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig Coupling, the aryl bromide from Example 4 step 4d) (8.00 g, 19.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine N-([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-amine (7.31 g, 20.2 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (20% solution in THF; 10.5 g, 21.8 mmol, 1.1 eq.), tri tert butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.014 g, 0.05 mmol, 0.25 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.018 g, 0.02 mmol, 0.1 mol-%). After cooling, trithio- cyanuric acid (0.075 g, 20 eq. relative to Pd2dba3) was added an the mixture stirred for 15 minutes. Then the mixture was filtered over a pad of celite (ca. 5 g), and the solvent removed from the filtrate to give the crude product (18g) as a brown foam. Purification of the crude product by crystallization from acetone provided the product as a pale-yellow solid (12.5 g, 92%) in a purity of 99.6% (according to HPLC@340 nm). The crude product (12.1 g) was further purified by vacuum zone sublimation (10-6 – 10-7 mbar, 150-230°C) to give the title compound as a yellowish solid (10.8 g, purity up to 99.9% according to HPLC@340 nm). The purified product had a glass temperature Tg of 119.9 °C. NMR: 1H / 13C (400 MHz, 101 MHz (HSQC) CS2 ; acetone-d6) δ / δ (17.25 / 1.10, CH3), (19.35 / 2.41, CH3), (27.09 / 1.20, CH3), (27.15 / 1.31, CH3), (30.36 / 1.61, CH3), (30.48 / 1.41, CH3), (44.54, C-q), (46.36, C-q), (57.40 / 2.33, CH2), (62.13, C-q), (115.92 / 6.90, CH), (117.91 / 6.67, CH), (119.01 / 7.54, CH), (119.38 / 7.48, CH), (120.14 / 7.43, CH), (120.49 / 7.35, CH), (121.16 / 6.79, CH), (121.45 / 6.81, CH), (122.43 / 7.29, CH), (123.98 / 7.00, CH), (126.04 / 7.28, CH), (126.35 / 7.16, CH), (126.79 / 7.11, CH), (127.01 / 7.01, CH), (127.03 / 7.23, CH), (127.10 / 7.21, CH), (127.93 / 7.02, 2 x CH), (128.47 / 7.17, 2 x CH), (128.96 / 7.35, CH), (129.55 / 7.30, CH), (129.75 / 6.66, CH), (130.95, C-q), (131.27 / 6.82, CH), (132.09 / 7.31, CH), (132.68, C-q), (132.77, C-q), (133.84, C-q), (139.16, C-q), (139.57, C-q), (140.05, C-q), (140.21, C-q), (143.40, C-q), (144.90, C-q), (147.27, C-q), (147.33, C-q), (149.99, C-q), (153.04, C-q), (153.14, C-q), (154.16, C-q), (154.41, C-q). Example 67 N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-9-phenyl-N-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'- dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)-9H-carbazol-3-amine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig Coupling, the aryl bromide from Example 4 step 4d) (8.00 g, 19.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine from Example 31 (7.31 g, 20.2 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (20% solution in THF; 10.5 g, 21.8 mmol, 1.1 eq.), tri tert butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.014 g, 0.05 mmol, 0.25 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.018 g, 0.02 mmol, 0.1 mol-%). After cooling, trithio-cyanuric acid (0.055 g, 10 eq. relative to Pd2dba3) was added an the mixture stirred for 15 minutes. Then the mixture was filtered over a pad of celite (4.7 g). The pad was washed with more toluene (100 mL), and then the solvent removed from the combined filtrates to give the crude product (17.9g). Purification of the crude product (17.6 g) by column chromatography (heptane / DCM) followed by crystallization from heptane provided the product as a yellowish solid (10.9 g, 61.9%) purity 99.7% (according to HPLC@340 nm). NMR: 1H / 13C (400 MHz, 101 MHz (HSQC) CS2 ; acetone-d6) δ / δ (17.25 / 1.26, CH3), (19.34 / 2.39, CH3), (27.08 / 1.32, CH3), (27.18 / 1.39, CH3), (30.26 / 1.61, CH3), (30.40 / 1.40, CH3), (44.55, C-q), (46.48, C-q), (57.78 / 2.47, CH2), (62.29, C-q), (109.92 / 7.36, CH), (110.68 / 7.32, CH), (117.04 / 7.18, CH), (117.88 / 7.88, CH), (118.80 / 7.01, CH), (119.12 / 7.60, CH), (119.46 / 7.53, CH), (120.36 / 7.17, CH), (120.57 / 7.57, CH), (120.64 / 7.89, CH), (120.76 / 7.47, CH), (122.08 / 6.99, CH), (122.47 / 7.04, CH), (122.49 / 7.32, CH), (123.25, C-q), (124.08 / 7.04, CH), (124.53, C-q), (125.20 / 7.21, CH), (126.42 / 7.18, CH), (126.44 / 7.36, CH), (126.88 / 7.59, 2 x CH), (126.88 / 7.14, CH), (127.09 / 7.26, CH), (127.16 / 7.23, CH), (127.53 / 7.49, CH), (129.83 / 6.65, CH), (130.13 / 7.65, 2 x CH), (131.08, C-q), (131.34 / 6.80, CH), (132.63, C-q), (133.24, C-q), (134.30, C-q), (137.68, C-q), (137.73, C-q), (139.20, C-q), (140.05, C-q), (140.86, C-q), (141.24, C-q), (143.39, C-q), (148.00, C-q), (148.55, C-q), (150.08, C-q), (153.12, C-q), (153.23, C-q), (154.63, C-q), (155.03, C-q). Example 68 N1-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-N4,N4-diphenyl-N1-(3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2',3'- dihydrospiro[fluorene-9,1'-inden]-2-yl)benzene-1,4-diamine As described in the general procedure for the Buchwald-Hartwig Coupling, the aryl bromide from Example 4 step 4d) (8.00 g, 19.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and the diarylamine from Example 25 (9.16 g, 20.2 mmol,1.02 eq.) were coupled in toluene (100 mL), using sodium tert-butanolate (20% solution in THF; 10.5 g, 21.8 mmol, 1.1 eq.), tri-tert butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.014 g, 0.05 mmol, 0.25 mol-%) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.018 g, 0.02 mmol, 0.1 mol-%). After cooling, trithiocyanuric acid (10 eq. relative to Pd2dba3) and celite (4.7 g) were added to the reaction mixture. The suspension was stirred for additional 15 min. It was then filtered, and the celite pad washed with toluene (100 mL). After removal of the solvent from the combined filtrates, the crude product (17.4 g, 71.3% purity ) was further purified via chromatography. Purification of the crude product (17.4 g) by column chromatography (heptane/ DCM) and evaporation of the fractions containing the product gave 9.6 g of a foam. Crystallization from isopropanol provided the product as pale-yellow solid. NMR: 1H / 13C (400 MHz, 101 MHz (HSQC) CS2 ; acetone-d6) δ / δ (17.20 / 1.20, CH3), (19.38 / 2.45, CH3), (27.03 / 1.35, CH3), (27.17 / 1.40, CH3), (30.34 / 1.63, CH3), (30.36 / 1.45, CH3), (44.56, C-q), (46.50, C-q), (57.70 / 2.44, CH2), (62.26, C-q), (117.72 / 7.14, CH), (119.25 / 7.61, CH), (119.57 / 7.54, CH), (119.69 / 6.89, CH), (120.57 / 7.60, CH), (120.81 / 7.50, CH), (122.52 / 7.33, CH), (122.61 / 7.00, CH), (122.68 / 6.97, 2 x CH), (122.90 / 7.09, CH), (123.84 / 7.05, 4 x CH), (124.06 / 7.05, CH), (125.41 / 6.95, 2 x CH), (125.51 / 7.01, 2 x CH), (126.61 / 7.19, CH), (127.08 / 7.16, CH), (127.12 / 7.27, CH), (127.20 / 7.25, CH), (129.38 / 7.22, 4 x CH), (129.86 / 6.65, CH), (131.07, C-q), (131.40 / 6.85, CH), (132.68, C-q), (133.84, C-q), (134.87, C-q), (139.06, C-q), (139.93, C-q), (142.73, C-q), (142.93, C-q), (143.32, C-q), (147.12, C-q), (147.68, 2 x C-q), (147.81, C-q), (150.11, C-q), (153.13, C-q), (153.29, C-q), (154.71, C-q), (155.10, C-q). Example 69 3',3',4',7'-tetramethyl-2-(10-(naphthalen-1-yl)anthracen-9-yl)-2',3'-dihydrospiro[fluorene- 9,1'-indene] Under an inert atmosphere a flask was charged with the product from Example 5 (9.30 g, 20.6 mmol, 1.03), 9-bromo-10-(1-naphthyl)-4a,10-didehydroanthracene (7.67 g, 20.0 mmol, 1.00 eq), potassium carbonate (9.5 g, 69 mmol, 3.4), water (30 mL) and THF (75 mL). To the stirred reaction mixture was added bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride (21 mg, 0.030 mmol, 1.5 mol%) and triphenylphosphine (22 mg, 0.084 mmol, 4.2 mol%). The mixture was heated at reflux for 13 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between toluene (400 mL) and water (30 mL). The aqueous layer was discarded, and the organic layer was washed twice with water (50 mL each time). The organic layer was evaporated to dryness and the resulting crude compound was crystallized from cyclohexane (80 mL, 50 °C -> 20 °C). The filter cake was washed with cyclohexane (40 mL) and isopropanol (40 mL) to give after drying 11.7 g (91 %) of the product as a pale yellowish solid. An analytical sample could be obtained by recrystallization from THF. The NMR of the product was too complex to assign the signals, because two rotamers are present in an almost 1:1 ratio. The melting point is 216 °C III. Application examples III.1 HOMO and LUMO levels of the hole transport materials Determination of HOMO by cyclic voltammetry The onset method was mainly used for the analysis of samples which did not show a clear redox event or only one of the two events. To evaluate the HOMO, linear extrapolation (using IVIUM Soft) was used to determine the Eons via a tangent to the slope of the oxidation event. The intersection between the tangent line and the starting slope was used for the further calculation of the HOMO. Ferrocene was used as the reference system, from which the Fermi energy level (4.4 eV) was determined on the day of each measurement to avoid deviation within the measurement series. With reference to the reference system, the HOMO was determined by the formula [1]:
Figure imgf000140_0001
E1/2 method Alternatively, the E1/2 method for evaluating the HOMO was used for completely reversible redox events. First, the basic parameters of the cyclovoltammogram were determined (IVIUM Soft) and E1/2 was calculated from them. The value obtained was used to determine the HOMO in formula [1] (instead of the Eon). Determination of the HOMO-LUMO-GAP by UV/VIS spectroscopy. To determine the optical band GAP λons, a tangent (with the slope determined at the inflection point) was drawn at the inflection point (determined by Origin 2020 or the 1 derivative using Excel) of the falling edge of the longest wavelength absorption band. The intersection point with the abscissa is called the optical onset (λOns) and corresponds to the energy between HOMO and LUMO. From E = h * c / l follows Egopt [eV] = 1240 / lOns [nm]. The LUMO is calculated from the level of the HOMO by addition of the band gap. Table of HOMO- and LUMO-Levels of the compounds
Figure imgf000140_0002
III.2 Conductivities of the hole transport materials The conductivities were measured using NDP-9 as the p-dopant. Glass substrates (35 mm x 50 mm) were thoroughly cleaned and then coated with a 155-nm-thick layer of indium tin oxide (ITO) having trenches with a width of 20 µm, i.e. a trench separated two ITO sections. The trench was filled with the compound of formula (I) and NDP-9 as p- dopant material by co-evaporation of the compound of formula (I) and the p-dopant material. Each doped layer had a thickness of 50 nm. After applying a voltage from 10 V between two ITO stripes, the conductivity was determined. For each doping ratio (1%, 3% and 5% by volume), conductivity was determined for two different sample geometries (sample geometry A having a length of trench of 188 mm; sample geometry B having a length of trench of 146 mm), whereby the sample to be tested contained both geometries. Table of compounds (I) with their glass temperature Tg or melting temperature Tm and their conductivities at the respective ratio of dopand NDP-9. For some compounds only glass temperatures have been measured so far.
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001

Claims

Claims 1. A compound of the general formula (I)
Figure imgf000143_0001
and mixtures thereof, wherein RA is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- alkoxy, phenyl, NO2 and NH2, X is selected from NH2, NHAr, NAr2, Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4- SO3, C6H5-SO3, NHCOC(CH3)3, NHCOCH3, NO2, B(ORB1)(ORB2), biaryl groups comprising at least 4 aromatic rings, and in each case unsubstituted or substituted pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl, wherein pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl can be part of a fused ring system comprising 2, 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, Ar is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two groups Ar bound to the same nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, RB1 and RB2 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl or RB1 and RB2 together form a C2-C6-alkanediyl moietyl, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, r is 0, 1, 2 or 3, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond. 2. A compound of the general formula (I)
Figure imgf000144_0001
and mixtures thereof, wherein RA is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- alkoxy, phenyl, NO2 and NH2, X is selected from NH2, NHAr, NAr2, Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3, C6H5-SO3, NHCOC(CH3)3, NHCOCH3 or NO2, wherein Ar is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two groups Ar bound to the same nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, r is 0, 1,
2 or 3, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond. 3. A compound of the formula (I) according to claim 1or 2, which is selected from compounds (I.A*), (I.B*), (I.C*), (I.D*), (I.E*), (I.F*), (I.G*) and (I.H*)
Figure imgf000145_0001
(I.G*) (I.H*) wherein RA is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- alkoxy, NO2 and NH2, RV is hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl or CF3, X is selected from NH2, NHAr, NAr2, Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4- SO3, C6H5-SO3, NHCOC(CH3)3, NHCOCH3, NO2, B(ORB1)(ORB2), biaryl groups comprising at least 4 aromatic rings, and in each case unsubstituted or substituted pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl, wherein pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl can be part of a fused ring system comprising 2,
3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, wherein Ar is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two groups Ar bound to the same nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings RB1 and RB2 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl or RB1 and RB2 together form a C2-C6-alkanediyl moietyl.
4. A compound of the formula (I) according to claim 1 or 2, which is selected from compounds (I.A), (I.B), (I.C), (I.D), (I.E), (I.F), (I.G) and (I.H)
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000147_0001
wherein RA is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, X is selected from NH2, NHAr, NAr2, Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4- SO3, C6H5-SO3, NHCOC(CH3)3 or NHCOCH3, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- alkoxy, phenyl, NO2 and NH2, Ar is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two groups Ar bound to the same nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings.
5. A compound of the formula (I) according to claim 1 or 2 which is selected from compounds (I.1) to (I.33)
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
wherein Ar is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two groups Ar bound to the same nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings.
6. A compound of the formula (I) according to claim 1 or 2 which is selected from compounds (I.34) to (I.72)
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
wherein Ar is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two groups Ar bound to the same nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings.
7. A compound according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the groups Ar are independently on each occurrence selected from phenyl, biphenylyl, terphenylyl, quaterphenylyl, wherein phenyl, biphenylyl, terphenylyl and quaterphenylyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents RAr1; naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, spirobifluorenyl, C-bound carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, xanthenyl, thioxanthenyl and 9,10- dihydroacridinyl, wherein naphthyl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, spirobifluorenyl, C- bound carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, xanthenyl, thioxanthenyl and 9,10-dihydroacridinyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents RAr2; or 2 groups Ar together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form an N-bound carbazolyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents RAr3, wherein each RAr1 is independently selected from C1-C6-alkyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, carbazol-9-yl, wherein carbazol-9-yl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, wherein phenyl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy, diphenylamino, C5-C8-cycloalkyl, naphthyl and m-terphenyl-5´-yl, wherein each of the cyclic rings in the four last-mentioned groups are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and carbazol-9-yl, wherein carbazol-9-yl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, wherein phenyl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy, two radicals RAr1 which are bound to adjacent carbon atoms together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound may form a saturated 5-membered heterocycle having 1 oxygen atom or 2 non-adjacent oxygen atoms as ring members which is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 radicals selected from C1-C4-alkyl; each RAr2 is independently selected from C1-C6-alkyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, carbazol-9-yl, wherein carbazol-9-yl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, wherein phenyl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy, diphenylamino, C5-C8-cycloalkyl and phenyl, wherein each of the cyclic rings in the three last-mentioned groups are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and carbazol-9-yl, wherein carbazol-9-yl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and phenyl, wherein phenyl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4- alkoxy, two radicals RAr2 which are bound to adjacent carbon atoms together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound may form a saturated 5-membered heterocycle having 1 oxygen atom or 2 non-adjacent oxygen atoms as ring members which is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 radicals selected from C1-C4-alkyl and, where in the case of Ar being fluorenyl, xanthenyl, thioxanthenyl or 9,10- dihydroacridinyl, two geminal radicals RAr2 may form an alkylene group (CH2)r with r being 4, 5 or 6; and each RAr3 is independently selected from C1-C6-alkyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, diphenylamino and phenyl, wherein each of the cyclic rings in the two last- mentioned groups are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy.
8. A compound according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the groups Ar are independently on each occurrence selected from groups of the formulae (AR-I) to (AR-LIX)
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
wherein # in each case denotes the bonding site to the nitrogen atom; in formulae AR-I, AR-II, AR-III, AR-IV, AR-V, AR-VI, AR-VII, AR-VIII, AR-IX, AR-X, AR-XI, AR-XII, AR-XIII, AR-XIV, AR-XV, AR-XVI, AR-XVII, AR-XVIII, AR-XIX, AR-XX, AR-XXI, AR-XXII and AR-XXIII: R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18 and R19, if present, independently of one another, are selected from hydrogen, straight-chain or branched C1-C4-alkyl, straight-chain or branched C1-C4-alkoxy and carbazol-9-yl, wherein carbazol-9-yl may be substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl and anisyl; in formulae AR-XXV, AR-XXVI, AR-XXVII, AR-XXVIII, AR-XXIX, AR-XXX, AR- XXXI, AR-XXXII, AR-XXXIII, AR-XXXIV, AR-XXXV, AR-XXXVI, AR-XXXVII, AR-XXXVIII, AR-XXXIX, AR-XL, AR-XLI, AR-XLII, AR-XLIII, AR-XLIV, AR- XLV, AR-LIII, AR-LIV, AR-LV, AR-LVI, AR-LVIII and AR-LIX: R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R9a, R9b, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15 and R16, if present, independently of one another, are selected from hydrogen, straight-chain or branched C1-C4-alkyl, straight-chain or branched C1-C4- alkoxy, carbazol-9-yl and phenyl, wherein carbazol-9-yl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl and mesityl and, in addition, R9a and R9b in formulae AR-XXV, AR-XXVI, AR-XXVII, AR-LIII, and AR-LIX together may form an alkylene group (CH2)r with r being 4, 5 or 6 where 1 or 2 hydrogen atoms in this group may be replaced by a methyl or methoxy group; in formulae AR-XLVI, AR-XLVII and AR-XLVIII: R1, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9a, R9b and R9c, if present, independently of one another, are selected from hydrogen, straight-chain or branched C1-C4- alkyl, straight-chain or branched C1-C4-alkoxy, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2- naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl and 9- carbazol-9-yl, wherein phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2- naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl or carbazol-9-yl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1- C4-alkoxy, in addition, R9a and R9b in formulae AR-XLVI, AR-XLVII and AR-XLVIII together may form an alkylene group (CH2)r with r being 4, 5 or 6 where 1 or 2 hydrogen atoms in this group may be replaced by a methyl or methoxy group; in formulae AR-XXIV, AR-XLIX, AR-L, AR-LI and AR-LII: R3, R4, R5 and R6, if present, independently of one another, are selected from hydrogen, straight-chain or branched C1-C4-alkyl, straight-chain or branched C1-C4-alkoxy, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl and 9- carbazolyl, wherein phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl or 9- carbazolyl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 different or identical substituents selected from C1-C4-alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy, Re is hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl or C3-C8-cycloalkyl, and Rf is hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl or C3-C8-cycloalkyl.
9. A compound according to any of the preceding claims, wherein X is a group (NAr2) and one of the groups Ar bound to the nitrogen atom is selected from groups AR-XXIV, AR-XXV, AR-XXXI, AR-XLVI, AR-XLVII, AR-XLVIII, AR-XLIX and AR-L, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar bound to the nitrogen atom is selected from groups AR-I, AR-II, AR-IV, AR-XIX, AR-XXV, AR-XXIX, AR-XXXI, AR-XXVIII, AR-XXXIV, AR-XLVI, AR-XLVII, AR-XLVIII, AR-XLIX, AR- LI, AR-LII, AR-LIII, AR-LIV, AR-LVII, AR-LVIII, AR-LV and AR-XXXIII as defined in claim 8, preferably one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XIX, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XXIX as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XXXI as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XLVI as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XLVII as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XLVIII as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XLIX as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-L as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-LI as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-LII as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-LIII as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-XXXIII as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-LVII as defined in claim 8, or one of the groups Ar is selected from groups AR-XXV, as defined in claim 8, and the other group Ar is selected from groups AR-LVIII as defined in claim 8, or both of the groups Ar are selected from groups AR-XXXI, as defined in claim 8.
10. A compound according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the groups (NAr2) are independently on each occurrence selected from groups of the formulae (1) - (58)
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
wherein # denotes the bonding side to the remainder of the compound.
11. Use of at least one compound of the general formula (I) as defined in any of claims 1 to 10 - as a hole transport material (HTM) in organic electronics, - as an electron blocking material (EBM) in organic electronics, - in organic solar cells (OSCs), solid-state dye sensitized solar cells (DSSCs) or Perovskite solar cells, in particular as a hole transport material in organic solar cells, as replacement of the liquid electrolyte in dye sensitized solar cells, as a hole transport material in Perovskite solar cells, - in organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs), in particular for displays on electronic devices and lighting.
12. An electroluminescent arrangement, comprising an upper electrode, a lower electrode, wherein at least one of said electrodes is transparent, an electroluminescent layer and optionally an auxiliary layer, wherein the electroluminescent arrangement comprises at least one compound of the formula (I), as defined in any of claims 1 to 10, preferably in a hole-transporting layer or electron blocking layer.
13. An electroluminescent arrangement as claimed in claim 12 in form of an organic light-emitting diode (OLED).
14. An organic solar cell, comprising: - a cathode, - an anode, - one or more photoactive regions comprising at least one donor material and at least one acceptor material in separate layers or in form of a bulk heterojunction layer, - optionally at least one further layer selected from exciton blocking layers, electron conducting layers, hole transport layers, wherein the organic solar cell comprises at least one compound of the formula (I) as defined in any of claims 1 to 10.
15. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.a1)
Figure imgf000168_0001
wherein RA is hydrogen or methyl, RB is hydrogen or methyl, RC is hydrogen, RD is hydrogen, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- alkoxy and phenyl, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps a1) providing a compound of the formula (V.a)
Figure imgf000169_0001
wherein X is H, Cl or Br, a2) reacting the compound of the formula (V.a) with a compound of the formula (VI.a1) or (VI.a2)
Figure imgf000169_0002
wherein Za is Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3 or C6H5-SO3, to give a compound of the formula (VII.a1) or (VII.a2)
Figure imgf000169_0003
a3) subjecting the compound of the formula (VII.a1) or (VII.a2) to a cyclization, wherein in the case that X is Br or Cl a compound (I.a1) is obtained, a4) in the case that X is H, subjecting the product of the cyclization in step a3) to a bromination or nitration to yield a compound (I.a1).
16. A process according to claim 15, wherein providing the compound of the formula (V.a) comprises the steps a11) providing a ketone of the formula (II.a)
Figure imgf000170_0001
wherein X is H, Cl or Br, a12) reacting the ketone of the formula (II.a) with a compound of the formula (III.a)
Figure imgf000170_0002
wherein Met is Li or a group Mg-Hal, wherein Hal is Cl, Br or I to give the alcohol (IV.a)
Figure imgf000170_0003
followed by reduction to give a compound of the formula (V.a).
17. A process according to claim 16 where in step a11) a ketone of the formula (II.a), wherein X is H, is subjected to a bromination to yield a ketone of the formula (II.a), wherein X is Br, and optionally subjecting the product of the bromination to one or more work-up steps.
18. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.b1)
Figure imgf000171_0001
wherein RA is hydrogen or methyl, RB is hydrogen or methyl, RC is hydrogen, RD is hydrogen, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
Figure imgf000171_0002
Figure imgf000172_0003
X is Cl, Br, I or NO2, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps b1) providing a compound of the formula (II.b)
Figure imgf000172_0001
wherein X is H, Cl, Br, I or NO2, b2) reacting the compound of the formula (II.b) with an aromatic compound of the formula (III.b)
Figure imgf000172_0002
in the presence of an acidic catalyst to give the compound (IV.b)
Figure imgf000173_0003
b3) reacting the compound of the formula (IV.b) with a compound of the formula (VI.a1) or (VI.a2)
Figure imgf000173_0001
wherein Za is Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3 or C6H5-SO3, to give a compound of the formula (VII.b1) or (VII.b2)
Figure imgf000173_0002
b4) subjecting the compound of the formula (VII.b1) or (VII.b2) to a cyclization, wherein in the case that X is Cl, Br, I or NO2 a compound (I.b1) is obtained, b5) in the case that X is H, subjecting the product of the cyclization in step b4) to a bromination or nitration to yield a compound (I.b1).
19. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.c1)
Figure imgf000174_0001
wherein RA is methyl, RB is methyl, RC is hydrogen or methyl, RD is hydrogen or methyl, wherein RI, RII, RIII and RIV are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
Figure imgf000174_0002
X is Cl or Br, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps c1) providing a compound of the formula (IV.c)
Figure imgf000175_0001
c2) reacting the compound (IV.c) with an olefin (VIII.c)
Figure imgf000175_0002
in the presence of a Lewis acid, e.g. a BF3 ether complex, to obtain the compound (I.c1).
20. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.d1)
Figure imgf000175_0003
wherein RA is hydrogen or methyl RB is hydrogen or methyl RC is hydrogen, RD is hydrogen, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are hydrogen, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1 Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps d1) providing a ketone of the formula (II.d)
Figure imgf000176_0001
d2) reacting the ketone of the formula (II.d) with a compound of the formula (III.d)
Figure imgf000176_0002
wherein Met is Li or a group Mg-Hal, wherein Hal is Cl, Br or I, to give the alcohol (IV.d)
Figure imgf000177_0001
followed by elimination of water to give a compound of the formula (V.d1) or (V.d2)
Figure imgf000177_0002
d3) subjecting the compound of the formula (V.d1) or (V.d2) to a cyclization, wherein a compound (I.d1) is obtained.
21. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.e1)
Figure imgf000177_0003
(I.e1) wherein RA is hydrogen or methyl, RB is hydrogen or methyl, RC is hydrogen, RD is hydrogen, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl and C1- C4-alkoxy, Y1 is H, C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl or CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, Y2 is H or Cl, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S or NAr, comprising the steps e1) providing a compound of the formula (II.e)
Figure imgf000178_0001
wherein Z, Y1, Y2 and Y3 are selected from the definitions given in one line of the following table
Figure imgf000178_0002
Figure imgf000179_0004
e2) subjecting the compound of the formula (II.e) to a metallation to yield a compound of the formula (III.e)
Figure imgf000179_0001
wherein Met is Li or a group Mg-Br, Z is O, S or NBoc, e3) reacting the compound of the formula (III.e) with a compound of the formula (IV.e)
Figure imgf000179_0002
wherein in case that Z is O or S, a compound (V.e1) is obtained
Figure imgf000179_0003
and in case that Z is NBoc, a compound (V.e2) is obtained
Figure imgf000180_0001
e4) subjecting the compound of the formula (V.e1) to a cyclization to yield a compound of the formula (I.e1)
Figure imgf000180_0002
wherein Z is O or S, or subjecting the compound of the formula (V.e2) to a cyclization to yield a compound of the formula (VI.e2)
Figure imgf000180_0003
e5) subjecting the compound of the formula (VI.e2) to a reaction with an aromatic compound of formula (IX) Ar-Zb (IX) wherein Zb is selected from Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3, C6H5-SO3 or CF3(CF2)3SO3, to obtain a compound of the formula (I.e1), wherein Z is NAr.
22. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.f1) or (I.f2)
Figure imgf000181_0001
wherein RA is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- alkoxy and phenyl, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, Ar in the group NHAr is independently on each occurrence selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, the two Ar groups in the NAr2 group may have the same or different meanings and are independently selected from in each case unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein the two Ar groups bound to the nitrogen atom may together with the nitrogen atom also form a fused ring system having 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps f11) providing a compound of the formula (I.f11)
Figure imgf000182_0001
wherein X is selected from Cl, Br, I and CF3SO3, f12) subjecting the compound of the formula (I.f11) from step f11) to an amination reaction with an aromatic amine of the formula (X.f1) or (X.f2) ArNH2 Ar2NH (X.f1) (X.f2) in the presence of a palladium complex catalyst and a base to give the compound of the formula (I.f1) or (I.f2), or f21) providing a secondary amine compound of the formula (I.f1) or a primary amine compound of the formula (I.f21)
Figure imgf000183_0001
f22) subjecting the compound of the formula (I.f1) to an arylation reaction with an aromatic compound of the formula (X.f) Ar-Zb (X.f) wherein Zb is selected from Cl, Br, I, CH3SO3, CF3SO3, CH3-C6H4-SO3, C6H5-SO3 or CF3(CF2)3SO3, the Ar group in the NHAr group of the compound of the formula (I.f1) and the Ar group in the aromatic compound of the formula (X.f) may have the same meaning or different meanings, in the presence of a palladium complex catalyst and a base to give the compound of the formula (I.f2), wherein the two Ar groups in the NAr2 group have the same meaning or different meanings or subjecting the compound of the formula (I.f21) to an arylation reaction with an aromatic compound of the formula (X.f), followed by a second arylation reaction with either the same aromatic compound of the formula (X.f), or alternatively an aromatic compound of the formula (X.f), wherein the Ar group has a different meaning Ar-Zb (X.f) in the presence of a palladium complex catalyst and a base to give the compound of the formula (I.f2), wherein the two Ar groups in the NAr2 group are either the same or have different meanings.
23. A process according to claim 22, wherein the compound of the formula (I.f11) provided in step f11) is selected from - compounds of the formula (I.a1), obtainable by the process as defined in any of claims 15 to 17, or - compounds of the formula (I.b1), obtainable by the process as defined in claim18, - compounds of the formula (I.c1), obtainable by the process as defined in claim 19 or - compounds of the formula (I.d1), obtainable by the process as defined in claim20, - compounds of the formula (I.e1), obtainable by the process as defined in claim21.
24. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.g)
Figure imgf000184_0001
wherein XAr is selected from biaryl groups comprising at least 4 aromatic rings and in each case unsubstituted or substituted pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl, wherein pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl can be part of a fused ring system comprising 2, 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, RA is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- alkoxy and phenyl, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps g1) providing a compound of the formula (I.g1)
Figure imgf000185_0001
wherein RB1 and RB2 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or C1-C4- alkyl or RB1 and RB2 together form a C2-C6-alkanediyl moietyl, g2) subjecting the compound of the formula (I.g1) to a coupling reaction with a heteroaromatic compound of the formula (X.g) XAr -Zc (X.g) wherein Zc is selected from Cl, Br, I or CF3SO3, in the presence of a palladium catalyst to give the compound of the formula (I.g).
25. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), referred to as (I.g11)
Figure imgf000186_0001
wherein E1 is N or CRg1 E2 is N or CRg2 E3 is N or CRg3 E4 is N or CRg4 E5 is N or CRg5 with the proviso that 1, 2 or 3 of the ring members E1 to E5 are N, Rg1 to Rg5 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted aryl, wherein two or more groups selected from CRg1, CRg2, CRg3, CRg4 and CRg5 together with the N heterocycle they are bound to may form a fused ring system comprising 2, 3 or more than 3 unsubstituted or substituted rings, RA is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RB is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RC is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, RD is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl, W is a chemical bond or CH2, RI, RII, RIII and RIV are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4- alkoxy and phenyl, Y is independently on each occurrence selected from C1-C6-alkyl, phenyl and CF3, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents, selected from C1-C6-alkyl groups, q is 0 or 1, r is 0 or 1, Z is O, S, NAr or a chemical bond, comprising the steps g1) providing a compound of the formula (I.g1)
Figure imgf000187_0001
wherein RB1 and RB2 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or C1-C4- alkyl or RB1 and RB2 together form a C2-C6-alkanediyl moietyl, g2) subjecting the compound of the formula (I.g1) to a coupling reaction with a heteroaromatic compound of the formula (X.ga)
Figure imgf000187_0002
wherein Zc is selected from Cl, Br, I or CF3SO3, in the presence of a palladium catalyst to give the compound of the formula (I.g).
PCT/EP2022/080335 2021-11-04 2022-10-31 Spiro-(indane-fluorene) type compounds and their use in organic electronics WO2023078824A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21206367.1 2021-11-04
EP21206367 2021-11-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023078824A1 true WO2023078824A1 (en) 2023-05-11

Family

ID=78516718

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2022/080335 WO2023078824A1 (en) 2021-11-04 2022-10-31 Spiro-(indane-fluorene) type compounds and their use in organic electronics

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202334079A (en)
WO (1) WO2023078824A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024024591A1 (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 出光興産株式会社 Compound, material for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, and electronic device

Citations (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005011013A1 (en) 2003-07-21 2005-02-03 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Organic electroluminescent element
US20050098726A1 (en) 2003-11-07 2005-05-12 Peter Peumans Solid state photosensitive devices which employ isolated photosynthetic complexes
EP1533289A1 (en) * 2002-08-02 2005-05-25 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Anthracene derivatives and organic electroluminescent devices made by using the same
US20050224905A1 (en) 2004-04-13 2005-10-13 Forrest Stephen R High efficiency organic photovoltaic cells employing hybridized mixed-planar heterojunctions
EP1623970A1 (en) 2003-05-15 2006-02-08 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Arylamine compound and organic electroluminescence device containing the same
EP1624500A1 (en) 2004-08-05 2006-02-08 Novaled GmbH Spiro bifluorene compounds as organic semiconductor matrix materials
EP2108689A2 (en) * 2008-04-02 2009-10-14 Gracel Display Inc. Novel organic electroluminescent compounds and organic electroluminescent device using the same
EP2112214A1 (en) * 2008-04-23 2009-10-28 Gracel Display Inc. Dibenzo[g,p]chrysene derivatives and organic electroluminescent device using the same
EP2180029A1 (en) 2008-10-23 2010-04-28 Novaled AG Radialene compounds and their use
EP2239259A1 (en) 2007-12-28 2010-10-13 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Aromatic amine derivative and organic electroluminescent device using the same
WO2012015265A1 (en) 2010-07-29 2012-02-02 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Korea Ltd Novel organic electroluminescent compounds and organic electroluminescent device using the same
WO2012034627A1 (en) 2010-09-15 2012-03-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Materials for organic electroluminescent devices
US8383553B2 (en) 2007-10-26 2013-02-26 Merck Patent Gmbh Dyes
WO2013026563A1 (en) 2011-08-25 2013-02-28 Merck Patent Gmbh Additives for dye-sensitized solar cells
WO2013109045A1 (en) * 2012-01-16 2013-07-25 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Korea Ltd. Novel organic electroluminescent compounds and organic electroluminescent device using the same
WO2013171517A1 (en) 2012-05-18 2013-11-21 Isis Innovation Limited Optoelectronic devices with organometal perovskites with mixed anions
WO2013171518A1 (en) 2012-05-18 2013-11-21 Isis Innovation Limited Optoelectronic device comprising porous scaffold material and perovskites
WO2013171520A1 (en) 2012-05-18 2013-11-21 Isis Innovation Limited Optoelectronic device comprising perovskites
WO2014020499A1 (en) 2012-08-03 2014-02-06 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) Organo metal halide perovskite heterojunction solar cell and fabrication thereof
WO2014045021A1 (en) 2012-09-18 2014-03-27 Isis Innovation Limited Optoelectronic device
WO2014072017A1 (en) 2012-11-12 2014-05-15 Merck Patent Gmbh Materials for electronic devices
WO2015049031A1 (en) 2013-10-02 2015-04-09 Merck Patent Gmbh Hole transport material
KR20160012500A (en) 2014-07-24 2016-02-03 주식회사 두산 Organic compound and organic electroluminescent device comprising the same
EP3018119A1 (en) 2013-10-11 2016-05-11 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd Aromatic amine compound, organic electroluminescent element and electronic device
KR20160149879A (en) 2015-06-19 2016-12-28 덕산네오룩스 주식회사 Compound for organic electric element, organic electric element comprising the same and electronic device thereof
WO2018206769A1 (en) 2017-05-12 2018-11-15 Dottikon Es Holding Ag Indane derivatives and their use in organic electronics
WO2020094847A1 (en) 2018-11-09 2020-05-14 Dottikon Es Holding Ag Di-, tri- and tetraphenylindane derivatives and their use in organic electronics
CN111675687A (en) 2020-07-09 2020-09-18 吉林奥来德光电材料股份有限公司 Organic electroluminescent compound and preparation method and application thereof
US20210050523A1 (en) 2018-03-16 2021-02-18 Lg Chem, Ltd. Ink Composition and Method for Manufacturing Organic Light Emitting Device
US20210202849A1 (en) * 2019-12-26 2021-07-01 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Korea Ltd. Plurality of host materials and organic electroluminescent device comprising the same
WO2021141356A1 (en) 2020-01-10 2021-07-15 덕산네오룩스 주식회사 Compound for organic electronic element, organic electronic element using same, and electronic device thereof

Patent Citations (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1533289A1 (en) * 2002-08-02 2005-05-25 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Anthracene derivatives and organic electroluminescent devices made by using the same
EP1623970A1 (en) 2003-05-15 2006-02-08 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Arylamine compound and organic electroluminescence device containing the same
WO2005011013A1 (en) 2003-07-21 2005-02-03 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Organic electroluminescent element
US20050098726A1 (en) 2003-11-07 2005-05-12 Peter Peumans Solid state photosensitive devices which employ isolated photosynthetic complexes
US20050224905A1 (en) 2004-04-13 2005-10-13 Forrest Stephen R High efficiency organic photovoltaic cells employing hybridized mixed-planar heterojunctions
EP1624500A1 (en) 2004-08-05 2006-02-08 Novaled GmbH Spiro bifluorene compounds as organic semiconductor matrix materials
US8383553B2 (en) 2007-10-26 2013-02-26 Merck Patent Gmbh Dyes
EP2239259A1 (en) 2007-12-28 2010-10-13 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Aromatic amine derivative and organic electroluminescent device using the same
EP2108689A2 (en) * 2008-04-02 2009-10-14 Gracel Display Inc. Novel organic electroluminescent compounds and organic electroluminescent device using the same
EP2112214A1 (en) * 2008-04-23 2009-10-28 Gracel Display Inc. Dibenzo[g,p]chrysene derivatives and organic electroluminescent device using the same
EP2180029A1 (en) 2008-10-23 2010-04-28 Novaled AG Radialene compounds and their use
WO2012015265A1 (en) 2010-07-29 2012-02-02 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Korea Ltd Novel organic electroluminescent compounds and organic electroluminescent device using the same
WO2012034627A1 (en) 2010-09-15 2012-03-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Materials for organic electroluminescent devices
WO2013026563A1 (en) 2011-08-25 2013-02-28 Merck Patent Gmbh Additives for dye-sensitized solar cells
WO2013109045A1 (en) * 2012-01-16 2013-07-25 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Korea Ltd. Novel organic electroluminescent compounds and organic electroluminescent device using the same
WO2013171517A1 (en) 2012-05-18 2013-11-21 Isis Innovation Limited Optoelectronic devices with organometal perovskites with mixed anions
WO2013171518A1 (en) 2012-05-18 2013-11-21 Isis Innovation Limited Optoelectronic device comprising porous scaffold material and perovskites
WO2013171520A1 (en) 2012-05-18 2013-11-21 Isis Innovation Limited Optoelectronic device comprising perovskites
WO2014020499A1 (en) 2012-08-03 2014-02-06 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) Organo metal halide perovskite heterojunction solar cell and fabrication thereof
WO2014045021A1 (en) 2012-09-18 2014-03-27 Isis Innovation Limited Optoelectronic device
WO2014072017A1 (en) 2012-11-12 2014-05-15 Merck Patent Gmbh Materials for electronic devices
WO2015049031A1 (en) 2013-10-02 2015-04-09 Merck Patent Gmbh Hole transport material
EP3018119A1 (en) 2013-10-11 2016-05-11 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd Aromatic amine compound, organic electroluminescent element and electronic device
KR20160012500A (en) 2014-07-24 2016-02-03 주식회사 두산 Organic compound and organic electroluminescent device comprising the same
KR20160149879A (en) 2015-06-19 2016-12-28 덕산네오룩스 주식회사 Compound for organic electric element, organic electric element comprising the same and electronic device thereof
WO2018206769A1 (en) 2017-05-12 2018-11-15 Dottikon Es Holding Ag Indane derivatives and their use in organic electronics
US20210050523A1 (en) 2018-03-16 2021-02-18 Lg Chem, Ltd. Ink Composition and Method for Manufacturing Organic Light Emitting Device
WO2020094847A1 (en) 2018-11-09 2020-05-14 Dottikon Es Holding Ag Di-, tri- and tetraphenylindane derivatives and their use in organic electronics
US20210202849A1 (en) * 2019-12-26 2021-07-01 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Korea Ltd. Plurality of host materials and organic electroluminescent device comprising the same
WO2021141356A1 (en) 2020-01-10 2021-07-15 덕산네오룩스 주식회사 Compound for organic electronic element, organic electronic element using same, and electronic device thereof
CN111675687A (en) 2020-07-09 2020-09-18 吉林奥来德光电材料股份有限公司 Organic electroluminescent compound and preparation method and application thereof

Non-Patent Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ADV. MATER., vol. 17, 2005, pages 66 - 70
C. J. BRABECN. S. SARICIFTCIJ. C. HUMMELEN, ADV. FUNCT. MATER., vol. 11, no. 1, 2001, pages 15
C. W. TANG: "Two layer organic photovoltaic cell", APPL. PHYS. LETT., vol. 48, no. 2, 1986, pages 183 - 185, XP002165026, DOI: 10.1063/1.96937
CHEM. MATER., vol. 25, 2013, pages 2986 - 2990
J. DRECHSEL ET AL., ORG. ELECTRON., vol. 5, no. 4, 2004, pages 175
J. E. LEFFLERJ. T. BARBAS, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 103, no. 26, 1981, pages 7768 - 7773
J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 82, no. 18, 2017, pages 9675 - 9681
J. XUEB. P. RANDS. UCHIDAS. R. FORREST, J. APPL. PHYS., vol. 98, 2005, pages 124903
J.AM. CHEM. SOC, vol. 133, 2011, pages 18042
M. LEE ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 338, 2012, pages 643 - 74
MAENNIG ET AL., APPL. PHYS. A, vol. 79, 2004, pages 1 - 14
N. KARLA. BAUERJ. HOLZAPFELJ. MARKTANNERM. MOBUSF. STOLZLE, MOL. CRYST. LIQ. CRYST., vol. 252, 1994, pages 243 - 258
NATURE, vol. 425, 2003, pages 158 - 162
P. PEUMANSA. YAKIMOVS. R. FORREST, J. APPL. PHYS, vol. 93, no. 7, 2003, pages 3693 - 3723
PHYS. CHEM., CHEM. PHYS, vol. 15, 2013, pages 1572 - 2579
RSC ADV., vol. 6, 2016, pages 66978
SOL. ENERGY MATER. & SOLAR CELLS, vol. 91, 2007, pages 424 - 426

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024024591A1 (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 出光興産株式会社 Compound, material for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, and electronic device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202334079A (en) 2023-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7209698B2 (en) Indane derivatives and their use in organic electronics
KR101757155B1 (en) Polycyclic aromatic compound
KR102388354B1 (en) Heterocyclic spiro compounds
KR100938796B1 (en) Compounds for organic electronic devices
JP5398397B2 (en) Organic thin film solar cell material and organic thin film solar cell using the same
US20170141320A1 (en) Photoelectric conversion element, and image sensor, solar cell, single color detection sensor and flexible sensor each of which uses said photoelectric conversion element
WO2020094847A1 (en) Di-, tri- and tetraphenylindane derivatives and their use in organic electronics
WO2023078824A1 (en) Spiro-(indane-fluorene) type compounds and their use in organic electronics
CN114685484A (en) Organic electroluminescent compound and organic electroluminescent device comprising same
CN112110949A (en) Polycyclic aromatic compound, material for organic device, organic electroluminescent element, display device, and lighting device
EP2530070A1 (en) Dibenzofluoranthene compound and organic thin-film solar cell using same
KR20220125709A (en) Composition for photoelectric device, and photoelectric device, image sensor and electronic device including the same
WO2023247416A1 (en) Tetraarylbenzidine type compounds and their use in organic electronics
EP4024484B1 (en) Composition for photoelectric device, and photoelectric device, image sensor, and electronic device including the same
KR102599321B1 (en) Novel organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3401305A1 (en) Indane derivatives and their use in organic electronics
KR20220160572A (en) Novel compounds, optoelectronic devices comprising at least one novel compound and use of the novel compounds in optoelectronic devices
CN117327108A (en) Polycyclic aromatic compound, process for producing the same, material, light-emitting element, display device, lighting device, and compound
CN117105944A (en) Compound and organic electroluminescent device thereof
JP2012129420A (en) Photoelectric conversion element and solar cell
CN115894533A (en) Polycyclic aromatic compound, material for organic device, organic electroluminescent element, display device, and lighting device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22798362

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)